ALA, ARL Release Guidance on Digital Delivery of Content to Classrooms
WASHINGTON, D.C. - The American Library Association (ALA) and the Association of Research Libraries have released a document titled "Performance of or Showing Films in the Classroom" to provide guidance on digital delivery of content to the "physical" classroom.
According to the associations, the Technology, Education and Copyright Harmonization (TEACH) Act enacted in 2002 does not provide librarians clarity on copyright exceptions for the digital delivery of content for distance education. Thus, understanding what is permitted under the TEACH Act in combination with the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) and existing exceptions, such as fair use, is becoming increasingly confusing to many practitioners.
The 2009 Jeremiah Kaplan Institute on Libraries, the Information
Society, and Social Policy
"The Right to Information Access"
October 30, 2009
Penn State University, University Park Campus
State College, PA
The Hub Auditorium
Purpose of the Report
"Orphan works" is a term used to describe the situation in which the owner of a copyrighted work cannot
be identified and located by someone who wishes to make use of the work in a manner that requires
permission of the copyright owner. Proposed orphan works legislation, such as the Orphan Works Act of
2008 (H.R. 5889) and the Shawn Bentley Orphan Works Act of 2008 (S.2913), would reduce penalties
for infringement if an infringer "undertakes a diligent effort to locate the owner of the infringed
copyright." This statement describes what professional archivists consider to be best practices regarding
reasonable efforts to identify and locate rights holders. It is based on the authors' knowledge of the kinds
of materials that are likely to qualify as orphan works and on their professional experience in trying to
obtain rights information for such works in the past.
Although the statement focuses on unpublished materials because these are the types of materials that are
usually found in archives, the authors recognize that many of the techniques that are useful in identifying
rights holders for unpublished materials may also be useful in identifying and locating rights holders of
published materials.
he dominant project of cyberlaw is to parse the implications of the Internet's structural rules or "code." n302 Legal scholars seeking to explain the Internet's dynamism as a unified platform have emphasized a particular structural factor: the so-called "end-to-end" model. n303 An end-to-end network is one that pushes control out to the endpoints. n304 The network focuses on moving bits from one place to another, without considering what those bits contain. Any edge device, such as a computer or mobile phone, can add a new application, and those edge devices are solely responsible for factors such as reliability and security that ensure the success of that application. Because innovations do not require the consent or updating of the network core, those innovations can be deployed more quickly.n305 As edge devices become more powerful, which they do as computing power improves over time, their enhancements can immediately be joined to the network. So, new services such as Google, Skype, Hotmail, Facebook, and Amazon.com can catch on and grow rapidly, generating significantly more social and economic benefits than in a network like the PSTN, where central control nodes must approve new features. n306
The end-to-end model emphasizes only one side of the equation - the edges. The Internet gives extraordinary power to its endpoints, but it also embodies linkages between those endpoints, and between [*400] aggregations of systems that connect into a composite network. The fact that the edges of the network define the applications say nothing about how those edges are wired together. An endpoint can offer a brilliant innovation, but such innovation will be of no value if other endpoints cannot access it, or cannot access it easily. n307 Something more than the end-to-end principle must explain how the Internet holds together.
Kerbein, Glenn. "Pirate Party of the United States Official Website". Pirate Party of the United States. 22 July 2009 .
The Pirate Party of the United States's website is the most comprehensive point of reference for the US Pirate Party. The party's platform, activities and members are all found here. The site itself has a simple banner across the top with white stripes on a blue background and the US Pirate Party's emblem (a spin-off of the Swedish Party's with a star added to the sail and two ride stripes encircling it). The tabs at top navigate to more information including contacts and how to donate. The home page acts as a kind of blog to which members can post the most recent news regarding the party's activities. To the right is a list of links to Pirate Parties around the world. The US Pirate Party's platform focuses on nine different issues: The abolishment of the DMCA as a first amendment issue, the Rejection of the Concept of Online Piracy, the Right to Free Press, Patent Reform, the Right to Assemble, Copyright Reform, Government Transparency, Right to Privacy, Abolition of Digital Rights Management and Reform of Trademark. The platform definitely parallels the Swedish Party's, but there is a a very clear sense that the Party is not as strongly grounded and cohesive. The "pirate" analogy is woven into the plaform making it sound amateurish, sounding similar to an ordinary personal blog.
Many of the issues addressed could be combined as First Amendment issues, but they are each dileanated as separate problems. Compared to the Swedish Pirate Party, the US's party seems to expand to other issues (inclusion of right to assemble and the rather abstract notion that "piracy" as a term be transformed into something less negative (this might be a reaction to Lessig's point that the party will only promote piracy as a unlawful with their party name, though this seems to be a non-issue in Europe). The official site of the Pirate Party of the United States is useful in measuring the progress of the party in the United States.
tagged copyright drm file_sharing_pirates_bit_torrent pirate_party_the_pirate_bay by kwonc ...on 23-JUL-09
This article aims to argue for the benefits of all scholarly journals being Open Access. Authors argue that non-open access journals are significantly detrimental to an authors' research impact. Their argument is that even if all journals charged an at-cost price for their content no (or very few) libraries would be able to afford all journals in this situation. The article gives excellent statistical information, including charts and grafts depicting the impact that Open Access has on citations, downloads, budgets, and institutional archive growth.
This article explores the benefits of open access publication to scholars and researchers in so much as Open Access will greatly increase their research impact because a ten-fold number of other researchers will be able to review their work. By referring to some of the statistics and information the authors of this article have compiled, I will further list the importance of why pushing publishers toward Open Access or "less astringent copyright practices" is of extreme importance in today's library fields. Undoubtedly, pushing information on why pushing publishers toward O.A. would help library's with their budgets, but also would increase library usage. However, I think it is also important to argue librarians have a duty to further scholarship, showing that O.A. helps facilitate research and increase citations and articles downloads will be an extremely efficient way of doing this.
tagged copyright fair_use librarian libraries library library_issues open_access publishing by aulisio ...on 23-JUL-09
Mason, Matt. The Pirate's Dilemma How Youth Culture is Reinventing Capitalism. New York: Free Press, 2008.
After presenting the reader through a plethora of examples of how much our culture is dependent on piracy, Mason comes to the conclusion that we have reached "the pirate's dilemma." Much like the prisoner's dilemma in game theory (here the two prisoners are represented by individuals and companies trying to sell their products), the players will have to choose between cooperation with the pirates or fighting them. At this point if one player decides to join in with the pirates by competing and changing their business model, the other will lose. If they both join the pirates, then competition will be even tougher, but they will have a chance at remaining in the market, which they wouldn't if they choose not to participate and fight the pirates with laws. As an example of this model, Microsoft is Player A and decides to fight piracy and Player B is Linux who decides to cooperate with pirates through open source. Player B is ultimately the winner, their prize being innovation, competition, while Player A will remain inefficient and will lose profits.
Though Mason's ideas are intriguing, I think that he is just rehashing the general argument for open source, which most of his book supports through examples. I believe Chapter Two of this book will be most useful for my paper. Titled "The Tao of Pirates: Sea Forts, Patent Trolls, and Why we Need Piracy," Mason explains the use of Sealand as an autonomous state outside the jurisdiction of the UK and how it is the home of the "Royal Family of Sealand's" pirate radio station and the data sanctuary of HavenCo. The Pirate Bay recently tried to purchase Sealand after a damaging fire for 500,000 Euro to house their servers, but their plans were thwarted by the trial. Mason gives some brief information on the Pirate Party. In this chapter he also outlines the "3 habits of highly effective pirates" and encourages youth to look outside of the market, create a vehicle, and to harness their audience. What is most interesting about Mason's book is that he is giving directions on how to harness the power the privacy, which is already forward thinking and more evidence that change is inevitable.
tagged copyright file_sharing mpaa pirate_party the_pirate_bay by kwonc ...on 23-JUL-09
TankGirl. "Pirate leader Falkvinge: 'Our enemy has no intellectual capital to bring to the battle'.” P2P Consortium Interview. 12 January 2008. 20 July 2009.
P2P Consortium member going by the avatar of TankGirl, interviews Rickard Falkvinge, chairman of the Swedish Pirate Party. At the point of this interview, the Pirate Party has yet to gain a seat in the EU Parliament, but many of his responses predict the Party's later success. The questions are consistent with the Pirate Party's primary issues including the filesharing debate, privacy issues, and the spread of IPR revolution across Europe. In the first question, TankGirl mentions the adoption of the PP's principles by the Moderate Party and whether Falkvinge thinks that this is productive. He agrees that it is productive in applying pressure to larger parties, but he explains that the MP is "technophobically luddite" and does not understand the issues as well as he would like them to. The second question is about whether Falkvinge's vision of the IPR revolution, why is has its beginnings in Sweden, and will it eventually infect other countries in Europe and the world? Falkvinge explains that file-sharing issues seem to be strongest in Sweden today, which might be because they were slightly ahead in high-speed broadband access. He no longer gets asked questions about monetary compensation of artists in Sweden, meaning that they already understand that the debate goes beyond that. He is hoping that Sweden will set an example in Europe. He is less optimistic about the Pirate Party in the US noting that the party has much less influence on the political system. In response to the third question about privacy and integrity, Falkvinge explains again that file-sharing cannot be stopped, eventually it will be completely anonymous and that cell phone file-sharing would soon be ubiquitous. The last question addresses personal integrity and surveillance being instituted for "anti-terrorism reasons." Falkvinge gives a brief lexical definition of fascism and says to remember that we have brought the cameras into our homes ourselves. The best thing to do against the Big Brother Society is to be constantly vigilant of the government. Turn the eye onto them.
In this interview with P2P Consortium, Falkvinge answers more specific questions about the filesharing debate, most significantly the idea of an impending Big Brother Society that could potentially sweep across Europe. Falkvinge's thoughtful responses have a hint of the revolutionary, something that doesn't come out in his speeches and the Swedish Pirate Party blog.
tagged copyright falkvinge file_sharing piratbyran pirate_party privacy the_pirate_bay by kwonc ...on 23-JUL-09
The above article is a PR address from the Association of American Publishers regarding the infringement lawsuit brought up on Georgia State University by Oxford University Press, Cambridge University Press and SAGE Publications. The document gives the reasons why these three publishers felt it necessary to bring up charges against GSU and why it is important that the copyright they hold over their published works is important (mainly because of the significant funds they spend publishing their works).
http://publishers.org/main/PressCenter/documents/GSUlawsuitcomplaint.pdf
The above link directs you to the legal complaint in its original form. Using the above legal cliam and the press release to help decipher and guide me through this legal document will help me to better understand why the publishers feel they have been wronged by Georgia State University. The infringements listed by Georgia State University have most assuredly been facilitated by the library/libraries of GSU or at least exacerbated by the library/libraries.
I will use the above article as a way of understanding what was it exactly that publishers feel are significant reasons to bring up suit against an entity. By examining the stated reasons for the lawsuit, I could further research as to what could be done to eliminate the possibility of being sued for supplying copyrighted works to students, faculty, and staff by the university library. The above articles will help me to define in my essay what is sufficient cause for a publisher to take up suit against a university / library.
tagged classroom_use copyright copyright_clearance copyright_law copyright_legal_aspects fair_use law librarian librarians libraries library library_issues scholarly_communication scholarly_publishing teaching u.s._law university_library by aulisio ...on 23-JUL-09
The above article revolves mostly around the the use of electronic reserves at university libraries and what copyright restrictions apply to the use of E-Res. Also, it discusses various court cases involving copyright and attempts to form a listing of percentages of work that could be used without infringement. By doing this the authors attempt to form a more 'objective' and concrete idea of what constitutes copyright infringement. In addition, the authors argue against using the Copyright Act of 1976 as a guideline for libraries, stating that it does not accurately depict fair use.
This article will be extremely useful to me because it attempts to objective numbers as to where copyright infringement begins and fair use ends. Also, it explains the awareness of copyright law by various individuals who work in and around a library. By using some of the information compiled from this article I intend to show how unlikely it is to expect a librarian to do the calculations and to have a cogent knowledge of what is fair-use and what constitutes infringement. Also, by concurring with this article's authors on the unreliability of the copyright act of 1976 to accurately define fair use for libraries will help to build the credibility of my argument.
tagged copyright course_reserves_copyright fair_use librarian libraries library library_issues open_access publishing university_library by aulisio ...on 23-JUL-09
Note: Lexis Nexis doesn't give persistent links (or else I am unable to find where they do) in order to retrieve this article simply search for "a lay perspective on the copyright wars" with only the legal box checkmarked and it will be the first result.
In this Lecture, Columbia University's University Librarian, James G. Neal, addresses the current environment of libraries in regards to copyright and open access. Neal's lecture mostly addresses the findings of the 108 Study Group which was formed to research copyright. Neal explains the current state of copyright, the findings of the 108 Study Group, and the framework necessary in order to facilitate a more open environment for publications and libraries. Neal's lecture defines the library as an all encompassing entity which disseminates information, a center for research, a publisher in its own right. Because of the library's role as a center for just about everything scholarly, the library has a vision of embracing legacy as well as current trends. The library is an information repository and a portal to information. Serving so many roles simultaneously makes the library at the forefront of the copyright war.
In my essay it will be important to state why it is the duty of the librarian to rebel against copyright in order to push for more open access. Neal helps define the library as the center of the copyright war, the very front of the action. By citing Neal and his 108 Study Group's findings, I will be able to convey the importance of the librarian to stand up against copyright in order to defend the very embodiment and idea of the library itself. Neal's article also gives information on the opninion of librarians and library organizations on the issue of copyright and open access. Using some of this information will help me to define how to faciliate a better enviornment for the sharing of intellectual materials.
tagged classroom_use copyright copyright_clearance copyright_law copyright_legal_aspects fair_use law librarians library library_issues open_access scholarly_communication scholarly_publishing teaching u.s._law university_library by aulisio ...on 23-JUL-09
U.S. Code Title 17 is the definitive legal resource for the U.S. Laws regardining copyright. This resource has relevant information on what constitutes copyright infringement and what actions are needed to remedy said infringements.
I will use the above resource as a primary source. This source will help me to define exactly what copyright infringement is according to the law. The above material will help me to define what actions a librarian could take when addressing sensitive copyrighted materials. By knowing the extent of the law I could then determine what are suitable actions to take when coming in contact with something which is questionable -- and in turn what is definitively illegal -- in order to argue for what actions a librarian could take to "push the envelope" on copyright law.
tagged classroom_use copyright copyright_clearance copyright_law copyright_legal_aspects fair_use law librarian library_issues open_access teaching u.s._law by aulisio ...on 22-JUL-09
The above articles attempts to comprehensively define Open Access, listing the various iterations of Open Access as it is defined differently by whom is using it. The article then tries to unify the definition of Open Access or at least define Open Access in their own terms. From which point the authors address the goals of the Open Access movement or what is the intended outcome by spporters of Open Access. The author gives a fairly decent job at illuminating some of the struggles toward the adoption of a universal open access policy, but also lists the benefits of a universal Open Access policy. The article gives multiple viewpoints to Open Access (Advocates, Critics, Observers)...
I plan to use this article as an information resource showing what benefits there are to Open Access resources. By using this articles definition of Open Access and mentioning some of its lofty goals for Universal Open Access, I intend to show in my essay what the benefits would be for Librarians to push publishers toward open access by knowing ways "around" copyright. In other words, I will use examples from this article to show what benefits there are for librarians to legally circumvent copyrighted materials and "play dumb" when it comes to copyrighted works.
tagged copyright fair_use librarian library library_issues open_access publishing by aulisio ...on 22-JUL-09
This resource aims to address as many legal aspects of copyright infringement that the site's authors deem are most relevant to instruction and libraries. The site acts as a bibliography or index to various topics within coypright right law and links the user to a main source of information on each specific topic. In addition to linking to various topics on copyright law, it also links to legal information on copyright law and how it pertains to libraries and instruction. Under each section and sub-headings are abstracts explaining what is covered under each topic.
The following resource is an invaluable tool for addressing specific copyright concerns of libraries. After researching what each of the concerns are and making note of them, I will then be able to click through to find out more information on each specific topic. Though likely not a comprehensive source of copyright law which specifically affects libraries, it seems to be fairly wide ranging and well written.
tagged classroom_use copyright copyright_clearance copyright_law copyright_legal_aspects fair_use law librarians library library_issues scholarly_publishing teaching u.s._law university_library by aulisio ...on 22-JUL-09
The following article compares copyright law in so much as it involves document delivery (or Interlibrary loan) in different countries: Australia, Canada, Germany, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The section of the law, deemed most relevant by the author, is listed and an examination of the law is undergone. The author tries to re-explain the word of the law in laymans terms and make it more approachable to the average reader. I plan on using the following article to get a better understanding of how copyright law differs in western countries and how it affects libraries and their ability to provide free documents to patrons. Using the authors explanations will help me to get a better grasp of "legal-ese," so as to better understand U.S. Law when conducting my own research.
tagged copyright copyright_clearance copyright_law copyright_legal_aspects international_copyright_law law librarians library library_issues u.s._law university_library by aulisio ...on 21-JUL-09
Falkvinge, Rickard. "Copyright Regime vs. Civil Liberties." Google Tech Talks, Google Headquarters Mountain View, CA. 31 July 2007.
Falkvinge begins this tech talk by noting that the strength of the Pirate Party comes from the youth today. He predicted that with the 35,000 votes coming of voting age by 2009 might just place someone in Parliament in the EU elections. Falkvinge's presentation is broken down into three parts and ends with questions from the audience. The first part is an introduction to who he is and what the Pirate Party's agenda is all about. He outlines what is already noted in the Declaration of Principles, but adds to this comments that filesharing vs. copyright is like trench warfare and that it is not about the money anymore but about civil liberties. The second part is a history of copyright beginning with the Catholic Church (this is much like the outline of the Steal this Film documentary series). He emphasizes that copyright has always been for the benfit of the distributors and not the creators. The final party of the presentation is on his vision of the future. Again, he reiterates the Party's core beliefs about copyright for commerical use early, reducing the term to five years, enouraging non-commercial collection, use, derivation and uploading. He expresses the opinion that file sharing and open access to all culture and knowledge through technology will be as significant as libraries. Falkvinge then turns to the political strategy of the party. He notes that politicians are too preoccupied with other issues to pay attention to copyright reform, but should the party gain enough influence, that they might begin to pay attention. The Pirate Party is satisfied not taking on any other political stances outside of IP reform and as just existing as a tie breaker. Finally, Falkvinge brings up the fact that Swedish copyright law cannot be changed by the EU, but at the same time, the EU will need to protect Sweden from any trade sanctions from the US.
Falkvinge's presentation is useful because it is a more organic representation of the beliefs of the Party. The party at this point feels less "rebellious" than its image in the public media. Falkvinge is extremely thoughtful in his opinions and is clearly an expert on how to promote the party from the bottom up, raising awareness all over Europe.
tagged copyright falkvinge mpaa piratbyran piratpartiet privacy the_pirate_bay_fiile_sharing_pirates_bit_torrent by kwonc ...on 21-JUL-09
This is from Gerd Leonhard's 2009 book The End of Control. Leonhard is a media futurist and writer. He discusses how the record industry has attempted to control their product but ultimately failed. The music industry must admit to what is happening and let go of there old economy business models and belief that content is king. They must accept it fast as the longer the wait the more they have to lose. Advances in technology such as memory sticks, iPhones, wireless hard drives / music players have made file sharing easier and easier and its popularity will grow exponentially. Record companies must embrace the end of distribution control and stop harassing their customers with lawsuits and threats. They must move to a service based model.
Leonhard proposes blanket licensing as the best solution. Existing public performance blanket licenses given by collectives are easy to get and make economic sense. The system is straightforward and benefits performers and artists but a new method will be needed for the internet. A blanket scenario would work best and he likens music to commodities such as water or electricity in that everyone should be a legal user. However, it is important to recognize in any discussion that music can be consumed unlimitedly, thus in determining the appropriate fee, TV is provided as an example. Flat rates could be connected to service or other methods.
The article's most interesting topic is its emphasis placed on control. Music companies still hope to maintain control of their product which does not make sense considering how uncontrollable it is. The movement of data has become so commonplace that controlling it seems almost ridiculous. Record companies have no other choice; they should strongly consider the prospects of blanket licenses. Flat rate licensing would work better as it would get money to creators who are not being served properly by the groups trying to represent them. I think this is probably the reason voluntary collective licensing has still not hit the mainstream. Middlemen like record companies realize their role will be diminished in a world where artists can provide their product directly to their fans.
tagged blanket_licensing choruss collective_licensing copyright file_sharing fisher free_music isp_licensing leonhard licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
The Higher Education Opportunity Act written in August 2008 contained a few mentions of file sharing on campuses. The act addressed three main areas. First, students must be warned about illegal downloading and illegitimate P2P file sharing. They must be notified about potential repercussions such as civil and criminal liabilities. Next, institutions must certify that they have developed plans to combat the unauthorized distribution of copyrighted materials including technology based deterrents. Third, they must, to the extent possible, provide alternatives to illegal downloading. The timing for this is 1 year after the Act was signed.
The Act is quite specific in its requirements. Universities must both combat and provide solutions to the peer-to-peer file sharing dilemma that has run rampant on college campuses since the creation of Napster over a decade ago. Numerous attempts of other services have been tested, but all have failed the ultimate goal of compensating creators and giving students the music they want. Ruckus was the most recent failure. With the Act in place, universities must address the issue in the near future giving Choruss a unique opportunity as it is backed by both labels and file-sharing proponents. The controlled nature of campuses and use of a central ISP makes them a very attractive place to test the subscription model and this will be important to watch develop for the future of collective licensing.
tagged choruss collective_licensing copyright file_sharing free_music isp_licensing licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...and 2 other people ...on 15-APR-09
The editorial by Reihan Salam discusses the benefits and issues with voluntary collective licensing. Four music companies (Universal, Warner, Sony BMG, EMI) control 90% of all record sales in the U.S and have blamed piracy for the 40% decline in music sales over the past decade. Some opinions in the article describe voluntary collective licensing as a "music tax" or even an extortion scheme. Issues such as the masses paying for the actions of a few and the recording industry gaining too much are reflected. Salam believes the system is actually beneficial as it rewards smaller artists and will help creativity. If artists are not compensated and royalty streams dry up, they will in fact stop recording. I do not necessarily subscribe to this as plenty of musicians do so out of passion not profit.
The part of the article that is most interesting is related to Apple, which record companies believe has a virtual monopoly on music downloading and must be kept in check. Voluntary collective licensing helps record companies ease their reliance on the software. Apple's counter attack to voluntary collective licensing is also discussed which poses an interesting proposition. A one-time fee on an Ipod purchase would give purchasers access to all music available on the iTunes website. The reason this hasn't yet happened is price and that it further entrenches Apple in its power against record companies.
Additional concerns are raised about how VCL would hurt independent labels; the other 10% of record sales and with the Apple plan its effects on other music software programs. It also discusses what actually may work best and sides with William Fischer’s book Promises to Keep and its strategy of an actually government music tax. Such a strategy would benefit artists and consumers but may cut out the powerful RIAA, which is well liked by the current administration.
The Apple tax idea is interesting and one that sticks in my mind, but again grants power to Apple who the record companies are too dependent on already. If an agreement was reached, I think it would be revolutionary but still limit consumers full access to the world’s music catalog as iTunes only holds a small percentage of all music available.
tagged choruss collective_licensing copyright file_sharing free_music isp_licensing licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
This is a New York Times article written by Eric Pfanner in January 2009. It discusses a proposal by the Isle Of Man to test voluntary collective licensing. For $1.38 a month, the eighty thousand residents, who all have broadband access, would be able to download unlimited amounts of music. A fee would be collected by the ISP. The music industry estimates that currently 95% of tracks distributed online are pirated and this is a potential solution offered by the Isle.
The article discusses European perspectives on the issue and they do appear to be farther along than the U.S. A similar proposal made it Parliament in France, but it was eventually rejected after a fierce battle by copyright holders. Currently European countries seem more interested in the idea of holding ISPs responsible for illegal downloading on their networks. They have also proposed ideas including a 3 strikes your out rule and the banning of individuals from broadband access. While these idea are taking shape in the U.S., it seems unreasonable to hold ISPs responsible for reporting their customers actions. It also could create competitive advantages for those ISPs who refuse to participate and also distrust in them in general. Similar to phone tapping under the Patriot Act, it impedes on individuals freedom without the concerns of national security. It seems to be another example of the record companies alienating their own customers and building ill will and holding onto their past control ideals vs. adjusting to the future and the fact that file sharing is here to stay.
tagged blanket_licensing choruss collective_licensing copyright file_sharing fisher free_music isle_of_man isp_licensing licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
The article brings up some interesting questions on what is remaining up in the air with the Choruss service. One of the biggest concerns is the what methodology and technology to use to track downloading which is a key component of the concept as artists are eventually funded based on their popularity. Cost also seems to be a concern and the appropriate method to actually charge the fee is still up for debate. Whether the school picks up the cost or passes it on as an activity fee is not yet established and past results have shown students are unwilling to pay. Certain leaders feel Choruss is nothing new and the same concerns exist that made past sites fail. However a break-even analysis of the current cost to protect against illegal downloads on university IT departments vs. the Choruss model may make it feasible. It also is important to find something soon as only 25% of schools currently have some sort of alternative which need to be in place by August 2009 per the Act.
What I find interesting in this article as universities will be the testing grounds for voluntary collective licensing. This seems clear and makes sense as universities are often first adopters of new technology and provide a microcosm to work out any kinks. The insight provided on the cracks in the mirror of the model is important. The devil of the plan is in the details. If Choruss can work out appropriate royalty distribution strategies that creators agree with and help protect against opt-outers and other issues, it gains credibility. After which plans to scale the model become more reasonable.
tagged choruss copyright licensing music_piracy new_economy voluntary_collective_licensing by neild ...on 15-APR-09
This transcript is from Jim Griffins keynote speech about Choruss at the Digital Music Forum East in March 2009. Jim Griffins heads Choruss, LLC is a non-profit organization created and supported by major music labels. Choruss aim is to provide voluntary collective licensing to universities. It amazingly is backed by both the RIAA and EFF, who usually are on opposite sides of the music file-sharing issue. Choruss would act as a collective pool and then distribute royalties to artists based on various metrics.
Mr. Griffins discusses the need for a new business model in the music industry as technology has completely changed the game. He states, "It’s a fact of life: If your business model depends on controlling or getting paid for copies of zeros and ones, you may need to look at a new business model." He explains how collective licensing has existed in various industries in various forms and now is no different. Mr. Griffins then specifically addresses a Billboard editorial written by Chris Carter on the issues facing voluntary collective licensing. He provides mitigating arguments to the issues including lack of data to allocate funds, legal implications of collective licensing, opt-in / opt-out, label favoritism, and implementation challenges. He further discusses that this is not an academic pursuit but rather an actual attempt at monetizing and regulating piracy. He stresses that the creation of the system will also expand the market and uses the Copyright Clearance Center as an example of past success. Choruss has the goal to test various systems and eventually make paying for music fast and simple because doing so will release the floodwaters for money to flow.
Mr. Griffin is basically heading up the idea of voluntary collective licensing and is the initiatives public face and voice. This transcript gives a cohesive response to critics of voluntary collective licensing. By addressing the concerns of Mr. Castle, he has provided counter-arguments necessary to push the discussion on this revolutionary concept. His answers are based in reality and admit the concerns faced but are optimistic and derived out of reason.
tagged chorus collective_licensing copyright eff electronic_frontier_foundation file_sharing free_music isp_licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
Chris Castle is a California attorney who represents clients on music technology and public policy. He wrote this editorial in January 2009 and takes a much needed look at the problems with voluntary collective licensing and ISP taxes. He explores what would happen in a world where suddenly downloading music is free. The main issue he brings up is without any legitimate proven tracking sources, ISPs would basically be providing good guesses on how the fees garnished should be distributed. Other concerns he raises are about file quality, illegitimate lawsuits and the lack of feasibility of the plan in actual implementation. He further comments that the record industry would be exchanging one form of uncertainty for another.
The editorial further accuses proponents of voluntary collective licensing of ignoring the positive results in the billion dollar industry of quality digital content such as Hulu and Itunes which are experiencing successful growth. The author questions how collective funds would be distributed with no good data and the addition of another middle-man pulling money out of artists pockets. Questions are also raised about any promises to not sue ISPs, especially by those who opt-out of collective licensing. ISPs will also face issues related to other content illegally downloaded on their sites like images, movies, etc. and international trade agreements that may be tested.
While voluntary collective licensing on a topical level sounds great, Mr. Carter raises some very legitimate points and the issues that could be present in actual practice. ISPs will have to take on additional duties and are vulnerable to attack for participating as a middle-man whether it be voluntarily or involuntarily. Consumers may also be at risk in a world where authorized and unauthorized works are at their fingertips with no clear ability to distinguish between the two. If this is the case, lawsuits may continue unabated.
tagged collective_licensing copyright eff electronic_frontier_foundation file_sharing free_music isp_licensing isp_tax music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
This is Chapter 6: An Alternative Compensation System from William Fisher III's 2004 book Promises to Keep. Mr. Fisher is the Hale and Dorr Professor of IP Law at Harvard and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. This is a very comprehensive discussion of the creation of a governmentally administered reward system for music and movie file sharing. Its basic premise is musicians or filmmakers would register their work with the copyright office and be given a unique identifier that would be used to track downloads of their work. The government would enact taxes which would be used to create a central fund. Using techniques created by television rating agencies, performing rights organizations, etc. the government would determine what frequency the work was used. The artist would then receive their royalty payment. The benefits would be consumers would pay less for more entertainment and artist would receive their fair share. Distribution companies would largely become obsolete over the long run. Society at large would benefit with less litigation and transaction costs.
The chapter goes on in detail to explain the various components of the plan. It also performs a deep analysis into revenue sources to determine the financial impact of the system. In the end, Mr. Fisher determines a tax of approximately $27 per year per household would make the system work. Concerns with this do exist such as consumers potentially supporting music they are morally or ethically opposed to. Another funding source could be taxes on the goods and services that are used to gain access to the media. Items such as ISPs, mp3 players, etc. are all explored and in the end an approximately tax of 12% is calculated as being appropriate. This is very deep and thoughtful analysis on what the actual numbers are that is helpful in pushing the discussion of voluntary collective licensing forward.
The chapter raises very important issues about voluntary collective licensing including derivative works, artists gaming the system, the inadequacy of the current copyright office, and how to create an appropriate sampling system. This is deep dive is essential to my research project as it peels back the surface to explore further ideas that will have to be confronted as the method moves forward. While a required government tax may face strong opposition, the idea of taxing devices is logical. My other concern with this strategy is the involvement of the government as the EFF plan to have non-profit collectives seems more in-line with letting the market do its work in maintaining innovation and efficiency.
tagged choruss collective_licensing copyright file_sharing fisher free_music isp_licensing licensing music_piracy new_economy piracy voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
This is The Songwriters Association of Canada’s proposal for monetizing file sharing of Canadian music. It lays out a voluntary collective licensing scheme similar to that proposed by the Electronic Frontier Foundation. The plan highlights its unobtrusive nature which will basically let consumers continue to download music as they wish but remove the legal risks and legitimize their actions. Consumers would have unlimited access to the world's music collection both preserving and fostering its growth. The association believes the voluntary collective licensing method will usher in a "Golden Age of creativity."
The background of the proposal provides some interesting statistics on music downloading. The estimate 98% of all music is shared and only 2% is actually purchased obviously indicating that sharing is the preferred method of the public at large to access music. The proposal also argues that legalizing file sharing would increase the amount of high quality virus-free music available as only 6mm of the 100mm recordings created are available on legal sites. Legitimizing file sharing will hence increase society's access to all music promoting the arts. It will also answer the most important dilemma: compensation for creators.
The proposal is an amendment to the current copyright act instituting collective licensing and the payment by consumers of a monthly fee on internet and wireless accounts. This would basically be a government tax but with an opt-out option. Consumers could sign documentation stating they will not share files and face penalty for breaking their agreement. Creators could also opt-out. The proposal would not only benefit consumers, but also ISPs and the music industry. ISPs would receive an administrative fee and record companies would finally receive compensation for file-sharing. The collective would be responsible for tracking music file sharing and distribution of royalties and could be outsourced to firms currently doing similar work.
Overall, the system seems very reasonable and a solution to the secular downward trend facing the record industry. The proposal is broad in its strokes, but it is the details of voluntary collective licensing that make it difficult which are not addressed. Issues such as how royalty streams are fairly distributed, misuse for non-music materials, cheating by artists, impact on record companies and current providers of legal file sharing are not fully tackled. Still the proposal takes the next steps necessary to move the method forward.
tagged canada collective_licensing copyright eff electronic_frontier_foundation file_sharing free_music isp_licensing isp_tax music_piracy new_economy piracy proposal s.a.c. voluntary_collective_licensing wired by neild ...on 15-APR-09
This is Fred von Lohmann of the Electronic Frontier Foundation's whitepaper on voluntary collective licensing. The EFF has been a proponent of the idea since 2004 and put its seal of approval on current attempts to give life to the idea such as Choruss. The idea has gained traction with both Warner Music and Universal expressing interest. There has been a plethora of comments by writers, bloggers, panel discussions regarding the subject.
The paper presents voluntary collective licensing as a method to combat digital music piracy and create a legitimate revenue source for the flailing music industry. It lays out the precedent, the idea, the logic and the advantages. Voluntary collective licensing could be a way to monetize file sharing and hence provide the creators with compensation for their work, but at the same time provide consumers with what they have wanted all along, complete and uninhibited access to music. Since the creation of Napster, peer-to-peer file sharing has resulted in a secular decline of the music industry. Even through numerous evolutions and legal battles, file sharing has continued illegally and impacted recording artists. Consumers have been sued and accused by record companies of piracy, all of which has resulted in ill will towards record companies and little revenue generation for artists. Lohmann lays out the reasons voluntary collective licensing is needed including artists deserving to be compensated for their work, file-sharing has become the normal mode of music distribution, fans are in fact the best distributors, decision makers and preserves of music and finally the importance of letting the market drive innovation more than the government.
Voluntary collective licensing is compared to the system currently used by radio stations and insights are provided on how the concept will alleviate piracy in the music industry. The idea is to form "collecting societies" similar to ASCAP, BMI, and SESAC which provide music fans with unlimited downloading in exchange for a reasonable monthly fee. The fees would be collected through a variety of sources including at the ISP, university networks or subscriptions (similar to Rhapsody). All money would move to a central organization who would distribute compensation to artists based on popularity of their music, the technology for which already exists. The whitepaper further answers the most obvious questions including antitrust, division of money, and the impact on unwilling artists.
The Higher Education Opportunity Act made it mandatory for universities to provide alternatives to illegal peer-to-peer networks.
Heller, Steven. "Shepard Fairey Is Not a Crook." 10 Apr. 2009. <http://themoment.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/04/10/graphic-content-shepard-fairey-is-not-a-crook/?hpw>.
The author is Steven Heller, former art director at the New York Times and current co-chair of the MFA design department at the School of Visual Arts. The blog entry is a response to Mark Vallen's Obey Plagiarist Fairey essay which attacks Fairey for using Chinese and Russian propaganda imagery. He labeled the acts misappropriation. Heller's article begins by briefly laying out the Fairey vs. AP court case. This case is perhaps the most current high profile copyright lawsuit. Its decision will be extremely important for the mindset of artists. The decision will either encourage or discourage appropriation art. The uproar surrounding the Hope image is yet again an example how in copyright everything is but black and white.
The author argues Fairey is not a thief. Heller thinks the usage is protected under fair use. His work in general acts to criticize media's consumer outlook. As Heller writes about his Obey poster, "Fairey is essentially arguing that icons can be conflated and repurposed to achieve manipulative results. Fairey's appropriation refers to that which goes on in the mass media every day. At its most articulate, his work is a critique of image ownership." The article concludes by noting that Fairey has made rigid efforts to protect his own brand from the appropriation of other artists. For my research paper, this latter point is significant. It makes us question the degrees to which appropriation can take on. We must wonder is there ever an end to the cycle of appropriating a single image. As I begin to write about appropriation art, I will use Fairey as my jumping off point. The current case and Fairey's tactics to stop his art from being appropriated are emblematic of how copyright law exists among artist, media, and institutions today.
tagged copyright copyright_law fairey poster by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Landes, William M. "Copyright Protection and Appropriation Art." The Arts and Humanities in Public Life. Http://culturalpolicy.uchicago.edu/conf1999/landes.html.
The author begins by bringing up many issues that surround appropriation art. These problems include when art is based on renowned copyrights images, when images are borrowed without appropriate art intent, and when images are used for educational purposes. Instead of lamenting that the grey area of copyright can never be solved, this author takes a different approach. Landes proposes a solution to all these problems. Not necessarily a solution, but a belief that current copyright law can decide these matters.
The article delves into the economics of copyright. Landes discusses how without copyright protection artists would never be able to recoup losses to create art and therefore would be working without incentive. This would lead to a culture devoid of meaningful expression. He argues that there needs to be an appropriate balance between too little and too much protection. This balance would ensure that efficiency and creativity are promoted.
This piece brings up many questions about how appropriation art exists among law, society, and culture. It makes us question the benefits and downfalls of copyright protection. Like many copyright articles, it discusses the Koons v Rogers case. From its analysis, we gather that not all appropriation art should be protected under fair use. Additionally, we see that if it was, courts would be put in the unsuitable position of judging what art is and what is not.
tagged appropriation art chicago_law copyright fair_use by dustinsb ...and 1 other person ...on 13-APR-09
"Copyright Law of the United States of America and Related Laws Contained in Title 17 of the United States Code." Http://www.copyright.gov/title17/92chap1.html#106. US Copyright Office.
This is where all the grey area of copyright lies. The US Copyright office presents an all inclusive guideline to copyright law. In order to understand appropriation art, it is important to know the law that binds all artists. Additionally, this piece is significant because its interpretation by US courts and judges affects all members of the digital era. Much of the information included in the section is broad. While I will not use the majority of the information provided, it will be an important reference for me as I write my paper. It is the copyright bible so to speak. It has an expansive glossary of everything from the definition of "public" to "visual art." In addition, it contains all of the many restrictions and exceptions to the rules that make up copyright law.
There are important passages that relate to appropriation. Specifically, Section 106A: Rights of Certain Authors to Attribution and Integrity, which among other things, recognizes the importance of the name. In doing so, it assigns values to the names of artists and companies that feel their name is being used and adversely affected without their permission. This brings up many questions like, how much is an artist's name worth? Or, how can we judge to what extent a name was damaged? Also, the Section recognizes the exclusive rights of copyright holders for derivative works. This affects any form of appropriation from sampling to parody to visual art. When determining the morality of appropriation, this latter point will be discussed at great length.
tagged 106a copyright section us_copyright_office by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Smith, Roberta. "When One Man's Video Art Is Another's Copyright Crime." 6 May 2004. Thew New York Times.
Roberta Smith's When One Man's Video Art is Another's Copyright Crime digresses from the traditional discussion of visual artists' taking single images, and instead, focuses in on video artists appropriating. Jon Rouston is an artist that makes movies of already made movies. His process involves going to the theatre on opening night and recording what happens both on and off the screen. Although he doesn't sell his work, his installations still fall in that grey copyright area between theft and inspiration.
More troubling to Rouston is that Maryland, the state in which he works, is making it illegal to film inside movie theaters. Additionally, the Senate Judiciary Committee is taking harsh steps to ensure that illegal filming cannot happen in movie theatres. With 80 percent of pirated films coming from filming inside theatres, the MPAA has many lobbyists in Washington trying to create new laws that decrease piracy. However, Rouston argues that his films are not pirated DVDs that take away from seeing a film in theatres. Instead, he believes his film propone the movie going experience.
The author concludes that these new camcorder bans inhibit people from commenting and criticizing. According to Ms. Smith, our pop culture is comparable to 19th century landscape-would you ban 19th century artists from making pastorals? Her point hits home. Appropriation art that creates new meaning-whether parodic or scathing-should be allowed to exist, uninhibited by the law. In the end, Rouston decided to stop creating his films. This article is symbolic of artists moving away from appropriation (and thus, a type of commentary) because of laws that inadvertently protect copyright.
Fineman, Mia. "The Image Is Familiar; the Pitch Isn't." 13 July 2008. The New York Times. <http://www.nytimes.com/2008/07/13/arts/design/13fine.html?scp=13&sq=art%20appropriation%20copyright&st=cse>.
What happens when advertisers appropriate artists' images? So often, we read of artists manipulating corporate giants' advertisements to make a statement about society's mass consumerism. Warhol or Koons may ring a bell. This article describes the opposite event. In February 2007, artist Christian Marclay was shocked to see his video installation used in an Apple iPhone commercial. Although perturbed at Apple for using his work, especially after he denied his permission a year earlier, he did want to appear hypocritical. After all, Marclay's works borrows images from Hollywood without copyright permission. Throughout the article, many other similar examples are cited like John Galliano copying William Klein photographs in ads and Vaseline copying Spencer Tunick's naked series in a 60-second spot.
This article describes the recent phenomenon of corporations capitalizing on high profile contemporary artists through advertising. A New York art lawyer describes these events as verging on obvious "rip-offs" without any sort of recognition. There is a fine line between inspiration and stealing. One must question if the corporations copy the thought or the execution. It seems that artists have realized appropriation can be a double edge sword for them. The Marclay event is significant in that it holds a mirror up to artists that utilize appropriation. It shows how when properly formulated a successful technique can be used both against and for contemporary artists. The article ends leaving us question is it really fair for the David to pick on Goliath? The courts would say yes.
There is also another underlying theme to the New York Times article. Much of the piece discusses how artists who turn down offers from big corporations are often dumbfounded when companies go ahead and use their images anyway. For obvious reasons, these artists rarely sue billion dollar companies. The take a way is that artists are pushed into a corner. Should they take the cash or sacrifice their integrity? There is another problem. Many fans think they have sold out to these companies, affecting their brand name. As a result, the author sees artists becoming more defensive and rigid in their tactics to control distribution.
One is left questioning the difference if the situation was reversed. For my research paper, I see a difference: one person is trying to make a thoughtful point the other is trying to sell some iPhones. But what happens as more and more companies are trying to do both?
tagged advertisers copyright marclay by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Davis, Douglas. "The Work of Art in the Age of Digital Reproduction." 1995. Third Annual New York Digital Salon. JSTOR. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/1576221>.
When writing a paper about appropriation, it is important to get theoretical perspectives of how appropriation exists in our current digital revolution. The Work of Art in the Age of Digital Reproduction is less of a response to The Work of Art in The Age of Mechanical Reproduction than one would think. The author simultaneously updates and adheres to the latter.
Davis argues that in this world of digital reproduction there are no direct differences between the original and appropriated work. Benjamin's aura now merges with the original and reproduction. In this age of digitization, everything can be perfectly copied. We are forced to address how the contemporary world around us is essential to our understanding and use of appropriation. One can make changes to an original in an instant, but what does this mean? All of these things have infinite psychological and cultural implications (i.e. the culture police). The copied art can bring infinite pleasure and improve upon the original. Davis ends by saying, "Videotape...here is where the aura resides--not in the thing itself but in the originality of the moment when we hear see, read, repeat, revise."
tagged copies copyright reproduction by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Kennedy, Randy. "If the Copy Is an Artwork, Then What’s the Original?" Http://www.nytimes.com/2007/12/06/arts/design/06prin.html?_r=1&scp=1&sq=appropriation&st=cse. 6 Dec. 2007. The New York Times. 25 Mar. 2009.
If the Copy Is an Artwork, Then What's the Original? presents the issue of appropriation through a personal lens: the people behind the appropriated works of art. It follows photographer Jim Krantz, who while on a trip to New York, sees his shots of a Marlboro cowboy in a Richard Prince show at the Guggenheim. From here, the reader views both side of the appropriation dialogue. On one hand, there is Prince who adds to the cultural capital of art work everywhere. On the other hand, there is Prince who is making millions of dollars on posters and works of art that are not technically his. Krantz is rightly angry when someone comes up to his original in Chicago saying, "This looks similar to Richard Prince's work."
This article is anything but conclusive. Instead of arguing for something, the author tries to paint an image of the lesser known issues that go along with appropriation, like feelings. We see Krantz, an artist whose copyrighted images are used without permission, basically being told his lesser known reputation doesn't qualify him for the big bucks. He is angry but all he wants is a little recognition, not money. When writing my paper, I will use this article to address questions like, "What is the value of recognition? What do artists want in return for their work being used by others? What does it mean to make money off of someone else's work?" I will use this article to challenge the often heralded appropriation artists, by showing the sometimes negative and frustrating effects of their works on others.


tagged copyright marlboro_man prince by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Ames, E. Kenly. "Beyond Rogers v. Koons: A Fair Use Standard for Appropriation." Columbia Law Review 6th ser. 93 (1993): 1473-526.
The article begins by detailing the origins of Rogers v. Koons: Koons making a sculpture inspired by Roger's photograph Puppies. Koons lost the trial after courts failed to see reason to his fair use by parody defense. After describing the loss of Koons in court, the author posits several questions that are essential to my paper. Ames asks, "Is the use to which Koons puts Roger's photographs mere piracy of someone else's images? Or is it art in some more meaningful sense? If it is more than piracy, does it deserve the protection of copyright law, and, if so, then how should that protection be afforded to balance appropriately the interests of the original creator, the viewing public, and the appropriator?" This article attempts to answer these questions by giving an overview of how contemporary art came to appropriation as a technique and by explaining how copyright law exists within the current art world. Additionally, the author discusses several issues created out of the ongoing dialogue between copyright and artists. To begin with, it seems as if too often artists edit their art around copyright and the potential of being sued. The author argues that that appropriation should be protected under fair use. However, Ames sees the current fair use doctrine as inadequate in protecting appropriation artists. Lawmakers and artists are put into a grey area too often. Ames discusses new guidelines and rules that need to be developed to protect appropriation, while hushing copyright holders who are all too eager to sue. The author concludes by developing a standardized method for protecting appropriation artists. This method, an adaptation of the four factor analysis, is based on protecting the copyright holder's future markets instead of safeguarding infringement rights in work. The latter is founded on the idea that an appropriator's work will not substantially affect the value of the copyright holder's work.
Rogers v. Koons was a landmark decision. This article shows how the court case brought up a myriad of questions for our 21st Century society. When writing my research paper, it will be important to be able to explain not just what these questions are, but what many contemporary thinkers have responded with. Ames proposes a creative solution to the many different problems created when law does not sufficiently protect appropriation artists. Perhaps most important to my paper, Beyond Rogers v. Koons: A Fair Use Standard for Appropriation presents the debate by showing what great value society can get from appropriating.
tagged appropriation copyright fair_use koons rogers by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Patry, William. "Appropriation Art and Copies." Http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2005/10/appropriation-art-and-copies.html. 20 Oct. 2005. 1 Apr. 2009.
This blog begins by giving a definition of appropriation from London's Tate Gallery: "Appropriation art raises questions of originality, authenticity, and authorship, and belongs to the long modernist tradition of art that questions the nature or definition of art itself." Among artists the author names as descendants of the appropriation tradition are Picasso, Braque, Duchamp, Fountain, Dali, Johns, Rauschenberg, Koons, and Levine. The author argues that even though the practice of appropriation is quite old, courts have not been "receptive to fair use appropriation art claims." He cites Rogers V. Koons as an example of this. The article finds two problems in this case: First, a failure to understand that a judgment of "unfair" use does not mean that the court is an art critic; second, the presupposition that just because the art community believes something is art, it can't break copyright law. The author ends the article by noting a divide in the artistic community: those who support appropriation and those who fight against it. Patry finds the divide most fascinating because of the fact that artists who have always been supportive of moral rights undermine themselves with appropriation art (in that, it denies a special connection between originality and the author).
The blog entry proves most valuable to my thesis. It fuels the questions I started off with by giving perspective to the whole appropriation controversy inside and outside the spectrum of copyright. When discussing the existence of appropriation in the art world, it will be important to cite past artists of the tradition and current artists' opinions of ownership.
tagged appropriation art copyright koons by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
tagged art benjamin copyright reproduction theories by dustinsb ...on 13-APR-09
Klang, Mathias,"The Digital Commons: Using Licenses to Promote Creativity."
The paper beings with the concept of property as "mine", which at an early age is always contrasted with the concept of sharing. The new digital age tests out currently property regulation, since things are now copied with ease. Importantly, "that which is owned is no longer simply the item itself but the privileges which it provides to the owner". How, then, do we reconcile property rights and the public domain (the commons)? Property law in Western civilization tends to bestow all rights onto a single person. He defines ownership as a "collection of rights which complement each other and grant to the owner the authority to legitimately enforce conditions". The focus on possesion complicates the property law when dealing with intagible objects.
Klang offers the differing views people have of the commons, citing sources as far back as Aristotle and as recent as Lessig. The first, and considerably widespread, is the belief in the "tragedy of the commons". The second argues that the idea of the tragedy is false since it does not consider the environment in which the commons exists. The commons itself is a considerably vague term (consisting only of notions of property and sharing), and the public doman is defined only as what it is not (it is not legally protected intellectual property). According to Klang, what the public domain is "is our collective culture". He continues to explain the basics of the current copyright law and how owning the content of something limits the creativity of others. Creative Commons was developed to help ensure an ease of sharing and the creativity that the commons encourages. He explains, as most do, the basics to how Creative Commons licenses work, concluding that though copyright is a tricky game, "we can also be certain that we will always need a commons or a public domain from which we can create and recombine into new culture for us to enjoy".
This article provides a great overview of the debate that currently surrounds copyright and Creative Commons, extending into the idea of the commons itself. As we saw, there are those who believe that the commons is nothing but a vast wasteland or an "overgrazed pasture", which my project hopes to discredit by emphasizes the good things that have come out of the commons. There are others who believe in the benefit of the commons, taking into consideration the situation in which they exist and the fact that the web allows for social cohesion and trust among those involved. It is this view that conforms to the models that I expand on, showing the many different ways that online communities have been affected by the commons and vice versa. Importantly, this article explain Creative Commons licenses as well and helps to illuminate the debate about property by offering definitions of terms that are really, less than clear in the law today. It really is the basis for this project.
tagged commons copyright creative_commons ownership property sharing by kristea ...on 09-APR-09
Saint-Amour, Paul K. The Copywrights: Intellectual Property and the Literary Imagination. Ithaca, NY: Cornell UP, 2003.
Paul Saint-Amour's study is primarily concerned with British copyright discourse from the late Victorian period through the beginning of modernism. His eponymous pun seeks to capture the extralegal dimension of copyright law - namely, the interests and prejudices of those who set and implement the law, for instance, in favor of certain forms of creativity at the expense of others. The goal of the book is to argue that literature began thinking about copyright when terms began extending in the nineteenth century, and that for the sake of future literature, copyright protection must be significantly "thinned." Originality, Saint-Amour argues, is "only ever meaningfully a dialogical cultural phenomenon - a complexly intersubjective, intertextual product of social processes of consensus, contestation, distortion, and occlusion." The chapter pertinent to my study involves what Saint-Amour calls the "hauntology" of copyright, the process by which an author "lives" beyond death in the form of a continued monopoly over her works, even though she herself no longer exists to control the privacy of that intellectual property.
The 1998 Sunny Bono Copyright Act led a veiled assault on the public domain in the name of the artists' memory, effectively turning intellectual property into "a memento mori." This skews the public perception so that the public views copyright as the province of artists rather than as the province of copyright holders. Since Wordsworth believed that poets create the taste by which they are to be enjoyed, he expected that the greatest remuneration for his poetry would come posthumously. As a result, he thought that copyright should be perpetual, so that an artist's heirs can enjoy the benefits that ought to have occurred to the artist in her lifetime. Wordsworth grew more conservative with age, but what about Moore, and the avant-garde more generally? Given that an avant-garde presents itself as a force for change in society, are its views on intellectual property necessarily in favor of an expanded public domain? Unlike some of the other modernists, Moore made a living off of her writing, so these are questions that touch on her use of quotation and her attitude to copyright more generally.
tagged copyright imagination james_joyce oscar_wilde public_domain by fedors ...and 1 other person ...on 09-APR-09
Carroll, Michael W.,Creative Commons and the New Intermediaries. Michigan State Law Review, Vol. 45, 2006; Villanova Law/Public Policy Research Paper No. 2005-13.
Carroll argues that Creative Commons licenses play both disintermediating and intermediating roles on the Web. He first points out that there is currently a proliferation of them on the web, a development that was quickly followed by search engines designed to look for works with CC licenses. In this way, they have become disintermediaries by enabling end-to-end transactions and become reintermediatiares by allowing new services to be preformed and new online communities to form.
Carroll explains how CC licenses work, stating that "as of this writing, there are 16,000,000 digital objects accessible over the internet linked to CC licenses". Creative Commons not only acts as an intermediary, but enables other intermediaries as well. These include search engines, archives and libraries, producers and publishers ("which facilitates amateur-to-amateur communication"), and CC communities, offering examples of each and how they function. Under CC communities, he describes places that are dedicated to music, visual art, photographs, blogs, and education. This revolution in copyright has helped to spur Berner's-Lee and his colleagues to create a new Semantic Web, which will offer a higher degree of interoperability.
What is most important to the discussion of Creative Commons and online communities in Carroll's article is the vast list of examples he provides. This is an amazing list of the different ways that CC has facilitated different models of online communities. He cites Flickr for photography, which is the largest site for both commercial and noncommercial uses of photographs licenses under CC. It's only one model though and there are many, many more. CC has facilitated new business models as well, which Flickr is not. Magantune is a music site that has created a business in which users can listen to the works for free and then download CC licenses music at the price of their choosing. CC has, as Carroll shows, made a large impact on internet community's, and been used in different models, some nonprofit, some for profit, all based on the communities needs.
tagged copyright creative_commons intermediary online_communites by kristea ...on 09-APR-09
Vaidhayanathan, Said. "Hep Cats and Copy Cats: American Music Challenges the Copyright Tradition." Copyrights and Copywrongs:
The Rise of Intellectual Property and How It Threatens Creativity. New York: New York UP, 2003. 117-48.
Vaidhayanathan begins his chapter on the ethos of sampling in American music by claiming that "music, more than any other vehicle of culture, collapses the gap that separates idea from expression." Walter Pater ventured the same observation in the late nineteenth century, speculating that all arts aspire to the condition of music. This introduces great difficulty into the realm of copyright, which identifies protectable expression by consistently separating out idea from expression. Taking the case of "second takers," samplers building on the creativity of particular artist or, in the case of the blues, a common musical catalog, Vaidhayanathan argues that these important engines of culture need more protection than the idea/expression distinction can provide. In the case of American music, he goes so far as to claim that repetition and revision are "central tropes." The Blues tradition, more specifically, views the elaboration or improvisation of traditional compositions as the norm, as against the Constitution's model of progress or Romantic models of genius. If this is true, copyright law overprotects large swathes of American music.
The distinction Vaidhayanathan draws in this article between legal issues and aesthetic and ethical issues begs of the question of whether blues compositions ought to be eligible for protection. Then again, he also seems to support the "total concept and feel" test for substantial similarity. This would locate the aesthetic and ethical issues he cares about within the purview of the law as currently formulated, except that the test applies to the performance of a song, rather than to its composition, as is currently the case. Performance, he argues, constitutes a substantial portion of the "value-added" aspect of a musical work. The overarching question, as I see it, involves the degree to which discrete areas of culture like the blues tradition can push back against legal protections designed to apply to all areas of culture. Established works reap the benefit of asymmetrical power, in the form of a large and powerful music industry lobby. The power balance in and of itself doesn't decide the question. Moreover, a tension between recourse to national tradition - the idea of "American music" - and recourse to ethnocentric explanation - in the histories of the blues and rap - might have been more clearly handled.
Vaidhayanathan delineates five reasons for sampling - to draw on the authority of a cultural touchstone, to produce a new version, to make a political statement, to express appreciation or acknowledge influence, and to create an ambient effect. Works that sample arguably deserve a hearing on each of these grounds, as five possibilities for the nature of a fair use claim. Sampling more often than not adds value to a work of art and thus transforms the sample. Moore's poetry might profitably be considered in light of these five species of sampling, to see whether they would be adequate in pursuit of a fair use claim.
tagged american_music blues copyright creative_labor sampling by fedors ...and 4 other people ...on 09-APR-09
Understahl, Jennifer. "Copyright Infringement and Poetry: When is a Red Wheelbarrow the Red Wheelbarrow?" Vanderbilt Law Review Understahl observes that courts apply a substantial similarity test when determining whether a particular work of literature infringes existing copyright. She argues that courts fail to take into account the difference between different literary genres, and subsequently that different genres call for varying thresholds of originality. Moreover, courts lack a clear standard for establishing substantial similarity, disagreeing on the application of the "pattern" and "total concept and feel" tests, as well as on whether the burden of recognizable infringement should fall to the "lay observer" or to an "intended audience." The various expressive works encompassed by the umbrella term "literature" thus merit the formulation of individual standards for establishing substantial similarity. For instance, literature often features phrases in which the sound complements the sense. The sounds created by juxtaposing certain words can carry significance, as when a phrase describing Satan contains an abundance of sibilants, evoking the hiss of the serpent frequently employed to depict Satan in illustrations. If the same phrase occurs in an op-ed column about a celebrity, the context largely determines that readers will attend to the sense, and assume that effects of sound are incidental. In essence, Understahl argues that the idea/expression dichotomy collapses in the case of literary. Adopting Pound's dictum that poetry is "the most concentrated form of verbal expression, she suggests that poetry warrants the lowest minimal standard for originality. Typographical decisions, most notably features like the placement of the poem on the page, line length, enjambment, spacing, and strophic organization, all create substantial dissimilarities between copyrighted text and "new" writing, when justified as integral to that which the poem is designed to express. Moreover, poems that borrow language from this "new" writing but cast the language in a new form ought to be determined original. The substantial similarity test, Understahl argues, would even fail to find William Carlos Williams' "The Red Wheelbarrow" copyrightable. She proposes an "expressive elements" test that evaluates the relation between form and content on a sliding scale of substantial similarity, one that accounts for the features that characterize poetic expression. The projected benefits are greater consistency in substantial similarity determinations and less overprotection. Moore's poetry would benefit from the adoption of this test, given the prevalence of sampling and quotation. Understahl draws on a surprisingly wide range of poets to substantiate her remarks about poetry as an art form, demonstrating the viability of the proposed test within the artistic community under consideration. Because she mentions no cases in which the court slighted poetic originality, the issues seem prospective, if no less important.
58.3 (2005): 915-54.
tagged copyright form/content intellectual_property originality poetics poetry by fedors ...on 09-APR-09
This article focuses on the rhetorical strategies employed by The Roots and ?uestlove in relation to hip hop authenticity. Specifically, Marshall finds that "sampling," connected as it is to the roots of hip hop, has come to stand in for "authenticity" in hip hop. ?uestlove and The Roots, privileging live, recorded instrumentation yet seeking legitimacy as hip hop, deliberately quotes, invokes and yet criticizes sampling in his music. The Roots' more recent has included more electronic tones, presumably to recall sampling and position their music more firmly in the hip-hop tradition. Yet the business of sampling -- the licenses fees only major artists like Jay-Z and Kanye West can afford -- makes ?uestlove question its presumed authenticity in hip-hop: "B
etween paying the record labels, who typically own the mechanical rights to sound recordings, and the writers and/or companies who own the publishing rights—none of which, of course, necessarily goes to the samplee—most hip-hop artists with limited (if not nonexistent) budgets could never hope to afford such a pricey but prized production technique." ?uestlove for that reasons often mocks copyright law and practice in his music, an "underground," subversive move that further confirms his authenticity among his fans, who privilege The Roots' idiosyncratic status in hip-hop. Thus by playing to both sides, The Roots complicate notions of what is real and authentic, trying to make room in hip-hop for a variety of expressions.
This article seeks to deconstruct underlying myths and assumptions about what mash-ups mean. It begins by saying, after The Grey Album scandal/triumph, histories of mash-ups "take on a kind of 'paradise lost' feel, and critics lament that the revolution has lost its initial bite, the innovation has become somewhat trite, and the practice risks becoming just another short-lived, pop-culture trend." Yet, Gunkel says arguments that industry co-optation has killed the mash-up are predicated on the same notions of originality and authenticity the mash-up deconstructs. Mash-ups deconstruct authorship and originality not only because they mix two or more disparate artists to make something new but also because they are created on machine-bsed production, like one of its antecedents, Jamaican dub. Moreover, mash-ups are "copies of copies" thereby dismantling the connection between writing/sound/original event. Gunkel emphasizes the mechanical nature of mash-up production: on The Grey Album, he states:
"...there is nothing original in the technique, elements, or results of any particular mash-up; it is derivative to the core." Furthermore, "...it does not contest repeatability and interchangeability with arguments that still, in one way or another, validate and value originality as such." Mash-ups are unapologetically derivative, and therefore theoretically prove the theories of Adorno, Benjamin, Zizek, Baudrillard and Derrida that question the notion of the author, of original writing and music, and the "real" itself.
Shiga in this article seeks to describe how mash-ups became "listenable:" both how a culture of listening is grown and maintained and how the culture deems certain tracks listenable.
Mash-up culture is based on three premises/trens: (1) the shifting "locus of musical expertise, creativity, and skill to listeners of pop music;" "the changing character and institutional status of remixing in the dance music and hip-hop industries;" (3) "the use of illegality as a way of distinguishing and valorizing artifacts, styles, and remixers within the broader field of popular music culture."
To prove point (1), he talks about how remixers debate the quality of sound (wav vs. mp3, for instance), and how those qualifications are not absolute: "…mash-up remixers disregard the authority of sound-engineers in determining the quality of a sound recording." Furthermore, participation in the community is key to gaining legitimacy, Shiga argues, as an important status marker in one’s ability to hear connections between different songs. This act of listening is not removed, however, and is intertwined both video (accompanying remixes) and branding (creating an image behind the music).
In response to point (2) he states that mash-up culture is a response the mainstreaming of DJs and remixes by the entertainment industry: "
The emergence of mash-up culture is in this sense a backlash against the cultural authority of professional DJs, who assume what Adorno (1991) called an administrative view, ‘‘the task of which, looking down from on high, is to assemble, distribute, evaluate and organise’’ (p. 93).
To prove point (3), he discusses the rise and prominence of Danger Mouse’s Grey Album, within the mash-up community. Though this aura of criminality might be, in some ways, fabricated, as the record industry at times collaborates with the underground mash-up community, as when Jay-Z released a vocal-only version of the Black Album: "
Jay-Z’s sound engineer, Young Guru, admits that the release of vocal-only versions of the Black Album was intended to allow DJs to ‘‘remix the hell out of it.’"
This article is an excellent survey of the history, theory (Adorno, Benjamin) and literature of music mashups. *It discussed notable cases of mashups: Danger Mouse’s The Grey Album; Evolution Control Committee’s ‘‘Rebel Without a Pause,’’ Freelance Hellraiser’s ‘‘A Stroke of Genius,’’ 2 Many DJs’ ‘‘Smells Like Teen Booty,’’ Negativland’s ‘‘I Still Haven’t Found What I’m Looking For,’’ and Party Ben’s ‘‘Boulevard of Broken Songs.’’ *It explicates the antecedent of current-day mash-ups and shows how artists are conflicted about the "democratization of music:" Some like David Bowie and DJ Moby welcome it, while others dislike it's ability "to deconstruct (and mock) the arbitrarily divided and cherished pop canon." *Is relatively agnostic on whether digital technology "empowers" users; merely states that technology has changed audiences' relationship to music and made explicit the meanings behind the music: ‘‘Copyright is about control: the right to control the way your work is used.’’ The industry is fighting a battle over image in an era when mashers target sources precisely because of their image: what Nirvana signifies; what Destiny’s Child signifies; and how apparently hilarious it is to bundle them together." *Locates mash-up culture as a symptom of youth growing up surrounded by media, but maintains skepticism that there is any political power in their deconstruction of the media: does it "really produce anything more than superficial, ironic combat"?
Herman argues in this paper that DJs are in the music industry "seen as the creative authors of their work" – "brand-name author–god" – thereby conferring on them social capital that turns into economic capital in the sale of CDs and merchandise. The causes for this are manifold, but include the "increasing anonymity of dance music producers." *DJs started to become authors as audiences began to confer on them the status of informed editor, and their remixes, sold on CD, soon became hot commodities. The industry snapped them up. *Aside from "author-god," DJs are represented as men; the marketing language is patriarchal and "leaves women as merely the angel in the club—powerless over their lust for the big (name) DJ." *DJs are brandnames, whose status is "is always closely tied to the aura and excitement of the live performance of mixing records." *DJ’s virtuosity is closely linked to progresses in technology and their prominence is celebrated as a milestone of technological development.
tagged copyright mash-up remix by aymar ...on 09-APR-09
On the heels of the Grokster case, Lessig explains that he is not for file-sharing, but that it is a distribution system that needs to be protected because of its potential to encourage and make easier a culture around remixing. *On the Grokster case: "…if you make the courts the arbiter of whether a technology should be allowed or not, then the courts become a tool, a weapon to be used in the marketplace." *The purpose of Creative Commons is to create "…a norm around people being free to remix and build upon, to sample out of, to supplement, to criticize content that otherwise." *Argues that freer licenses under Creative Commons are economic incentives that can drive development – discusses the case of Brazil at length. *Discusses how young people today think about writing in different ways, ways that are increasingly based not on text but on video and sounds, this makes freeing up the culture around image ownership and licensing all the more relevant and necessary.
This is an interview with Owen Gallagher, who runs a web design and development business in Ireland and wrote a thesis 'Video Recuts and the Remix Revolution: Whose Rights Are Being Infringed?' Gallagher says that there is a middle ground on the issue of copyright and remix culture: "The balanced approach enables copyright owners to make money from their work, but also enables other artists to freely use samples from the entire pool of creative works to express themselves." Gallagher gives the example of how, as a child, he would play with toys from various shows and franchises (Transformers, GI Joe) and mix them together, as evidence that there ways to use copyrighted material that does not hurt producers of that content. Thus, his website, Total Recut, allows artists easy access to public domain and CC licensed work so they create remixes of their own; provides a space for people to access remixed work; and offers a forum of "remix artists" to show their stuff. Lastly, he claims that no work of art is completely original and that people who make remixes are practicing a legitimate art form.
tagged copyright mash-up remix by aymar ...on 09-APR-09
In this talk, Lessig purports to prove that, because remixing is a part of culture and they way live, not all cultural products need to be copyrighted in the way corporations need copyrights. Looser, more open and lawyers licenses allow for more cultural production.
Good points:
*"This issue is not free music." File-sharing is wrong and illegal, but also disruptive to the potential of this technology, because it inspires insanity on the part of the industry. He is against extremes in the debate: those that would make kids into terrorists and those that would break the law.
* Demonstrates how a song – "My Life" – under creative commons license was remixed by at least seven people without ever meeting and, most importantly, without lawyers.
*Cites Danger Mouse’s Grey Album and Jonathan Caouette‘s Tarnation as examples of the fruits of remixing.
*States that most acts of remixing we do without thinking about it – criticizing or praising a film we just saw, for instance – and it is done for free and allowed without government intrusion.
Google & Books: An Exchange
By Paul N. Courant, Ann Kjellberg, J. D. McClatchy, Edward Mendelson, Margo Viscusi, Tappan Wilder et al.
In response to Google & the Future of Books (February 12, 2009)
To the Editors:
My colleague and friend Robert Darnton is a marvelous historian and an elegant writer. His utopian vision of a digital infrastructure for a new Republic of Letters [NYR, February 12] makes the spirit soar. But his idea that congressional committees beholden to Hollywood might have implemented that vision is a utopian fantasy, while his description of what will happen as a result of Google's scanning of copyrighted works is a dystopian fantasy.
Tushnet, Rebecca. "Payment in Credit: Copyright Law and Subcultural Creativity." Law and Contemporary Problems. Duke Law.
According to Tushnet, fan creativity "concieves of the rights and responsibilities of authorship in ways distinct from standard models of creativity under copyright." Fan cultures create a communal experience around a work that the work itself cannot offer. She outlines the growth of fandom as it grew alongside of mass media to its eventual existence on the web, which has allowed for an explosion in content and accessibility. However, this visibility has copyright holders worried about the images of their characters in these fan cultures. Next she explains how fans justify their work as legitimate. Most believe, in some way or another, that what they are doing is fair use, and even those who believe it's illegal do not concern themselves too much because their work is considerably marginal. Tushnet goes on to explain why she believes fandom is fair use. Most importantly, fans are adding their own creativity to the original work and in that way making it partially theirs.
Fandom also has its own sort of "code" which it abides by in regards to copyright. Fans originally used disclaimers that spelled out the owner of the original and often asked not to sue, but this began to fade with the internet. However, attribution is still very important, but most fans believe the creator of the original will be obvious and they actually pay more attention attributing other fans whose work they use. In short, fans have their own set of rules and norms by which they abide when dealing with the problem of copyright. She relates these to the idea of moral rights; fans often know more about the characters than corporations that are in charge of authorized works and will point out the flaws. She returns to fair use and what courts tend to consider fair use and not, explaining the satire-parody distinction and examines the commercial value of hybrid forms like fan works.
What started as fan fiction has become its own culture, and really, its own online community. What this article describes is yet another way that copyright problems have been solved by the community that needs them. Fandom "treats authorship as a question of propriety, not property". It is not the same model that UbuWeb offers, where the site is simply acting as distributor of original works. Fan culture is a remix culture, again something CC was designed to make legal. However, fan works are complicated, as Tushnet alludes to in her discussion. Even though the characters are of course copyrighted, fans are creating a new and likely transformative use. However, there is often a lack of attribution, as part of the norms of this culture, since it is assumed that the audience will know who the original creator is. Instead, they are more focused on attributing each other, the "insiders" instead out the "outsiders". It is a flourishing culture online though, and another very successful way to circumvent copyright problems.
tagged authorship copyright fan_culture by kristea ...and 1 other person ...on 08-APR-09
Goldstein, Jim. "Creative Commons." Digital Photo Pro.
Goldstein begins by pointing out that "digital photography has fueled a revolution in online media consumption". Photographers need to be aware of copyright laws. Of course, there is always the problem that copyright can't keep up with the digital world- enter Creative Common's licenses, which Lessig designed to adapt to the 21st century and allow authors to provide freedoms on their work that will help enrich online culture. Goldstein explains the three layers of CC licenses: machine-readable expression, commons deed, and legally enforceable terms. Th question he then raises is whether or not CC is right for professional photographers. He believes that it is important to realize that "image availability is now taken for granted" and is therefore seen not as intellectual property but free content.
This is where Creative Commons comes in. It serves to improve the granting of permission with legal licenses that allow photographers to decide what rights to give away without the hassle of hoping internet users go out of their way to personally ask permission. The licenses are designed to be as clear as possible, so most if not all users can easily disguish what rights are given and what rights are not. CC has already developed a passionate following and even the heavyweight Flickr has adopted these licenses. The CC+ license was designed specifically for photographers; it enables publishers to pursue commercial rights and other services beyond the normal noncommercial CC license. So then, that's the answer to Goldstein's question? He doesn't have one. Instead, he argues that the use of CC is a personal choice for each photographer, but that they should consider the pros and cons of the different licenses.
While the article doesn't delve to deeply into the choices photographers have to make when deciding whether or not to use a CC license, it gives both a simple and easy to understand overview of Creative Commons and outlines the factors that affect photographers in the digital world. And while he poses more questions than he answers, it does leave readers with food for thought. In a world where content is assumed to be free and especially with photography, where keeping a name attached to an image is difficult, to say the least, what choice do you think you would make? He points out the important things to consider when deciding; perhaps most importantly, once something has a CC license, you can't change it back.
tagged copyright creative_commons digital_photography by kristea ...on 07-APR-09
annotation
tagged copyright fashion by decherne ...and 5 other people ...on 26-MAR-09
Ginsburg, Jane C. “Copyright and Control over New Technology of Dissemination.” Columbia Law Review 101 (2001): 1613- 1647.
Ginsburg discusses the implications of new technology and copyright law, mainly outlining her argument in three parts. She contends that the relationship between copyright and culture is nuanced as the shift of balance and control is consistently in flux. She focuses on control under copyright (and in this aspect, among other examples cites court rulings either in or out of favor for copyright owners) as well as discussing the availability of new technology. She discovers a pattern that is important to understanding the relationship between copyright and culture. Her main contention is that when copyright owners want to eliminate a new type of mass distribution by means of technology courts rule out of favor of copyright owners. Contrastingly when owners want to participate in the new dissemination courts lean towards more copyright control. This article serves as one case study in helping us understand this relationship between Copyright and Culture by specifically pointing to previous court decisions and laws passed as well to new technology and its influence. This article reveals an irony of thought when it comes to the courts and that original intentions when it comes to copyright owners somehow have worked in their favor.
tagged control copyright dissemination technology by saddha ...on 09-DEC-08
Palank, Jacqueline. “ Content Makers Are Accused Of Exaggerating Copyright.” The New York Times (2007): 2.
This article touches on the same issues that Jane Ginsburg talks about namely, the shifting balance of power and control over copyright. One group (the Computer and Communications Industry Association) representing the consumers accuses different television and sports networks of inaccurately warning copyright use. Their contention is that such tactics intimidates consumers from using the legal rights they do have but, because of these overstated warnings, may not use.
This article provides a mainstream example of the more scholarly research previously. In addition this example acts has further proof that copyright is indeed not immutable even when it seems that technological advance may not be happening at the spur of the moment.
tagged copyright exaggeration makers by saddha ...on 09-DEC-08
Horan, Elizabeth R. “Technically Outside the Law: Who Permits, Who Profits, and Why.” The Emily Dickinson Journal 10.1 (2001): 34-54.
Offering what seems to be significantly an economic outlook on Copyright intentions, Horan claims that incentive is the motivating reason and concern for creators to create and for that creation to serve the public good after a limited time (28 years). Similar to Carol Ou and her article on control over new technology, Horan presents us with examples to make her point about the increasing difficulty of controlling content. In this case she offers the example of Emily Dickinson’s writings to moot the point even recalling radio programs as an earlier obstruction to copyright control.
In describing Copyright incentive a new perspective was given me. Writers and artists of all kinds create because of the knowledge they of copyright protection. This may not be their primary reasoning, but perhaps at times it could be especially when their main motive is to gain monetary success.
tagged copyright culture by saddha ...on 09-DEC-08
Wang, Shujen. “Recontextualizing Copyright: Piracy, Hollywood, the State, and Globalization.” Cinema Journal 43 (2003): 25-43.
Shujen Wang is a professor of media and film studies at Emerson College. In this article she discusses transnational copyright governance among other topics. Her analysis looks at the qualities of both copyright owners and users. In general she says that the state continues to play a prominent role in intellectual property (IP) and information technology (IT) policy making. In addition the consumer has an active role in their infringing use of copyrighted material. This is a general description of her task. More nuanced is how she employed three prominent experts in the field of sociology namely, Scott Lash, John Urry and Manuel Castells. Their views may coincide with Karnow’s about the structure of culture as it is today. The virtual reality or information structure is highly abstract and variable. Wang goes on to expand on this point and the need to examine these topics under the description of her task as mentioned prior. So these authors initially act as a backdrop for her task and sub sequentially remains a critical theme in her work.
Similarly, this article acts to compliment and expand on Karnow’s position. This is not only an information based culture; it is also that culture has become information.
tagged copyright globalization piracy recontextual by saddha ...on 09-DEC-08
Karnow, Curtis E. A. “Data Morphing: Ownership, Copyright and Creation.” The MIT Press 27 (1994): 117-122.
Curtis Karnow offers an insightful analysis of the impact of the current virtual world on copyright relevance. After laying out the basic tenets of copyright culture and the ease with which content can be morphed he concludes that as technology produces a more complete virtual world copyright would in fact disintegrate. While copyright is indeed a useful and necessary right that helps define property, the technological revolution changes the very essence of property putting it in a chaotic and unstable environment that is virtual reality. In effect there are two consequences of property: (1) the elimination of invariable objects that render authors incapable of owning their own works, and (2) the amalgamation of structure, surface, background and fact.
This article contributes because current culture is more clearly defined as virtual and briefly explains how this is significant for copyright. The argument is that context is crucial in determining copyright use but when context merges with everything else it is like copyrighting the universe.
tagged copyright data morphing by saddha ...on 09-DEC-08
Case 545 U.S. 913 (2005)
This is a United States Supreme Court decision in which the Court unanimously held that the defendants, Grokster and Streamcast (P2P file sharing companies), could be sued for inducing copyright infringement via their marketing revenue from their respective file sharing software. The plaintiffs consisted over two dozen of the largest entertainment companies (led by Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer studios). The case is arguably one of the most important copyright infringement cases in the past 20 years. Justice Souter's decision is of particular importance : "We hold that one who distributes a device with the object of promoting its use to infringe copyright, as shown by clear expression or other affirmative steps taken to foster infringement, is liable for the resulting acts of infringement by third parties."
While the Court unanimously concurred that Grokster could be liable for inducing copyright infringement, there was considerable disagreement over whether the case is substantially different from the Sony Betamax case, and whether the precedent established by Sony should be modified. The majority of the Justices would have either expanded or contracted the Sony Betamax doctrine, however the Court as a whole did not chose to reexamine the Betamax precedent in the decision, given they were split into three equal-sized groups. Instead, a new, and perhaps more ambiguous, test has been developed to determine whether the software in question is not protected by the Sony ruling. In short, the distributors of the programs advertised and/or otherwise induced its use for copyright infringement. MGM et al. asserted that the defendants' refusal to incorporate a mechanism to filter copyrighted materials from the file-sharing network constitutes an intent to promote copyright infringement. However, Justice Souter notes that "...liability merely based on a failure to take affirmative steps to prevent infringement, if the device otherwise was capable of substantial noninfringing uses" would not be considered contributory infringement.
This case is important, because it illustrates the judicial precedence in regards to P2P as well as the extent to which large corporations disagree with the very essence of peer-to-peer sharing. It will be important to my paper because it is highly referenced in the literature and other sources.
tagged copyright filesharing peer-to-peer by hamptonh ...and 1 other person ...on 05-DEC-08
International University in Germany 2004
In this paper Peitz and Waelbroeck run a type of global analysis (cross-country) and conclude that RIAA may be correct in its assertion that music downloads are causing a substantial decrease in music sales. Their data suggest that music downloading could have led to a 20% reduction in music sales worldwide between 1998-2002. They note that their estimate is a fairly crude estimate, but that it may be useful assessing the "exact substitution" that has taken place between CDs and MP3s. They admit, however that their analysis also reveals that other factors besides file-sharing network download are likely to be responsible for the decline in music sales in 2003.
These results seem unreliable. The study was done in relatively short time period with very limited set of independent variables. Additionally, some question the validity of cross-country analyses in general because controlling for "unobserved heterogeneity" can be quite difficult, as other sources have noted. In addition, the authors themselves admitted to not having data on "MP3 downloads, Broadband, DMP and DVD variables for the years prior to 2002". In place of actual data they used variables in the regressions, assuming that the levels were "a good proxy" for first differences in that period for most countries, and that music downloading on file-sharing networks essentially started in 1999". This is an odd assumption, especially given that they sampled from 1998-2002.
This is an article that I will hold up as a mal-proven argument for the music industry's claim, in order to contrast with my other sources. One source actually mentions some of the flaws of this paper, pointing out that several of the regressions, including the most complete one (i.e. the one with all explanatory variables included) downloads are not even statistically significant.This paper will also allow me to expound upon some of the methodological difficulties surrounding this type of research.
tagged copyright filesharing peer-to-peer by hamptonh ...on 05-DEC-08
University of Chicago Law Review, 2002
This law review article is sobering after pouring through mounds of articles quibbling over the how much money the giant music corporations may or may not be losing to P2P sharing. In the article, Ku reminds us of the original purposes of copyright: a tool for censorship and monopoly for the writers' guilds in response to the invention of the printing press. More modern copyright was intended to promote the progress of science and useful arts. As Ithiel de Sola Pool said, "the danger is not of an electronic nightmare,but of human error. It is not computers but policy that threatens freedom." Ku suggests we that enter the digital copyright debate mindful of the new and current, not focused on the traditions of the past.
Copyright developed as a response to the economics of Gutenberg's printing press, under which works of literature, music, and multimedia are delivered in the form of books, CDs, and videos. In the absence of legal protections against copying, this method for distribution was particularly susceptible to free riding by subsequent copiers. Today however, technology lets us to distribute and redistribute those same works as ".docs," ".mp3s," and ".mpgs" at virtually no cost. The economics of the industrial revolution are no longer needed, and with the connectivity of the Internet and technologies of the information revolution all but eliminate free-riding, in that there are no distribution costs to speak of, the public as a whole internalizes them, according to the author.
Ku believes that the new economics of digital technology should be encouraging in the creation and dissemination of human expression, not hindering. The author furthers his egalitarian stance by noting that it is not unreasonable to reach for a world in which no one is excluded from creations of the mind because they are unable or unwilling to pay. Furthermore, the same system can allow for, and stimulate, growth of a diverse group of artists, all connected directly to the public. Ku questions whether preserving copyright in cyberspace could even be considered constitutional if the underlying justifications of copyright no longer exist. Ku realizes his views are fairly radical, but remarks that just as Gutenberg's printing press threatened the dominance of scribes, so too do peer-to-peer networking and MP3s threaten the recording industry, and we must keep in mind "that the digital world will be what we want it to be... will we program it for the benefit of the few or for the good of all?"
Despite the fact that Ku is an obvious ideologue, his article brings new perspective to the discourse. It is important to maintain a certain sense of reality in trying to answer this question; it's important to stop and ponder for a moment whether in theory, however difficult in practice, Ku is correct in his assertion that reconfirming copyright in new internet technologies is not the most sensible of steps. I plan to use this article partly in the introduction of the topic and as a reality-check of the whole situation in my conclusion.
tagged copyright filesharing peer-to-peer by hamptonh ...on 05-DEC-08
Electronic Frontier Fondation / Springer Berling, 2003
This is a paper written by by Fred von Lohmann a senior intellectual property attorney at the Electronic Frontier Foundation.Among other things, this article discusses “direct” infringement, typically at the hands of the individual who is sharing copyrighted files. As a "direct infringer" the individual has directly violated one or many of the copyright owner's exclusive rights. This is important because in the world of P2P, there is almost certainly some amount of infringing activity. The paper also covers contributory and vicarious infringement which will be less important to the particular topic at hand, but still relevant in painting a full, accurate picture. Lohmann notes that non-infringing uses of a P2P application are what allow it to be created. If a product is intended to work as a mechanism for copyright piracy, legal trouble is afoot. Almost all peer-to-peer systems can be used for many different purposes; the existence of real, substantial noninfringing uses increases the plausibility of invoking the “Betamax defense”.
Specifically the article notes that since every digital file is “fixed” for purposes of copyright law (whether on a hard drive, CD, or merely in RAM), the files being shared generally qualify as copyrighted works. The transmission of a file from one person to another results in a reproduction, a distribution, and possibly a public performance (e.g. transmitting a copyrighted work to the public)
I chose this paper because it is a good source of general information that will help me develop an introduction with some background about what peer-to-peer file sharing is and what its association copyright implications are. It is also a useful supplement to the actual court case, because it explains not only copyright law, but also how it is applied specifically to peer-to-peer file sharing.
tagged copyright filesharing peer-to-peer by hamptonh ...on 05-DEC-08
The popularity of the Super Bowl over the years has lead to an increasing number of large Super Bowl viewing parties. However, the NFL has prevented establishments from doing so because they violated the NFL’s rights under Section 110 of the U.S. legal code, which prevents establishments from displaying performances on screens larger than 55 inches, a limit that originates from the Fairness in Music Licensing Act of 1998.
However, Michael M. Fenwick argues that this law does not apply to sports broadcasting because the Fairness in Music Licensing Act was written for authors within the music industry. Moreover, the author believes that when a party broadcasts a sporting event, there is an implied public license and that the definitions of "perform", "public performance" and "audience" should be redefined. Free broadcasting, he believes, should not be considered a performance.
Also, the author sees a big problem with the Nielsen ratings, which have created an economic incentive for the NFL to refuse licensing to public establishments. If the Nielsen ratings were not flawed, then having Super Bowl viewing parties would not even be an issue.
Fenwick bases his argument around the misuse of one law to apply to another, and that the NFL has used a broad interpretation of copyright law to suit their business interests. Due to this, he argues against the NFL having the right to ban establishments like casinos from holding Super Bowl viewing parties, because he believes public broadcasting should not be considered a performance. Therefore, sports broadcasts would not face audio and visual constraints, and establishments should be able to display sporting events on any size television.
Fenwick’s article complicates my argument. Since he does not believe that sporting events should be protected by the FMLA, therefore all types of establishments would be able to show the Super Bowl on any sized television, regardless of written copyright law. Therefore, the NFL would not have the right to prevent churches or bars from holding viewing parties.
However, his problem with the Nielsen ratings also applies to my argument. All other things aside, right now the NFL has incentive to deter establishments from holding viewing parties because higher Nielsen ratings equal higher revenue for the NFL. If the Nielsen ratings were fixed, as the author suggests, then the NFL would have more incentive to created licensing agreements with bars and churches to show the game, and therefore there would no longer be a dispute.
tagged church copyright nfl super_bowl by burtonml ...on 02-DEC-08
This article actually argues against parody being included under the fair use clause, saying that the treatment should be very narrow and should not include my definition of satire (or works that parody others to attack a third). Posner claims that use should only be fair when the costs of transacting with the copyright owner over permission to use the copyrighted work would exceed the benefits of transacting. Posner argues three specific points:
1. Fair use should only provide a defense to infrigement if the work is a parody, not a satire.
2. The parodist should not be allowed to take so large a fraction of the copyrighted features as to make the parody a substitute for the original work.
3. The fact that a parodist appropriates a small amount should not be relevant to fair use.
Interestingly, Posner writes: "If all but one form of intellectual property is priced, dumping the remaining form into the public domain, where it can be used without being paid for, may cause the priced forms to be even more underutilized from a social standpoint. Underutilized and also underproduced, as potential buyers of this intellectual property switch to its free competitor."
However, if parody can be protected by fair use and satire cannot, Posner's argument suggests that everyone will switch to parody rather than risk or pay for satire.
Fashion designs in the United States are widely unprotected by intellectual property rights. Knockoff designers often recreate the couture masterpieces of major design houses without paying royalties and without the labor involved in producing the high-end fashion designs. Though recently multiple bills have been introduced into Congress that would grant three years of protection for the actual designs, many argue that this protection is actually damaging to the fashion industry that thrives on competitive creativity. On the one hand, no protective measures for fashion design would be extensive enough to completely prohibit design piracy. Ultimately, however, the damage caused by a fashion copyright law to the entire fashion industry would far outweigh any possible benefits that may be enjoyed by high-end fashion designers. This theory can also be applied to other thriving industries with unprotected intellectual property.
This article is extremely useful as evidence for my thesis in that it provides both support and opposition for the fashion copyright argument, concluding that protection of something as abstract as a fashion design would ultimately be detrimental to the industry as a whole. The article is particularly interesting because of its extension of the same reason into other industries that also do not have intellectual property protection. The argument puts in perspective exactly how a copyright law would affect not just one industry, but would inhibit creativity in other industries as well. This aspect adds an extra layer of depth to the argument that supports my overarching thesis.
tagged copyright fashion by mkukel ...and 7 other people ...on 02-DEC-08
Fashion designs in the United States are widely unprotected by intellectual property rights. Knockoff designers often recreate the couture masterpieces of major design houses without paying royalties and without the labor involved in producing the high-end fashion designs. Though recently multiple bills have been introduced into Congress that would grant three years of protection for the actual designs, many argue that this protection is actually damaging to the fashion industry that thrives on competitive creativity. On the one hand, no protective measures for fashion design would be extensive enough to completely prohibit design piracy. Ultimately, however, the damage caused by a fashion copyright law to the entire fashion industry would far outweigh any possible benefits that may be enjoyed by high-end fashion designers. This theory can also be applied to other thriving industries with unprotected intellectual property.
This article is extremely useful as evidence for my thesis in that it provides both support and opposition for the fashion copyright argument, concluding that protection of something as abstract as a fashion design would ultimately be detrimental to the industry as a whole. The article is particularly interesting because of its extension of the same reason into other industries that also do not have intellectual property protection. The argument puts in perspective exactly how a copyright law would affect not just one industry, but would inhibit creativity in other industries as well. This aspect adds an extra layer of depth to the argument that supports my overarching thesis.
Newton v. Diamond is a court case that, similar to Bridgeport Music v. Dimension Films, revolves around de minimis sampling. The case involves the rap group, the Beastie Boys, and accomplished jazz flutist, James Newton. The Beastie Boys, in their song “Pass the Mic,” sampled a very small segment of Newton’s recording, “Choir.” The sample was a six-second, three-note snippet of Newton playing the flute. The Beastie Boys acquired a license for the actual sound recording from a record company, but they didn’t obtain one for the underlying musical composition from Newton. The court held that the three-note segment of the composition of “Choir” could not be copyrighted because it lacked requisite originality; further, it stated that if the segment had been copyrightable, the Beastie Boy’s use was de minimis.
The analysis on de minimis, unlike in the Bridgeport case, was on the musical composition, not the sound recording. First, the three-note sequence wasn’t the heart of the work and was insubstantial as it appeared once within the four and one-half minute song. Even more important, though, is that the note sequence in question—C – D flat – C, over a held C note—doesn’t contain sufficient originality to be awarded copyright protection. There are only so many notes, chords, and chord progressions available to musicians. Therefore, some of these basic notes and progressions can’t be “owned” by anyone.
With this type of court decision and interpretation of copyright and de minimis laws, the need for certain sample clearances becomes void. Along with the outcome of the Bridgeport case, if I sampled a one-note snippet of a song, I would still need licensing from whoever owns the master recordings. With the Newton v. Diamond case, however, I would now only need licensing from the record company, for instance, and wouldn’t need to seek approval from a composer or music publishing company. The composer doesn’t own the rights to certain notes, and therefore I can sample certain compositions.
This is an important differentiation for me, or anyone who samples for that matter. It is definitely something to take into consideration for my songs that sample and any future song that I produce. It would allow me to sample small segments and only have to clear them with record companies, saving me time and money. This is an interesting wrinkle in copyright law that is certainly relevant and applicable.
tagged copyright copyright_law de_minimis infringement sampling by mbandier ...on 01-DEC-08
The “Music, Money, and Sampling” chapter (6) of the book Music, Money, and Success (by Jeffrey Brabec) offers a thorough overview of how sampling works within the music business. It provides an all-encompassing layout of how deals usually go down between copyright holders of a song—artists, record labels, or music publishing companies—and someone who wants to take a portion of that existing song and integrate it into a newly recorded performance—songwriter, recording artist, or record producer. It serves as a tutorial for someone interested in the standard operating procedures of procuring clearances. It can also serve as a source of knowledge to someone curious about how music companies and artists are compensated for allowing samples from their catalog. It ranges from what happens when sampled songs are released without permission to the in-depth negotiating options that exist between the sampling party and the sampled party when clearance is approved.
The options mentioned are one-time “buy-out” fees, the payment of a percentage of income received from the new song, and the transfer of a portion of the copyright of the new composition with the income that this would generate. Also mentioned are the criteria that copyright holders use in analyzing the new song to help determine types of deals. This type of analysis takes into account: duration of sample, nature of the sample, sales of the new song if it has been released, and whether the sample was a key element or recognizable piece of the original composition. Although there is nothing exact, as it comes down to negotiating, the specific percentages that copyright holders usually bargain are covered.
The information in this chapter is relevant to my creative project because all of it would be applicable if I were to try and clear the songs I produced by integrating copyrighted work. Here I can see how companies would analyze my music and the type of deal I could expect. It really covers just what people have to go through to clear their samples and how much money they forgive in doing so—paying for the sample and then losing out on publishing percentages. On top of all of this, the chapter helped give me a greater perspective on why so many artists were outraged over court decisions regarding sampling…it cost them a lot of money, and some probably couldn’t afford to keep sampling at all!
Music, Money, and Success
Jeffrey Brabec
Schirmer Books; 2nd edition (October 15, 2000)
ISBN-13: 978-0825672668
tagged copyright licensing music_business publishing sampling by mbandier ...on 01-DEC-08
“Into the Grey” provides an excellent overview, history, and analysis of The Grey Album. This album stands as arguably the most famous and most controversial instance of mash-ups. This text covers what The Grey Album was, how it was produced, the response of record and publishing companies, and the subsequent response by disobedient mash-up and fair use advocates. Further, legal implications and defense possibilities of sampling are discussed, but in the specific context of mash-ups.
The Grey Album, produced by Brain Burton a.k.a. DJ Danger Mouse, is a mash-up album that uses the full vocal content of Jay-Z’s Black Album mixed with instrumentals that can all be traced to the Beatles’ White Album. Every drum hit and instrumental chord was sampled from the Beatles’ album and used as beats for Jay-Z’s vocals to seamlessly rap over. Burton’s mash-up album caught like wildfire, popping up in record stores and on countless websites. The issue, however, was that Burton never received permission from any copyright owners of the Beatles or Jay-Z.
As a result, the Beatles’ record and publishing companies sent Burton a cease and desist letter, explaining how he was infringing their copyrights. He complied and was never brought to court. After only a brief look at the exclusive rights of copyright owners, it is beyond doubt that had the case been brought to court, The Grey Album fully infringed on their rights. Discontent fans didn’t take kindly to this realization though—they organized a day of “civil disobedience” called “Grey Tuesday,” in which hundreds of websites hosted The Grey Album for download.
The author suggests using de minimis laws as a defense, but as we know, this might no longer stand up. Instead, the only viable defense is fair use. This would unlikely be successful because although The Grey Album is highly transformative, it is a commercial product and not intended to criticize or parody. The core artistic work is also appropriated. And since copyright owners enjoy the rights to control adaptations through licenses—where they can make money by choosing to license—The Grey Album might negatively affect the ability to license further samples, and therefore is of potential harm.
This comment is an excellent resource for my project. It first provides a thorough overview of The Grey Album and following episodes. This albums stands as an example of what would potentially happen to me if I chose to release my mash-ups. More important, however, is the discussion of fair use defense for mash-ups and the opinion that it would never hold up in court. This addresses a potential defense for my mash-ups and why it might not work.
tagged copyright dangermouse de_minimis fair_use grey_album infringement mash-up by mbandier ...on 01-DEC-08
Grand Upright Music v. Warner Bros. Records was the court case that started it all when it comes to sampling, copyright infringement, and the necessity of acquiring clearance to sample a copyrighted work. The case was brought against one of Warner Bros. Records’ artists, a rapper named Biz Markie, by Grand Upright Music, which owns the copyrights to singer and songwriter Gilbert O’Sullivan. Grand Upright claimed that Biz Markie infringed upon O’Sullivan’s song, “Alone Again (Naturally),” by incorporating a partial piece of the copyrighted song into a rap recording. The court found this to be evident.
Markie’s main argument was that he should be excused from liability for infringing copyright because others in the rap world are also engaging in the illegal activity. The judge was quick to point out that this mere statement could do nothing more than lead to that argument’s own refutation. The judge then pointed to the US copyright laws, as well as even the Seventh Commandment, “Though shalt not steal,” as his basis for siding with Grand Upright. Just because stealing might be rampant in the rap music business, there is no way to view this as excusable or justifiable. The court viewed that appropriating copyrighted work into a new one for the sole aim of economic achievement is a blatant disregard for the law and the rights of others.
With this decision, the face and sound of rap music was forever changed. Until that point, sampling had been widespread in the hip-hop world; some artists had even been using ten to twenty samples a song. Now, all of these samples would have to be cleared—and at a cost. Many artists couldn’t afford to sample after this. At the same time, copyright holders could begin refusing to license their songs for one reason or another.
In my project I have two songs with samples. Had I produced them in 1985, for instance, I wouldn’t have to clear the samples, and I would be able to reap every monetary benefit to their success. After this Grand Upright case, however, things are different. To try and release either of my songs, I would have to go through a costly clearance negotiation with record and publishing companies; and for all I know, even if I offered to pay, they might still not clear my samples.
tagged copyright copyright_law infringement sampling by mbandier ...on 01-DEC-08
This journal article opens with a hypothetical: The main gist is that you are a successful businessman who one day comes to the office to find a first-year employee sitting at your computer. He is lifting exact portions of your work to incorporate into his own. He argues that because he is new, he should be entitled to borrow and quote your work, even if his final work seems to have your “signature style.”
You would never tolerate this, correct? It would be considered breaking and entering and intellectual property infringement. So why, then, should the music industry tolerate this rampant behavior that occurs through digital sampling?
The author points to the Bridgeport Music court case as what finally stood up for the talents and creative ideas of artists who work to attain their right “signature sound”—the sound that makes them top-selling acts. This piece is written in full support of the Bridgeport decision, with the perspective that the unethical and unlawful use of prior work amounts to copyright infringement. It covers the history of sampling technology, the response of the courts and the music industry to sampling, an analysis on the debate of whether sampling is “art” or “theft,” and lastly, a proposed solution to foster creativity while protecting against unauthorized sampling.
While all of these categories have relevance to my project, I was primarily drawn to the section on sampling as “art” vs. “theft.” In this, three myths are addressed and debunked: one, that sampling is analogous to “borrowing” work owned by others; two, that sampling is an art form and, therefore, samplers should be entitled to freely use copyrighted material; and three, that for a proper balance in copyright law, more protection should be granted to samplers. Every “myth” offers a variety of arguments presented by “free digital sampling” advocates. Each, however, is followed by a critical, thought provoking, and analytical assessment that fully shoots down any point in support of free sampling.
Most sources that focus on sampling and its relation to copyright law seem to draw criticism on the Bridgeport decision and subsequent infringement cases. It was really helpful to have an article that fully supported Bridgeport and the notion that all digital sampling, regardless of length or clarity, needs copyright clearance. Any form of reasoning I could come up with to defend the songs I created was covered—and each was fully and thoughtfully undermined. This adds a particularly interesting aspect and perspective to my project, my songs, and their copyright implication.
tagged bridgeport copyright infringement sampling by mbandier ...and 2 other people ...on 01-DEC-08
While it is fairly obvious to look towards the official US Copyright Law when doing researching for a copyright paper, two sections in Chapter 1 hold an important relevance to my project. Sections 106 and 114 both touch on factors that relate to the appropriation of copyrighted material for derivative works.
Section 106 states the exclusive rights that accompany a copyrighted work. That is, the exclusive rights of an owner of that copyright. There are six main points; these can range from the right to authorize reproduction of the copyrighted work, to the right to authorize public performance or display. The second of these points, however, is the most appropriate for my project and research. It reads: the owner of copyright has the exclusive right and authorization “to prepare derivative works based upon the copyrighted work.” Samples, remixes, and mashups fall under this category of derivative work—they aren’t fully original and have been derived from copyrighted sources.
Section 114 goes further in-depth on the scope of these exclusive rights when it comes to sound recordings specifically. Part two of this section connects back to the aforementioned second point of section 106. It states that the owner of a copyrighted sound recording has the exclusive right “to prepare a derivative work in which the actual sounds fixed in the sound recording are rearranged, remixed, or otherwise altered in sequence or quality,” all of which take place in mashups, remixes, and samples.
Both sections clearly include and declare that the owner of a copyrighted work, including any sound recording, holds the ability and right to authorize derivative works. Since most mashups, and a fair share of remixes and samples, aren’t cleared with copyright holders, they hold an interesting (and illegal) relationship with this law. On top of that, being some of the most fundamental aspects of the US Copyright Law, future court decisions that have affected music of this nature all rely on and relate back to these original points.
tagged copyright copyright_law exclusive_rights by mbandier ...on 01-DEC-08
Bridgeport Music v. Dimension Films is a court case that has had a major impact on the music industry, specifically with regards to the future of digital sampling. The case revolves around the use of a sample from the song “Get Off Your Ass and Jam” by George Clinton and the Funkadelics, whose copyright is held by Bridgeport. The sample in question comes from a three-note, four-second guitar riff in “Get Off.” N.W.A.’s song, “100 Miles and Runnin’,” takes two seconds from this snippet, lowers the pitch, and loops it to extend 16 beats. This song was then included on the soundtrack for a Dimension Film’s movie, I Got the Hook Up, which Bridgeport Music then claimed to infringe on its copyright. In a district court, Dimenion Films won on grounds that the alleged infringement was de minimis, and hence not actionable. When brought before a federal court, however, the decision was reversed.
The court used the points on derivative work from Sections 106 and 114 of the US Copyright Law as reference for their decision. Because a sound copyright holder has the right to authorize the rearrangement, remix, and alteration of its recording, the copyright owner also then has the exclusive right to “sample” its recording. From this it was made clear: the judge announced, “Get a license or do not sample.” Grand Upright Music v. Warner Bros case sided with copyright holders to an extent; but, after this interpretation, even the de minimis defense became null. The decision supports that the usage of any section of copyrighted work, regardless of length or clarity, needs clearance. The court analyzed that even when something small is taken from a sound recording, what was taken is still something of value. Further, the copyright holder of a sound recording doesn’t just own the “song,” but rather owns all of the fixed sounds in that recording.
The case had a monumental impact on music, copyright, and sampling. There now exists a “bright-line test,” where any sampling is infringement. This affects any producer or artist who wants to sample music in a song from here on out. Lengthy and costly negotiation and litigation will be necessary to sample, even just to take a two-second snippet. In my project I have two songs with samples. In one I rearrange a hefty portion of the original recording, which would have qualified as infringement after the Grand Upright v. Warner Brothers case. But in the second one, I sample a song while altering it so much that the source is unrecognizable. With the Bridgeport decision, though, there now stands a heavy consequence on my song and the type of sampling that I employed.
tagged bridgeport copyright de_minimis infringement sampling by mbandier ...and 3 other people ...on 01-DEC-08
“15 Megabytes of Fame” explores the rise of the new genre called “mash-ups.” This comment covers the definition and historical background of mash-ups, an analysis of mash-ups in comparison to traditional digital sampling and appropriation art, a discussion on the simple discrediting of mash-ups, and lastly an analysis of mash-ups under fair use precedents. In particular, the Bridgeport Music court decision is used to assess the standing of mash-ups and what the decision means for the genre’s future. While, as a producer of mash-ups, I have a clear understanding of what mash-ups entail, it was nice to get a standard definition by legal review. More importantly, as a producer, I would potentially call upon fair use, the Bridgeport case, and my differentiation from appropriation art to help defend and support my music. At the same time, counter points are addressed, which only help my project by examining every perspective on mash-ups.
This piece defines mash-ups as distinct derivatives of sampling. Instead of incorporating a sample into a new work, mash-ups usually consist of two preexisting recordings. The remixer, in the most common cases, lays the vocal track from one song on top of the instrumental of another. This amalgamation leads to a unique song. A key element to a mash-up is the easy and immediate recognition of the prior recordings.
It is pointed out that in the Bridgeport case, the court stated that samples are used solely to “1) save costs, or 2) add something to the new recording, or 3) both” (pg. 4). This rests only on the economic aspects of sampling—the artistic value isn’t counted. Mash-ups sample out of necessity; they don’t attempt to hide prior recordings nor attempt to claim ownership. Mash-ups are created in a manner as to require listeners to immediately recognize appropriated works; the creator never intends to portray any notion of “new” originality.
Sound copyrights are protected in terms of its fixed medium, originality, and expression. A copyright owner must approve all derivative works that rearrange or remix. Mash-ups, therefore, should fall as infringing under all of these counts. The only way, it is argued, to defend mash-ups is through fair use. This piece explains how if the transformative nature of mash-ups comments, criticizes, or parodies the underlying work, fair use can be successfully employed to defend them.
All of these points, as aforementioned, have relevance to my project, adding value and different points of view.
tagged bridgeport copyright mash-up by mbandier ...and 2 other people ...on 01-DEC-08
IO is a company that holds and owns a number of registered copyrighted for a variety of adult entertainment products. IO alleged that it found its own copyrighted clips from IO films on the Veoh website. None of the alleged clips contained copyright notices except one. Veoh is a site that relies on content contributed by users. Veoh is similar to a site like YouTube. IO made the case that Veoh had to break protection codes to upload videos into the Flash format that the site uses. By doing this, IO argued that Veoh became a direct infringer.
The judge determined that Veoh was still protected by the safe harbor provisions. Veoh does not actively oversee the uploading of content. Veoh has an established system where the software reformats user content automatically once uploaded. The system makes the content accessible immediately to other users. Veoh has default parameters for the submission of content by a third party. The automated system is started with the Veoh user. Everything is put into motion with the user. Veoh does not preview videos before they are uploaded. The uploading is due completely to the users. The court gave a summary judgment for Veoh. Based on the DMCA, the judge said that Veoh was in fact protected by the Safe Harbor Provision, and the site complied with the statutes.
The key detail about this case is that IO did not send any takedown notices. This is critical to my thesis that there is a severe violation and abuse of power. IO did not even follow proper procedures. There was no take down notice sent. Instead, IO went straight to court. The notice and take down course of action was completely skipped. Instead of stopping piracy, the DMCA in this case ended up limited consumer choices for a period of time. The videos were taken down and content made unavailable.
tagged copyright dmca notice_and_takedown safe_harbor veoh by makeda ...and 1 other person ...on 01-DEC-08
Rashmi Rangnath serves as a Staff Attorney at Public Knowledge. Her topics of interest and expertise are in patent law and copyright. She discusses where we are now after 10 years of the DMCA. The two main provisions of the DMCA are the anti-circumvention measures and ISP (Internet Service Provider) liability provisions.
The anti-circumvention provisions ban circumventing locks on digital material. It also makes it illegal to market and/or sell technology that would help people get around the locks on digital content. The ISP liability provisions give a “safe harbor” to ISPs as long as they fulfill certain requirements. They must “maintain a policy of terminating the internet access of repeat infringers.”
Rangnath points out that although the aim of the DMCA was make content available digitally while protecting the owners of this digital content. It has actually had the opposite effect. The effectiveness of preventing “piracy” is not questionable after 10 years of the DMCA. Many of the fears that were being voiced by opponents to the DMCA, like museums and libraries, are now actualized. Take down notices are being sent without just cause. Fair use content is being removed unjustly. With a lack of education about the DMCA, fair use is being violated.
The design of anti-circumvention has created more problems then it has solved. Anti-circumvention provisions are applied blindly most of the time. Take down notices are sent regardless of it something is fair use or not. Rangnath cites RealNetworks vs. Streambox. Basically the Streambox technology permitted people to record music and movies that were being streamed over the Internet.
Rangath brings up a key point that I will discuss in my paper. She says that “The provisions vest too much control in copyright owners over the design of devices.” After 10 years of the DMCA, it is apparent that there are certain abuses going on. There is no system of checks and balances. As a result, the rights of fair use are being violated.
tagged copyright dmca public_knowledge by makeda ...on 01-DEC-08
Fair use is a term that originated in the United States. It allows limited use of material that is copyrighted. With fair use, permission is not required depending with appropriate circumstances. Fair use is defined and regulated with a four-factor test. Using this test, one can tell if it violates copyright. A work must satisfy all four factors to pass the test. Fair use is a tricky subject because it really does vary in every case.
The first factor says that a work is fair use depending on “the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes.”
The second factor concerns, “ The nature of the copyrighted work.”
“The amount and substantiality of the potion used in relation,” is the third critical factor
The final factor says that a work is fair use depending on “ The effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.”
IT would be ridiculous if you had to ask for permission everytime you were going to use a copyrighted work. This is the purpose of fair use. Fair use was created in tune with the goal of copyright: "To promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts, by securing for limited Times to Authors and Inventors the exclusive Right to their respective Writings and Discoveries."
This information lays the foundation for my paper. It provides the background information for me. My claim is that the DMCA violates fair use and copyright. By outlining the purpose of copyright and the factors of fair use, I can then tell how DMCA violates.
tagged copyright dmca fair_use by makeda ...on 01-DEC-08
The DMCA is an amendment to title 17 (Copyright Act). Bill Clinton signed it into law on October 28th, 1998. The DMCA actually implemented treatises from the World Intellectual Property Treaty (WIPO). The goal of the act was to give copyright owners protection with the oncoming digital advances. It enforced the treatises in the international treaty.
The DMCA is split up into five different titles. They are
Title Io WIPO Copyright and Performances and Phonograms Treatises Implementation Act of 1998
This put the treaties from WIPO into action.
Title IIo Online Copyright Infringement Liability Limitation Act
Gives Internet Service Providers protection from copyright infringement under certain circumstances.
Title IIIo Computer Maintenance Competition Assurance Act
Outlines Exemptions: In the case then you need to copy a computer program by activating a computer because of a repair.
Title IVo Miscellaneous Provisions
Title Vo Vessel Hull Design Protection Act
Created a new form of protection for the design of vessel hulls
This summary of the DMCA is critical to my paper. My paper is reallly centered on the DMCA and its affects on fair use and free speech. In order to discuss the problems with the DMCA I must discuss its provisions and how it is supposed to work. Then I will outsline what should be changed.
tagged copyright dmca by makeda ...and 10 other people ...on 01-DEC-08
This article by Glickman and Holleyman provide a different opinion on the affects of the DMCA. Holleyman serves as the CEO and president of the Business Software Alliance. Glickman serves as the chairman and CEO of the Motion Picture Associate of America.
In 1998, Congress signed the DMCA in preparation for the digital revolution that was taking place. The goal was to provide access to information and material digitally. The DMCA allowed and supported the digital revolution. Copyright owners would never have put their works into digital form had it not been for the protection that the DMCA afforded them. By passing the DMCA, Congress encouraged the owners of copyrighted material to take that risk. Without an actual written law, hesitancy would have replaced the risk that the owners were willing to take. Within the last ten years, since the DMCA, new technology has been consistently bursting onto the scene. PlayStation, iPods, smartphones, YouTube, and Facebook are only a few examples. Tons of sites have emerged which encourage interaction of users and their creativity. The DMCA ushered in this technological progress.
The success of the DMCA has been amazing. It has afforded consumers of digital content a multitude of choices about how, where, and when they access this content. The balanced nature of the DMCA encourages innovation and propagation. The benefits that consumers have gained from the work made available by the DMCA are massive.
I will be using this article as a contrasting view to my own. I think this gives a really interesting spin on the DMCA. I agree that it has had a positive effect. It did in fact usher in a digital revolution. However, this article really ignores problems that the DMCA has created. It praises the DMCA as the savior to all that is digital. What is so interesting to me is to keep in mind the authors. The authors are those people that issue the take down notices. This point of view will give a contrasting perspective.
tagged copyright decherney_article dmca by makeda ...on 30-NOV-08
In his blog, Michal Geist discusses the adverse effects of the Canadian DMCA. The Candadian DMCA is closely modeled on the U.S. DMCA. Geist, after only perusing the Canadian DMCA made five main points during this blog entry, three of which I will be using
Although there are seemingly positive provisions in the Canadian DMCA, there are undermined by fine print, digital lock provisions. Provisions such as the private copying of music now become illegal with these digital lock provisions. One everyday situation is putting your favorite DVD onto your new iPod touch, now becomes copyright infringement.
The digital lock provisions are one addition to the Canadian DMCA that is not in the U.S. DMCA. There is a ban on giving out technology that can be used for circumvention. Even buying an unlocked cell phone would be considered infringement.
$500 fine per infringement; $5,000 after one notice; 10,000 after
If you can’t afford this, then it’s jail time.
This blog offers a different perspective. Geist offers a contrasting DMCA that is even worse than the U.S. DMCA. I will be using this perspective as a reference point. Measuring the effectiveness of the Canadian DMCA to the U.S. DMCA. Would a stricter DMCA, similar to Canada’s, be more affective at preventing copyright infringement? Or Would the New Zealand, more balanced approach be more affective? What changes could be more affective for the U.S. DMCA? I will use this Canadian perspective as a means of helping to answer these questions. I will be looking at the effectiveness of a stricter DMCA in this digital age.
tagged canadian_dmca copyright dmca by makeda ...on 30-NOV-08
This is a public policy report that offers important research for my paper. It discusses how “free” expression really is in this new age with strict copyright control like the DMCA. The Brennan Center for Justice conducted a research project in 2004. The objective of the project was to see how the people, artists and scholars, directly affected by fair use were dealing with it. These are the people who make significant contributions to culture and will definitely be affected by an amendment like the DMCA. The Brennan Center used interviews, online surveys, focus group discourse, and most importantly, an analysis of about 153 of 300 take down letters. The most interesting to me and the method that I plan to discuss in my paper is the analysis of the take down notices. The 153 notices were aimed at materials that were actually fair use or had a weak IP claims.
The research showed a strong positive correlation between the strength of fair use claim and the likelihood that the material would be removed. There was also a troubling finding that even when there were weak IP claims, more than half of trademarked words or phrases were removed. Even though it was fair use, the weak IP claims won. Overall, the take down notices really are distinctly violating the first amendment.
The other methods, interviews, online surveys, and focus group discussion found two common, major themes. The research project found that there is a great deal of confusion about fair use and the DMCA. Also, there is an enormous need for a legal support base to deal with gatekeepers. The paper suggests possible improvements: a clearinghouse for information like how to reply to take down notices, legal support base, and decreases to the penalties.
I plan to use this paper’s research to support my claims
1. People have inadequate knowledge about DMCA, fair use, and their first amendment rights
2. Gatekeepers are abusing take down notice rights
3. How effective are the take down notices at eliminating copyright infringement?
4. Who are the innocent bystanders being caught up by the take down notices?
tagged copyright dmca fair_use notice_and_takedown by makeda ...and 1 other person ...on 30-NOV-08
Mary Erickson’s article gives an in depth examination of the MPAA’s involvement in Congressional committee hearings pertaining to piracy and copyright issues since 1976. In her paper, Erickson concentrates on witness testimonies of varying MPAA reps at copyright and piracy related hearings. Her main goal throughout the paper is to look at how and why the “interest groups” influence the policy decisions with their witness testimonies (Erickson 1). Her findings suggest that witness testimonies often have little or no affect on Congressional policy decisions, unless it is a celebrity witness. Erickson’s paper encompasses a number of informative statistics concerning the MPAA, and specifically outlines the MPAA’s “four-pronged approach to combating piracy” (Erickson 8). nsight is also given as to what compromises the legislative committee and its hearings, including the MPAA’s participation in Senate and House hearings. Erickson's article gives a different perspective on how the MPAA handles anti-piracy legislation, instead of simply what they cover during a hearing. It is important to see how the MPAA either effectively or ineffectively goes about trying to thwart piracy in the film industry.
tagged congressional_hearings copyright mpaa piracy policy testimonies by plukas ...on 29-NOV-08
Kerry Segrave's book Film Piracy in the Motion Picture Industry dedicates its entirety to my topic. Segrave's research though, extends significantly farther back into the history of film than I will be including in my analysis. She provides a wide berth of information about past and present domestic film issues as well as specific international ones. Chapters 6, "Domestic Piracy, 1975-2001," and 7, "Foreign Piracy, 1975 to 2001," are laden with the utmost pertinent material for my research. In these two chapters, Segrave goes into exquisite detail, not only providing an enormity of statistics, but also documenting vast amounts of specific legal action taken to prevent film piracy over sixteen years. Segrave's in depth method of relaying information allows me to get more than just a surface level understanding of Hollywood's constant struggle concerning film piracy. Her attention to detail regarding legislative measures and the strategic moves made by Hollywood to suppress piracy will add substantial support to my own analysis.
tagged copyright domestic hollywood infringement international mpaa piracy by plukas ...on 29-NOV-08
Shujen Wang's article, "Recontextualizing Copyright: Piracy, Hollywood, the state, and Globilization" provides a careful analysis of the copyright and piracy issues in the Hollwyood film industry while framing it in relation to the global impact. Wang does this by endeavoring to answer four major issues surrounding the issue of piracy and copyright in film. This article gives a much less centralized argument about my topic's issue, as it touches more on a general overview, though still focusing on the essentials. It allows me to step back and look at my research in a more broad sense. One crucial aspect that Wang brings up is the existence and role of the Motion Picture Export Association of America (MPEAA), which my other sources have left out. Throughout the article, Wang provides a more grounded view of issues concerning how and why the copyright issues have infiltrated our society so egregiously. He adds a certain complexity to the arguments surrounding film piracy that is difficult to find on other research regarding my topic. In addition, his conclusion touches on some of the more open ended questions of film piracy that I hope to answer in my research paper.
tagged copyright film globilization hollwood mpeaa piracy by plukas ...on 29-NOV-08
This is an article explaining the tactics used by the RIAA in obtaining information and evidence on illegal file-sharing, from information given by an RIAA worker himself. The RIAA hires a third party company, MediaSentry, to track down illegal file-sharers. That company then runs different peer-to-peer file-sharing programs and searches for songs specifically owned by the RIAA. They are then able to track down the specific IP address and the ISP from which the songs they find came from. They do not actually download the song however, using a digital handshake instead to let them know that the song is available for download. This complicates the matter because it is hard for me to believe that the RIAA can use a so called "digital handshake" as their main evidence when no actual download occurred. The fact that the file was in a shared folder and was ready to download does not mean the person themselves shared the file. The court case Atlantic v. Howell is a great example of this situation in which the court rule that "If the owner of the shared folder simply provides a member of the public with access to the work and the means to make an unauthorized copy, the owner is not liable as a primary infringer of the distribution right, but rather is potentially liable as a secondary infringer of the reproduction right." Also in that case the judge stated, "Unless a copy of the work changes hands in one of the designated ways, a "distribution" under ... 106(3) has not taken place," thereby negating the RIAA's claim. However, not all cases are even taken to court, and the RIAA is able to slip by with this lack of evidence by presenting it like it is their primary proof of infringement.
The article then goes on to talk about cases of a more serious nature and how the RIAA deals with it. They start off with the digital handshake but then MediaSentry personnel actually do download the songs in question. This to me seems backwards and wrong that the RIAA downloads the same songs, in the same manner, from the same programs, as the pirates they are trying to catch.
tagged copyright dmca file-sharing industry intimidation media music riaa sentrycopyright by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
Capitol v. Foster is a major victory for those being bullied by the RIAA. It is a sign of hope that people can make cases against the RIAA and win, even though they seem very outmatched. This source is useful because of the ruling that rejected yet another theory used by the RIAA to control and transform copyright law. The theory that was rejected due to the ruling of the case was that Foster was not found liable for the file-sharing that occurred on her computer by others and over the internet access that she paid for. The judge ruled in this way because Mrs. Foster was ignorant of the fact that any file-sharing programs were on her computer, and that any file-sharing occurred. Her husband and daughter could have been the ones at fault but she could not be sued for something she did not do and did not know about. This is a huge blow to the RIAA's legal campaign because it adds insult to injury. Not only can an IP provide limited information about a specific copyright infringer, but the RIAA cannot get away with suing the owner of the computer without sufficient evidence anymore. They cannot intimidate people with the specific lie that they have hard evidence on the identity of the copyright infringer because when they are brought to court their evidence will not hold up.
This case is not representative of the way RIAA lawsuits go however. Still, most people tend to settle out of court because legal fees would outmatch the settlement fee. But this case is representative of the evidence that the RIAA uses and the inconclusiveness of it. If a person does take action against the RIAA, and are truthfully not a copyright infringer, they have a very good chance at winning the case. Fortunately for Foster, she was able to have her case dropped as well as win a counterclaim argument for attorney fees which amounted to more than 60,000 dollars. Resistance to the RIAA is ever increasing and with each case lost by the RIAA they lose that much more control over the direct copyright law is going and will go in the future
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation music riaa by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This website produced by the RIAA, is supposed to educate a person about illegal file-sharing and copyright infringement. Some questions that the RIAA pose and answer are both helpful and truthful, but there are also others that the RIAA answers with lies. It is interesting to look at these questions and realize the manipulation that the RIAA uses to persuade people into settling out of court, and the blatant lies they tell those people when doing so. From these questions I am able to gage the direction and steps that the RIAA is taking in order to successfully transform the laws on file-sharing and copyright to fit their liking.
For example, they declare that a person is sued because that person in particular has been identified as uploading or downloading copyrighted material without authorization. Most of the people they sue and take action against are not extremely tech saavy and therefore might not catch the lies in the previous statement. The truth is that the RIAA cannot single out a person, only a specific IP address, which only means that the action took place at a time. Basically, all they can prove is that at a certain time, which they can not pinpoint either, a person used the computer with the specific IP address mentioned and downloaded an illegal copyrighted file. They do not have enough evidence from that alone to win a case, but because they have the money to sue massive amounts of people in this way, they manage to settle many cases in their favor and out of court. However, some people do realize what an IP address is and realize the lack of evidence the RIAA has which results in the high profile cases in the news today. That false statement by the RIAA adds to the list of ways it has directly affected the flow of information and the way copyright law works. They have been able to bully their way out of court cases with lies such as that and the excessive amounts of money they have.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation music riaa by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This source is a court document from the Atlantic Records v. Tanya Andersen court case. More specifically it is the complaint from the defendant Andersen, and the part that interests me is where it talks about the questionable legality of MediaSentry's investigations. Tanya Andersen is another person who had enough courage to stand up to the RIAA, and like Ms. Santangelo, she is a single mother. However, Ms. Andersen is also disabled and has a young daughter. This is another instance that shows the type of people targeted in these lawsuits by the RIAA and why they are usually so successful in settling cases out of court. They are transforming the way copyright law works into cases that mostly do not make it to court in order to make a lot of money and pretend like their way of justice is bringing awareness to the public about copyright infringement.
The focus of this source is to show the tendency of MediaSentry's investigations to be intrusive and invasive of privacy. By doing so, this also shows that the RIAA are also cutting corners but then try put the blame on MediaSentry when caught. For example, the complaint provides detail about MediaSentry's investigations explaining that without authorization and under the false pretext of being a peer user, they are able to hack into someone's computer and gather information illegally. They then sell the person's IP address to RIAA, therefore allowing the RIAA to claim they did not do anything illegal themselves. This illegal practice has become known over the past months and as a result, some states require private investigators to have licenses and to be registered. This is true in the state that Ms. Andersen calls home and for that reason MediaSentry's investigation is illegal and so are all their findings. This evidence of illegal investigations by a well known partner of the RIAA contributes to the belief that they are trying to transform copyright law to fit what they want, whether it be through legal or illegal ways.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music riaa sentryindustry by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This source is the decision in the Atlantic v. Howell case. This case is important in the fight to lower the power that the RIAA has over copyright law because it rejects 2 popular theories that the RIAA tries to use in their cases against file-sharers. This first theory is called “making available” theory of infringement and it holds that if a person has a folder or file which is shared and therefore is able to be downloaded, that person is infringing on copyright even though the file or contents of the folder were not necessarily downloaded. The rejection by the court of this theory is a major blow to the RIAA's strategy and weakens the power that the RIAA has over copyright law. The second theory is called “offer to distribute” theory and had been accepted in similar cases by the court. It means almost the same as the “making available” theory.
One of the most important factors of this case is that Mr. And Mrs. Howell represented themselves against the whole litigation team of the RIAA, and won. The court sided with the Howells, saying that just because MediaSentry went and downloaded a file off of the Howell computer does not mean they personally put the file in the shared folder. The Howell's argued that Kazaa shared their whole hard drive without their knowledge. The courts stated that although MediaSentry had evidence of a file being shared, there was no way it could tell who actually put it in there.
The decision favoring the Howells was a monumental victory for the little guy so to speak and provides hope that the RIAA is not unbeatable, although they try their best to seem so with their intimidation tactics and bullying.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music riaa sentry by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
The Sony BMG v. Tenenbaum case is arguably the most high profile file-sharing case in the news today for a number of reasons. First, the defendant, Tenenbaum, is being represented by a famous Harvard Law professor by the name of Charles Neeson. The fact that Neeson was attracted to this case speaks volumes of the potential change to be made in how copyright law runs in the modern world today. Second, this case shows to the common people the true motive of the RIAA. They are trying to make an example out of Tenenbaum, who downloaded seven songs, in order to intimidate everyone from sharing files on their computer. He is a small fish in a big pond to them, and they think that they can use the intimidation tactic of suing him for an exorbitant amount of money all the while instilling fear in those who are thinking of sharing files.
This leads to the reason why I am choosing to use this case as a source: Tenenbaum is not trying to win his case just so the RIAA can pay legal fees that incurred, rather he wants to tackle the organization's legal strategy at its core. He is trying to prove the unconstitutionality of their litigation tactics in order to severely limit their power and effectively hit them where it hurts. Someone is finally accusing them of abusing the law and constitutional rights, and has the legal team to back him as well. There is a major difference between reading court cases and reading the obvious abuse by the RIAA in them, and actually being proactive and trying to defend yourself and others. The people have had enough with the RIAA and their monopoly over copyright law in regards to file-sharing and the music industry and the measures they take to restrict the flow of information that copyright is supposed to encourage. People are not supposed to be so scared of the RIAA that they will not use the computer or send files ever again for fear of punishment. The modern world we live in is changing largely into a digital world, and the RIAA is trying to stop us from moving forward by squashing our hunger for new information with their unconstitutional strategies.
This source is a blog written by one of Prof. Neeson's students in his CyberOne class, who are also helping out Tenenbaum in his legal battle. This source also provides links to the portions of the court case documents themselves which could potentially be very helpful in my paper if I need to locate something specific in the case.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music riaa sentryriaa by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
The Virgin v. Thomas case is not being used as a source in my paper for its positive outcome or because it somehow decreased the RIAA's power over copyright law. Actually, Thomas is losing her case, was hit with a 222,000 dollar judgment, and has since sought new legal advisors. What is very important about this particular case is the awareness this case has raised around Internet circles. People have websites devoted to “Freeing Jammie”, donations are being made in her name so she can pay the 222,000 dollars as well as finance an appeal, and awareness of RIAA abuse is thriving more than ever in Internet forums and chat rooms.
The amicus brief submitted by a handful of law professors strengthens the argument that more and more people are gaining knowledge and are willing to fight back against the RIAA. The amicus brief also presents new evidence and questions about copyright law, such as what is fair and what is infringement. For example, they state that the Copyright Act gives copyright owners the exclusive right “to distribute copies or phonorecords of the copyrighted work to the public by sale or other transfer of ownership, or by rental, lease, or lending.” Making a work available to the public, they believe, does not constitute distribution. They also make their case and point to reject the synonymy between the words “distribute” and “publication.” They make a convincing argument that is relevant to my topic and back it up with multiple sources.
Before reading this brief I wondered whether the exclusive right of a copyright owner under the Copyright Act actually applied to a computer file. I wondered this because the Copyright Act protects phonorecords and copies which I take to be actual tangible items. There is a gray are for me when I think about Copyright Law and a computer file because a file is not tangible. After reading this brief I feel that this exclusive right cannot apply based off of the Copyright Act, but rather a provision or amendment needs to be made which outlines if and when a computer file is protected.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music riaa sentry by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This is a lengthy article that analyzes the RIAA litigation process from head to toe. It is a great source to cite in my paper because of the massive amount of information that it provides as well as fine details that it includes which would otherwise be very hard to find. It is presumably written and put on the Internet by Ray Beckerman, an active lawyer in the fight against the recording industry and their dubious tactics. He goes through each step in the process one by one, gives insight on it and defines terms where necessary, and cites specific cases in which that particular step was of significant importance. He also cites specific people that are fighting against the RIAA in a particular step and then moves on to the next process of RIAA litigation.
The main places that I will potentially cite from this website will come from the information provided on the processes of “ex parte” discovery as well as the analysis given regarding the RIAA's routine motions for dismissal of counterclaims. These are two major reasons for the RIAA's success in recent cases, and this article is trying to convey the fact that with proper knowledge of the way the RIAA litigation process works the RIAA can indeed be taken down. Their frequent use of “Ex parte” discovery is sickening, but if one knows that the RIAA is likely to try and use this tactic, however unconstitutional it is, adjustments can be made and abuse can be prevented.
I also find it somewhat amusing and unbelievable how much authority the RIAA thinks it has, and how much authority the people believe it has. Due to their intimidation tactics, “ex parte” orders, an expensive legal team, and often abusive and forceful pre-litigation letters, the RIAA seems to be in complete control of copyright law in the modern United States. They can do what they want and get away with it, even if most practices are of questionable legality. This source states that while the RIAA tries to dismiss counterclaims brought up by defendants as if they have the authority to do so, they actually do not. For example, they have not been able to cite any legal authority to dismiss counterclaims for legal fees.
Finally, this source provides descriptions on the types of people that the RIAA has tried to sue, further strengthening the idea that change is needed and that the RIAA is getting more and more abusive in their practices each day. Yes it is true that college students are normally who the RIAA target, but it is know that they have also tried to sue children, their guardians, a single mother who did not live at the residence the copyright infringement occurred, and last but not least a person who is actually deceased.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music sentry by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This is a great blog that includes an interview with Patricia Santangelo on Good Morning America and it gives great insight on the types of alleged copyright infringers that the RIAA has been going after. Patricia is being sued by the RIAA for something she did not do. This case is very indicative of the intimidation and blackmailing tactics that the RIAA uses against the people they sue. Ms. Santangelo however did not concede to their tactics and took them to court. They tried making her settle out of court so that her name would not be mentioned in a lawsuit, and they told her that a much more severe fine would be in store for her if she went to trial. The RIAA has almost an unlimited supply of money they use this factor to pressure those being sued. But because she did not download anything or do anything wrong, she did not give in to their pressure and did not settle with them. This case is fascinating because of who the RIAA set out to sue. The computer that was found with illegally downloaded songs was not at Ms. Santangelo's place of residence, she is divorced and the computer is located at her previous residence, and she does not have the financial means to pay the lawsuit. Also, before the case she knew nothing about illegal downloads on her computer, about Kazaa, or even what an IP address was.
It is unbelievable to me that the RIAA can amount enough gusto to try and sue this helpless person who has no idea what is going on. It is an awful attempt to make a few more dollars, and an even worse attempt at trying to promote awareness on the severity of illegal downloads. It is not right to go after a divorced mother who has very limited technological knowledge and who could not have possibly been at fault. The RIAA can not possibly be gaining any support when they sue people such as Ms. Santangelo. Luckily, Ms. Santangelo is fighting them, and in doing so she is raising awareness of the intimidation tactics the RIAA uses. Ms. Santangelo is only one person however, and for every one there are another hundred people who give in to the bullying of the RIAA.
tagged copyright file-sharing industry intimidation media music by willlly ...on 26-NOV-08
This article identifies reasons behind why the original Mickey Mouse may not be protected by copyright after all. Menn notes that brand experts value Mickey Mouse today at $3 billion and that he has become the ultimate symbol of intellectual property. Menn also notes that film credits from the 1920’s reveal imprecision in copyright claims. Copyright questions apply to an older Mickey that had longer arms, smaller ears and a pointier nose. This entire notion of Mickey Mouse originally not being protected by copyright begins with Gregory Brown as Menn writes. It was Brown who was a former researcher for Disney who took over the Harvey Productions, home to Casper, who found the imprecision. He learned that Harvey failed to renew copyrights and learned that Disney failed to renew copyright claims on the 1931 short “The Mad Doctor” featuring Mickey Mouse. Brown decided to recreate animation cels but Disney sued and lost the case. However, Brown looked at the original “Steamboat Willie” and found that because three companies were listed without a clear copyright next to any of them, this nullified anyone’s claim. Although receiving some help from friends and people interested in the case, Brown’s appeal was dismissed because he missed a filing deadline. Menn quotes Meiseinger, the former general counsel who said, “everything has to fall into the public domain sometime”.
This article is important to my paper because it take a different look at how people try and put Mickey Mouse back into the public domain rather than arguing against the CTEA. One question that arises out of this article, is why is it so important that Mickey Mouse not be protected? This is a question that I raise in my paper and a question that has several answers to it.
The Copyright Term Extension Act of 1998, which is also known as the Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act as well as the Mickey Mouse Protection Act, extends the copyright terms in the United States by 20 years. Before this act, the law lasted for the life of an author plus fifty years or seventy-five years for corporations. Now, the copyright lasts for the life of an author plus seventy years of ninety-five years for corporations. In 1998, Disney representatives came to Washington looking for help in order to protect Mickey Mouse from going into the public domain in 2003.
This is the act in question for my argument. Disney wanted to protect their creation of Mickey Mouse and prohibit it from entering the public domain, so they called for the CTEA. Congress and President Clinton, who received lavish donations from Disney, signed the act in 1998. Whether or not the act should be upheld is the question I argue in my paper.
tagged act bono congress copyright extension sonny term by holzberg ...and 2 other people ...on 26-NOV-08
These excerpts of the reasons why Congress extended the copyright term shows that these reasons are consistent with previous copyright extension acts that have been granted. One reason is that Congress recognized a number of public policy reasons for enacting such an act. It points out that Senator Orrin Hatch, pointed out that the reasons for passing the act “paralleled those that led Congress to adopt the life-plus-50 year copyright term in 1976”. These reasons include “harmonizing with the European Union and Strengthening the United States Balance of Payments”. If United States copyright owners used works in Europe, it could only be protected if the US term was similar to that of the EU, which is the author’s life plus 70 years. Therefore this was a reason behind the CTEA. Other reasons include: to encourage investment in existing copyrighted works, fair provisions for authors’ descendants and encouragement for the creation of new works.
The last reason given by Congress to pass CTEA holds important weight in my argument. Petitioners argue that the CTEA does not promote new creation, however, it was in the minds of Congress that the CTEA would indeed promote new creation. One creator in particular, Alan Menken testified that providing for one’s family is important during and after one’s life. If copyright would not help to provide for one’s family for an extended period of time, then a creator like Menken would have to stop creating and find employment elsewhere which would not promote creation of new works but actually inhibit it. This reason helps to argue why the CTEA should be supported rather than opposed. With regard to Mickey Mouse, protecting his creation can help Disney create new stories, images, and several ways of using Mickey Mouse.
Edward Samuels argues that the extension of copyright law is not a result of a scheme by corporations to cheat the public but rather a part of a system that the framers of the Constitution had in mind in order to “promote the progress of science and useful arts” by “securing, for limited times, to authors, and inventors, and the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries”. Samuels identifies six categories of the public domain, which have all supported the expansion of copyright. Samuels writes that, “In all six areas, the public domain advocates were making arguments against the tide; they lamented the expansion of copyright but could hardly claim that the public domain analysis had in fact already worked its way into dominant copyright theory”. Samuels notes that protectionists of the act try and justify the copyright law based upon natural rights, moral rights and property rights, all of which public domain advocates argue in objection to heavily, however, Samuels argues that the natural rights and property rights are “firmly rooted in copyright history” and that it is recognized as the basis for copyright protection in civil law and outer countries outside of England and the US. Samuels goes on in his article to discuss the Eldred case and argues for the support of the case. He notes that the D.C Circuit Court concluded, “Copyrights are categorically immune from challenges under the First Amendment”. The petitioners of copyright extension argue that the premise of CTEA violated the “limited Times” provision of the Copyright Clause and that Congress can only grant rights in the case that it will promote the creation of new works. They argue that the extension act of 1998 is unconstitutional, but Samuels then asks if that is unconstitutional, are all other proceeding acts unconstitutional as well and therefore have no stopping point. Therefore, Samuels argues, the Supreme Court should not endorse any approach the petitioners present.
This article is important to my topic because it discusses the rationale behind opposing or supporting the Copyright Term Extension Act of 1998, the premise of my paper. Samuels outlines the arguments that advocates of the public domain may make including that of the restriction of creativity and he then argues why the advocates arguments do not hold and why the act should be upheld, an act that protects Mickey Mouse.
Bob Levin’s article “Disney’s War Against the Counterculture” describes the case of Disney vs. O’Neill. Dan O’Neill, a cartoonist created two cartoons along with Ted Richards, Bobby London and Gary Hallgren. They called themselves the Air Pirates, after a group of evildoers who had bedeviled Mickey Mouse in the 1930’s. O’Neill has said that the purpose of creating the cartoons was to “buck corporate thinking. We just didn’t like bullshit”. The first cover was of Mickey Mouse piloting an airplane with two sacks in the plane labeled “Dope”. The second cover was of Mickey Mouse and Minnie Mouse on horseback being confronted by a man with a gun in one hand and a sack of “Dope” in the other hand. Lawyers on behalf of Disney brought suit against the Air Pirates, accusing them of copyright infringement, trademarked infringement, unfair competition, intentional interference with business and trade disparagement through the wrongful use of the characters. The court allowed a restraining order to bar the Air Pirates from any further production and later obtained an injunction. The defense tried to legitimize what they had done and called themselves parodists such as Shakespeare and said they were not trying to pass on their work as a Disney product. They also argued that characters cannot be copyrighted and that they were protected under the 1st Amendment. Judge Wollenberg decided in the favor of Disney citing that Mickey Mouse is a character that constitutes what is being told and that O’Neill admitted to copying Mickey exactly. The 9th Circuit upheld Wollenberg’s decision and the Supreme Court refused to hear the case.
This article and this case is important in understanding the importance of copyright in the case of Mickey Mouse. If Mickey Mouse were not protected under copyright, then O’Neill and the rest of Air Pirates would be able to do whatever they wanted with Mickey Mouse and whatever other characters are not protected by copyright law. If Mickey Mouse were in the public domain, then people would be able to harm the image of Mickey Mouse as O’Neill clearly did and tarnish a reputation that Walt Disney has put tremendous time and resources into upholding. Mickey Mouse and his stories target an innocent audience of children. The defaming images that O’Neill created showed Mickey in an unfavorable light and if the decision did not favor Disney, then Disney’s reputation as well as economic well being could have been damaged forever. My paper distinctly addressed the reasons behind why protecting Mickey Mouse is important rather than allowing him into the public domain.
Google book copyright settlement
In the case of orphan works, the copyright law stifles creativity instead of protecting it. Current, and proposed legislature is inefficient in dealing with this problem. The Google Book Search settlement will decrease the amount of orphan works in the short term, and limit its growth in the longer term through the formation of the Book Rights Registry. It is, however, only a partial private-sector solution. Far-reaching action from the legislative bodies is needed for a comprehensive solution to the orphan works problem.
This is the actual settlement awaiting court approval. As a source, it is imperative for my argument because it delineates the fate of orphan works in relation to the Google cyber-library, as well as the structure and function of the Book Rights Registry. It is the single source describing how the Google Book Search project could be the private-sector solution to the problem, offering an alternative to the –so far insufficient – orphan works legislation.
The agreement will essentially provide the following:
- Access to 20% of the content of copyrighted books. Before the agreement, access to copyrighted books was restricted to the snippet view (only some sentences around the search terms were provided). More content could be displayed (some pages before an after the search term) only after explicit agreement between Google and the rightsholder. Now, the default amount displayed is 20%. In case the rightsholder wishes Google to display less, display bibliographical information only, or to remove her book from the index altogether she can opt out of the Google Book Search project by contacting Google.
- Opportunity to purchase the book online and store in a personal “electronic bookshelf.” That means that the purchased books will be available for online reading whenever the user logs in to her Google account. Copy/ Pasting will be limited to 4 pages, while printing will be limited to 20 pages of material, with a watermark that identifies the work as copyrighted.
- Access to all the online material for sale through institutional subscriptions. In this way, U.S. Colleges and other organizations will be able to allow access to the digitized library to their faculty and students.
- Free, full-text, online viewing from at least one computer in every US public library.
- The creation of the Book Rights Registry whose function it will be to track down the rightsholders and distribute the payments earned though the 2 aforementioned pathways (Institutional access, private purchase). It will also distribute revenues earned from ads placed next to the displayed book. The Book Rights Registry will be a not-for-profit organization which will store and update rightsholder information. As well as actively searching the rightsholders for every work, the Registry will provide an incentive for rightsholders to surface and claim their works because it will distribute the revenues collected by Google.
The agreement resulted from a US lawsuit, so its effects are only valid for US users. It must also be approved by the court first (expected in May 2009).
tagged copyright google settlement by michare ...on 26-NOV-08
Call#: Annenberg Library Reserve P94.65.U6 J46 2006
Henry Jenkins has emerged as the leading scholar on fan communities and participatory cultures. In specifically addressing anime fansubbing communities, Jenkins presents a familiar argument of piracy actually serving as a promotional activity for anime properties. He notes that by the Japanese anime industry being tolerant of grassroots activities in the United States, “much of the risks of entering the Western markets and many of the costs of experimentation were borne by dedicated consumers.” This tolerance of fan activities represents part of a Japanese cultural tradition that permits expansion and engagement with media properties. For example, manga artists and studios have permitted the appropriation and infringement of their copyrights by amateur artists in the doujinshi market. Rather than viewing these activities as a threat to the value of their properties, Japanese companies have recognized that collaborative structures are important in “developing compelling new content or broadening markets.”
As other scholars such as Leonard and Kelts have noted, anime fandom helped build up a structure for an American market through experimentation with unfamiliar content and promotion of niche titles. Jenkins's analysis of how companies must balance fan engagement along with protection of their properties is particularly relevant to the ongoing controversy in anime fandom between fansubbing groups and licensing companies.
tagged anime convergence_culture copyright fandom fansub by jegarcia ...and 5 other people ...on 26-NOV-08
Joshua Daniels describes the negligence of licensing companies to account for fan sentiments towards preservation of original works as a market failure that can be remedied through an expanded Fair Use statute. He argues that society has an economic interest in maintaining the integrity of works, and therefore the harm caused by licensing companies that heavily edit or censor these properties can be understood as a negative market externality. In order to correct this market failure, Daniels proposes that the law must channel incentives such that licensing companies are forced to take into account fan interests in preserving these works. However, he also cautions that there is a substantial risk of destroying the market entirely if too broad of an approach is taken to remedy the failure. Therefore, he proposes legalizing fansubs to an extent under a right of public access to foreign works in their original form when there is no other practicable legal means of obtaining that access. In this way the competing interests of rights-holders and fans are balanced in favor of public access.
Daniels recognizes a demand for authenticity as a particular characteristic of anime fandom that promotes a cultural goal. Insofar as some fansubs promote this end, we may consider legalizing their practices in order to incentivize companies to distribute an original version of the works they license. Indeed, many fansubbing groups, such as Live-Evil, work specifically with older anime that were heavily modified when broadcast in the U.S. market. Daniels's proposed model, however, would likely create undue burdens for companies that are attempting to localize otherwise unintelligible cultural shows. While promoting public access to works is a valuable goal, Daniels seems to prioritize cultural over economic production when instead both concerns should be balanced.
The part of this piece that is important is the exploration of “substantiality”, what exactly it means and how it is used in the courts in regards to copyright infringement. The author explains that there are multiple connotations that “substantiality” takes on in court. The first connotation of substantiality as a “criterion of infringement involves the ‘ordinary observer’ test.” Under this test it must “spontaneously and immediately” appear to the average person that the newly created work used or was based on the original. This test is rough for obvious reasons. Also, it would be almost impossible to ask the “average person” to tell right away the difference between material that is appropriated and that which is simply similar to the original. The second connotation involves economics and has no relation to my thesis. The third connotation is almost the opposite of the first and is based on “literary analysis or classification,” or in other words an ‘expert opinion.’ This connotation is helpful in making ‘substantiality’ qualitative rather than quantitative, but not so helpful in that it often leads the court into “abstract literary speculations unrelated to the ends of the copyright law.” The final connotation is that of ‘substantiality’ as a quantitative test, though this connotation is rejected. The paper then goes on to show how these connotations of substantiality relate directly to parodies through examples.
tagged copyright fair-use infringement parody substantiality by rebecl ...and 1 other person ...on 26-NOV-08
<!-- /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
This paper defines tolerated use and discusses the reasons it exists. Tolerated use is defined as “infringing usage of a copyrighted work of which the copyright owner
may be aware, yet does nothing about.” There are many different reasons, why this may be. Some examples include “simple laziness or enforcement costs, a desire to create goodwill, or a calculation that the infringement creates an economic complement the copyrighted work -- it actually benefits the owner.” Tolerated use is compared to implicitly licensed use as well as fair use. It explains how the difference between tolerated use and implicitly licensed use is legal, whereas the difference between tolerated use and fair use is fuzzy. This is because of a lack of fair use trials against casual mass infringements that leaves fair use not completely “mapped out.”
tagged copyright fair-use tolerated-use by rebecl ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
<!-- /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
While much of this document is useful for my thesis in a peripheral sense, the section of most interest discusses parody. It defines parody as something that is not just humorous, but critical. It goes on to explain that “specifically, it is parody's criticism of the expression of the original that makes parody eligible for protection as fair use.” Important to note is that satire and parody are not interchangeable, and the document offers the court case of Rogers v. Koons as an example of a time when the court failed to make this distinction and it changed the outcome of the case. This example shows how important it is to make such a distinction.
This document will be helpful for my thesis in defining my play as a parody. First of all it explains how important it is to formulate a clear definition. Furthermore it provides the tools necessary to make that distinction. It clearly defines exactly what a parody is, and goes on to make the specific distinction between parody and satire, something I can model my argument off of. The document also offers an example of defining a parody based on the four points of the fair use test which can also be helpful in defining my play as a parody that is protected by fair use.
tagged copyright parody satire by rebecl ...on 25-NOV-08
<!-- /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
This document includes Clause 8 as it exists in the U.S. Constitution along with a discussion. It states that “Congress shall have power to promote the progress of sciences and useful arts, by securing for limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries.” The document goes on to discuss the scope of Congress’ power as well as the power held in the courts, between which an interesting balance is formed.
This Clause and document are clearly connected to the thesis as they form and discuss the entire basis of copyright law and who has the power to enforce it. It is important to remember and realize that much power does lie in the hands of the government as opposed to the view that the power rests in the gatekeepers, copyright owners and infringers. In a sense, this document complicates my thesis in that much of my thesis is focused on the idea that most copyright law is handled below the government.
tagged congress copyright power supreme-court by rebecl ...on 25-NOV-08
The RIAA submitted this letter in response to public requests for comment on the ACTA. The RIAA provides a detailed prescription of what it needs in order to ensure that its intellectual property rights are not infringed anywhere in the world. This includes recommendations for the definition of “piracy,” and which infringement cases should be prosecuted. It also sets out specific requirements for law enforcement and monitoring officials to follow. The RIAA expresses its strong supports for the dialogue the ACTA has provoked and expresses its wish that all of its arguments be taken into account when formulating its final version.
The RIAA provides by far the clearest and most non-negotiable opinion. It explicitly states that all acts of piracy, commercial or non-commercial, should be prosecuted and the strictest laws should be applied. It seems that the RIAA has already created its own legal framework that advances the industry’s ambitions and protects its interests efficiently. The Association is merely looking for a conduit of its legal system and does not intend to negotiate with any party. It also disregards the motives of user worldwide to seek and use illegal materials online. The RIAA does directly address the links between piracy and organized crime, which shows that it recognizes some of the ramifications of copyright infringement that affect areas completely exterior to music. While the Association’s stance should not be ignored, its positions should be considered alongside economic and empirical evidence (like the one provided by the IIPA). Additionally, the confidence and severity of the RIAA’s opinion should caution all countries that the U.S. organization is a powerful player and can include the international arena in its jurisdiction if its demands are completely met by any multinational agreement.
tagged acta copyright counterfeit infringement piracy riaa by nikolovb ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
In this article, Tushnet and Keller define parody and satire, and how such strict definitions can lead to problems. Like Long, they argue that such a clear definition can allow the court to almost choose which genre the works fall under, and therefore indirectly suppress what works are allowable. They go through a history of cases, including copyright and trademark, but I will concentrate on copyright as specifically relating to my project.
Therefore, Tushnet and Keller argue that the current mutually exclusive definitions of parody and satire should be forgotten. Instead, it is the critical insights that should be examined, without judging the merits of those insights the way parody or satire might. Otherwise, parody is favored unfairly over satire, suppressing one form of expression and promoting the other, which is not the purpose of the copyright laws.
Justin Sevakis presents an overview of the anime industry's current decline in sales, which he attributes both to digital fansubbing and corporate reluctance to adopt new technologies. Unlike many other authors who have written about fansubbing, Sevakis recognizes a qualitative break between the VHS distribution networks and current digital fansubs with decentralized distribution. The internet has dramatically lowered the barriers to obtaining fansubs, which are now easily available at the click of a button on a multitude of streaming sites. While fansubs might have previously been a non-rivalrous work that served a promotional function for the licensed products, digital fansubs have effectively usurped the licensed market by offering a product of the same quality for free and faster than legal avenues. The fansubbing groups, however, are simply responding to fan demands for timely releases, which the industry has failed to meet. In order to prevent further losses and rebuild the industry, companies must adopt a digital model that provides American audiences with “a legal, inexpensive way to watch new anime in English.”
Rather than idealizing the cultural benefits of fansubbing, Sevakis presents a practical understanding of how fans and the industry operate in the digital market. People watch fansubs because there is a market vacuum that the anime industry has ignored for several years. Rather than providing a legal avenue to meet this market demand, anime companies have responded like many other entertainment industries by believing they can guilt their fans into sticking with a failing business model. Furthermore, the industry has confounded the size of the fan community with the anime consumer market, which in fact represent audiences with varying levels of engagement and interest; not all fans share the same buying practices as collectors, and indeed many are simply interested in just viewing a series once and not owning it on DVD. These considerations complicate the perspective of fansubbing as an activity that promotes economic and cultural growth because they demonstrate the real harm to the anime industry being caused by illegal reproduction in fan communities.
In this article, Adriana Collado summarizes the distinction between parody and satire and the interpretation of this difference in fair use cases over time. Collado goes on to discuss the present state of the law, what the law should be, and possible solutions and compromises for satire, which is not currently mostly included under fair use provisions.
However, Collado also argues that by Supreme Court's own definition of fair use works ("for purposes such as criticism [and] comment"), satire should already been included. Satire has been defined as a commentary or critical work, one of the uses specifically enumerated in the Fair Use Doctrine, so it should technically be protected.
Since satire is currently not included under fair use, Collado discusses potential solutions and compromises, although none are very promising. Collado quotes Tom W. Bell, who suggests that copyright owners and secondary users should be able to opt out of copyright law and contract under a fared use system, although he fails to mention what would happen for satirists if copyright owners refuse to license (which would probably happen due to the self-esteem issue). Collado adds another possibility of courts requiring unauthorized satirists to pay copyright holders for actual damages sustained from the use of the copyrighted work, but understands that such a method might still dissuade satirists who cannot predict such a number in advance.
tagged adriana_collado copyright copyright_act decherney fair_use parody satire by sheribr ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a response to the Copyright Office’s Orphan Works Notice of Inquiry by the American Illustrators’ Partnership, a non-profit organization dedicated to creating a mechanism to professionally administer collective management of individual illustrators’ rights. In the letter, they petition the Copyright Office to maintain protection of orphaned works on all visual artistic works. The response goes on to list various reasons why visual art should not be included in the orphan works bill, noting that “automatic protection of visual artistic works is guaranteed without formalities” under U.S. and international copyright law, that “authors’ rights are their incomes,” and that “creativity is not chilled by protecting orphaned works,” among other claims. The letter also argues that orphaning visual works in the context of a culture of “appropriation” created by the Internet would foster infringement.
This response to the Copyright Office’s NOI offers the perspective of an important group of artists who have good reason to oppose the legislation – the visual artists. However, the arguments offered in the letter are mediocre at best. For example, the claim that creativity is not stifled under current copyright law is plainly false. The Holocaust Museum alone can attest to thousands upon thousands of documents that cannot be used because their copyright owner is unknown, and there are countless other works that could be used by film makers, historians and others that are sitting unused in private collections and archives. Moreover, the language used in the letter itself is misleading, claiming that the legislation will “strip orphaned works of their protection” when in fact it will just limit remedies in copyright infringement in cases involving orphan works. Nonetheless, the letter does rightly point out that the Internet facilitates “piracy, unintentional infringement and plagiary” of visual works. I think private visual registries are the solution to this problem, as they provide a reliable way for works to stay connected to their makers.
tagged andrew_kener copyright illustrators'_partnership orphan_works by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This blog on fair use, written by law professor Peter Friedman, covers many elements of fair use, including satire and parody. This page deals specifically with blog entries covering satire and fair use, including an excerpt from Andrew S. Long's "Mashed Up Videos and Broken Down Copyright," written for the Oklahoma Law Review. Friedman discusses how parody has more extensive coverage than satire under fair use, including the recent example of Little Brown's Good Night, Moon. Similarly to Dr. Juice's satire on The Cat and the Hat and the O.J. Simpson murder trial, this book will probably not be defensable under fair use due to its satiric rather than parodic nature.
Long's article includes a section on the effect os the parody-satire distinction, which discusses the confusion similar to Bridy's article about hybrids of satire and parody. Long even suggests that "this seemingly arbitrary distinction allows judges to find parody when it suits the results the wish to achieve." Hardly a promotion of progess that the Copyright Act is supposed to protect. Long also argues that the distinction between satire and parody ignores that satire must also transform the original work, which adds new, transformative meaning.
tagged copyright decherney fair_use fair_use_blog parody satire by sheribr ...on 25-NOV-08
Michael Einhorn, Ph.D., suggests that licensing arbitration is preferable to the existing "all or nothing" method of fair use that currently exists for works that add new interpretation to existing works (ie parody and satire). If we vacate such rules, Einhorn argues, owners of intellectual property would be guaranteed compensation, producer incentives are great without the worries of punitive uncertainites, and collecting societies and licensing agents may emerge when tradable rights are defined. These would perhaps more effectively promote the progress of arts and sciences that the copyright laws are designed to do.
This argument follows Judge Kozinski's argument about changing the rules for satire, and not trying to apply fair use to the genre. Otherwise, the two options are too extreme: one party ends up getting the worst end of the deal, and the other party walks away almost unscathed.
tagged copyright decherney fair_use michael_einhorn parody satire by sheribr ...on 25-NOV-08
The statement of this interest group discusses the concerns the Anti-Counterfeit Trade Agreement (ACTA) raises. These include the lack of transparency of its content, the limited information given to the public, the fact that this is an executive agreement and the implications this will have in practice in the Unites States political context. Public Knowledge is also uneasy with the terminology used in the ACTA – the use of “piracy” and “counterfeit” without concrete definitions of what these words would encompass.
The opinion of Public Knowledge adds an important perspective to my argument because it criticizes the format and the ramifications of ACTA implementation on a domestic level. The interest group raises the fact that the ACTA is an executive agreement and as such does not require the “signatories to be accountable to the public” since it circumvents Congress. If one links this information to the claim that the ACTA is supported predominantly by copyright industries then it leads me to believe that the sole purpose of this accord is to give the companies such as the RIAA and MPAA greater powers to prosecute copyright infringement internationally at their own discretion. Eliminating accountability also signifies that the United States Trade Representative (USTR) does not want to directly involve the U.S. in multinational infringement disputes but only seeks to facilitate the domestic copyright industry to defend its rights in the international arena. The limitation of the Public Knowledge opinion is that it doesn’t consider the newest Fact Sheet that was released by the USTR in August 2008. Even though the fact sheet does not give a substantial amount of concrete information, it does formally address some of Public Knowledge’s questions.
tagged copyright counterfeit e.u. international piracy trade by nikolovb ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Judge Kozinski delivered a lecture for the 1999 Donald C. Brace Memorial at Fordham University School of Law on November 11, 1999. His speech was published in the Journal of the Copyright Society of the USA in the summer of 1999.
In this speech, Kozinski addresses one of the controversial decisions of his court, the Ninth Circuit, about the case Dr. Seuss Enterprises v. Penguin Books. Penguin published a book about the O.J. Simpson trial, which was illustrated and wirtten to resemble a Dr. Seuss picture book. The Court ruled that Penguin's book was not fair use because it was satire rather than parody, meaning that it did not comment on Dr. Seuss's book but only used it as a springboard to comment on the O.J. Simpson trial.
Judge Kozinski, however, indicates that had he delivered the decision, it might have been different; although he does not want to criticize his colleagues, he doubts he "would have decided the case the same way." He examines the tradition of fair use theory in dealing with intellectual property, questioning when its protection starts to defeat the purpose of having it.
The most relevant part of his speech to my topic is when he discusses the importance of form to satire, even if the satire does not necessarily comment on the original work. As Supreme Court pointed out, restraining the form suppresses content; furthermore, he argues with the Supreme Court's decision in Campbell v. Acuff-Rose, who claimed that satire attempts to avoid the drudgery in working up something fresh. Instead, it takes "some creativity and work to write a sustained satirical pastiche that people will enjoy enough to pay money for." The satirist cannot latch onto any work to achieve their purpose, either, because something about the original fits or doesn't fit the subject.
Lastly, Judge Kozinski points out that our fair use laws leave something to be desired: either we deny fair use and enjoin the work out of existence, or we claim fair use and the work remains and the copyright owner has to pay the attorney fees. He suggests a remedy outside of the fair use doctrine, a question of appropriate remedy rather than fair use. In the end, the effect would be to "strip copyright owners of their right to control the uses to which their work is put, while strengthening their right to demand compensation for the value they create."
tagged copyright decherney fair_use judge_kozinski parody satire by sheribr ...on 25-NOV-08
In this journal article, Annemarie Bridy discusses the history of satire and parody throughout a variety of cases, concentrating especially on the Campbell case. She argues that Justice Souter's decision entitles parodists more than satirists when deciding how much and what kind of borrowing is appropriate for fair use arguments. So, what happens when a parodic work "shades into satire?" Is it no longer classifiable and therefore defensible as a parody?
In order to answer this question, Bridy draws upon literary theory and the distinction of "indirect satire" and "direct satire" to argue that some satire (direct) is definitely not permissible under fair use, but others (indirect) should be. As is, the definitions of parody and satire seem to be mutually exclusive, which can draw unfair consequences for indirect parody. Instead of employing such a distinct definition between satire and parody, she argues that the distinction should be drawn between two types of satirical parody, eliminating the problems that result from a hybrid of satire and parody.
tagged acuff_rose annemarie_bridy campbell copyright decherney direct_satire fair_use indirect_satire parody satire by sheribr ...on 25-NOV-08
Daniel Green discusses the statuses of parody and satire under current Supreme Court guidance, including the uncertainity and variance among courts. He argues that satire is unequivocally the underprivileged of the two for fair use cases, although it is allowed in certain circumstances. For his article, he had three purposes: to differentiate between parody and satire, to prove that protection for satire under fair use is important for both copyright law and the First Amendment, and to recommend some methods to incorporate this view while leaving all current precedent (although his methods may be a bit extreme, due to his satire of Gulliver's "A Modest Proposal."
One of his crucial arguments occurs when he discusses the Dr. Seuss Enterprises v. Penguin books case. Green argues that the Court overly criticized the satirist because the satirist followed traditional satire, and that his point of transposing the childish style and moral content to the world of adult concerns was an important juxtaposition. It is difficult to conceive The Cat NOT in the Hat! harming Dr. Seuss Enterprises because the books appeal to entirely different markets; only because the book was satirical did it not earn protection. Satire is still a valuable social criticism, just like parody.
Green goes on to outline five more guidelines that should be used to determine fair use, including subjective intent of infringer, manifested effects on the market, injury, "value" of the satire, and relevance or necessity of appropriated work to the satire. This way, perhaps, satirists will be able to deliver their modest (or perhaps not so modest) proposals without having to become parodists.
tagged copyright daniel_green decherney fair_use parody satire by sheribr ...on 25-NOV-08
In this 1986 Court case, Marvin Fisher and Jack Segal brought a suit against Rick Dees for infringing their song "When Sunny Gets Blue" with a parody song entitled "When Sonny Sniffs Glue." Besides infringement, they claimed unfair competition, defamation, and product disparagement. The Court decided that Rick Dees did indeed deserve fair-use protection because it was a parody.
The important points in this case are that every instance of parody defense must be considered individually, that a humorous or satiric work deserves protection only if the copied work is at least partly the target of the work in question, and that parodists will seldom get permission from those whose works are parodied. As they state, "The parody defense to copyright infringement exists precisely to make possible a use that generally cannot be bought" since "[s]elf-esteem is seldom strong enough to permit the granting of permission even in exchange for a reasonable fee." I would argue that the same is true of satires, even if they do not specifically comment on the original work, so they also need some form of protection or compromise for when the rights are denied. This follows Judge Kozinski's logic, so that satires are not stifled simply due to the nature of their work.
tagged copyright decherney dees fair_use fisher parody satire by sheribr ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
The EFF submitted this letter in response to the request for public comments regarding the ACTA. The letter focuses on the legitimacy of the ACTA itself. The EFF argues that the lack of transparency surrounding the creation and negotiations of the ACTA is highly suspicious. It questions who the true supporters of the ACTA are (authors vs. companies) and the genuine motives of the agreement. The EFF then analyses the available information regarding the ACTA and makes recommendations. Thee recommendations include respecting each country’s own legal regime and not imposing secondary liability, making sure that any prosecutions for breaking the rules of the ACTA go through judicial review, and creating a precise and narrow definition for “commercial-use.”
This document also gives a unique perspective for my research paper, because it questions the general purpose of the ACTA as well as the process through which it is being negotiated. It is the only document so far that discusses the implications for Fair Use in this new multinational agreement. The letter also talks predominantly about the rights of users and argues that the United State should take extreme care to ensure that civil rights will be preserved. The EFF discusses another interesting aspect: prosecution of individuals who committed piracy for personal uses compared to those who truly operated significant commercial networks and gained profit from infringement. In order for the ACTA to be an effective agreement, it should set realistic rules and standards that are enforceable, instead of labeling every type of copyright infringement as prosecutable. This means that the ACTA should concern only large-scale profit-seeking infringers since they have committed greater harm then someone who has downloaded a song to his/her personal computer. For example, the ACTA should affect online music and movie torrents as well as street vendors – these are the people who use piracy for profit and not just for personal pleasure.
tagged copyright counterfeit enforcement infringment piracy by nikolovb ...on 25-NOV-08
This letter was written by the IIPA as a response to the request of public comments regarding the ACTA. The document offers empirical evidence, which demonstrates the importance of the copyright sector to the U.S. economy in terms of contributions to the GDP. The letter also includes evidence of the losses the copyright-dependent industries have incurred because of piracy. The IIPA supports the ACTA in its quest for establishing stricter international standards for enforcing copyright.
The opinion of the IIPA provides an economic perspective to the issue of infringement of intellectual property rights. It is clear that the U.S. has incurred losses due to piracy and this fact further complicates my research question because these losses cannot be easily dismissed. They are the primary motivator for the U.S. to seek international agreements on this issue. In the end, the ultimate goal of the U.S. is to protect its own industries and economy. Even though the empirical evidence is only about the United States, it implies that one of the causes is the disjointed international system for dealing with piracy. The IIPA supports the ACTA and the establishment of another set of rules that countries must follow. It is most concerned about the positive effect copyright has had on the U.S. industries and the detrimental consequences of international piracy. The letter presents a narrow point of view by including only raw numbers by a handful of studies. It also talks only about copyright in the context of the U.S. and thus paints an incomplete picture of the global situation. After all, the U.S. is connected to other countries and piracy is an international phenomenon.
Acuff-Rose Music, Inc. filed suit against the members of the rap music group 2 Live Crew and company, claiming that 2 Live Crew's song "Pretty Woman" infringed their copyright in Roy Orbinson's rock ballad, "Oh Pretty Woman." Supreme Court ruled that 2 Live Crew did not infringe on "Oh Pretty Woman" because their song was a parody, and did in fact fall under the fair use clause.
This 1994 case is extremely important to my topic because it was one of the first to differentiate between satire and parody and how they deal with fair use. According to the Supreme Court's definition, parody is "the use of some elements of a prior author's composition to create one that, at least in part, comments on that author's work." It counts as fair use due to its critical nature. If the commentary "has no critical bearing on the substance or style of the original composition," on the other hand, it is satire, which does not have the same protection. In the Supreme Court's mind, satire should be able to stand on its own, and borrowing of another work is just to "avoid the drudgery of working up something fresh."
The most interesting aspect, however, is footnote 14, which allows that satire may in certain circumstances also fall under fair use (although these circumstances are much more narrow than for parody) if "there is little or no risk of market substitution."
tagged acuff_rose campbell copyright decherney fair_use parody satire by sheribr ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This article discusses the legal framework in which copyright cases are debated and decided. Geller begins by describing the basis of “territoriality” and how it is derived from the international system of nation-states and clear boundaries. The author admits that this definition is highly problematic when dealing with cyberspace and transfers of data that cut across borders. He then goes on to discuss the variations in each country’s laws regarding cyberspace copyright infringement and how this often leads to inconsistent judgments. For example, in a case that involves multiple countries, a court may award infringement compensation within the conservative limits of a particular country’s legal system. At the same time, it might use justification from another country’s legal code to grant a severe punishment. Geller concludes that the most effective way of combating international intellectual piracy is through a standardized legal code that eliminates such gross inconsistencies.
This paper is very valuable for the question that I am trying to answer, because it shows the legal perspective and legal limitations of the prosecution of international copyright infringement cases. The Internet operates in a borderless context and if the international community wants to regulate online copyright infringement, multinational institutions needs to modify their framework. Similarly, if the ACTA is to be effective, it should not be based on a borders and territoriality. The paper also demonstrates that the ACTA will merely add another set of rules to the already complicated international legal network. Nevertheless, the paper fails to propose a way to iron out the inconsistencies in legal codes around the world. Perhaps the ACTA is a valuable multinational forum but its focus should be shifted to addressing the problems within the existing legal system and not creating new laws.
tagged borders copyright intellectual international internet property solution by nikolovb ...on 25-NOV-08
This was a New York Times article from June 29, 2008 highlighting a case in which the orphan works problem played a role. When Brian Merlis, a publisher of books of historical Brooklyn photographs, wanted to use two photographs in the archives of the Brooklyn Historical Society, the society rebuffed his request, citing copyright concerns. Since the holders of the copyrights for the pictures – one taken around 1895 and the other in the early 20th century – are unknown, the society is unwilling to take the risk of using them without permission from them or their estates for fear of infringement. Mr. Merlis’ objections became public when he wrote a letter to the local paper criticizing the decision. The historical society said it was working to track down the copyright holders for the two images in question.
This is important for my paper because it provides a classic example of the type of situation brought about by the orphan works problem. It also demonstrates why there are so few, if any, court cases involving orphan works, because people often do not use these works rather than risk infringement, thus avoiding a confrontation with an unknown copyright owner. Mr. Merlis makes a legitimate argument: if the historical society’s photos are omitted from his book, “Who loses out? The reader, the public, the people you want to spread the history to.” Under the orphan works bill, Mr. Merlis will be able to use the photographs and pay “reasonable compensation” if the owners emerge – a great example of how the bill will help permissible artistic endeavors come to fruition.
tagged andrew_kener copyright new_york_times orphan_works by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a visual registry proposal by Public Knowledge, Washington, D.C.-based public interest group representing citizens in the Digital Age. They argue that visual registries created by private entities would be more viable than those created by the Copyright Office, which lacks the budgetary requirements and expertise in visual recognition technology. They propose an accreditation-type registration model similar to the Domain Name System (DNS). To register already-registered works into the new visual registry, they suggest that legislation be passed to permit competitive registries equal access to digitize the Copyright Office’s copyright deposits. They claim that the Office’s current text-based system is inadequate “when searching for a specific image with specific characteristics,” citing content-based image retrieval (CBIR) systems as the solution. According to the proposal, CBIR uses image processing, image analysis and computer vision technology to compare features of an image. The proposal then lists some examples of CBIRs, arguing that the attainment of the technology by Google, “one of the pre-eminent tech corporations of the 21st century,” points to the value of the system.
This article is important for my article because it addresses one of the most controversial issues with the Orphan Works legislation: how to create searchable databases for visual works. The Register of Copyrights agreed with Public Knowledge in her testimony to a House Subcommittee that the Copyright Office lacks the technical and financial means to create such a registry. The proposal does a nice job of summarizing some of the systems being used, thus demonstrating that “a visual registry is more than an option – it’s a reality.” While a visual registry would largely solve the problem of dissociation of visual works from their authors on the Internet, I think it is unreasonable to assume that visual artists will use the system to register all of their works – a cumbersome and highly costly task, especially for individuals and small businesses. Therefore, since these artists would likely only register some works, a “diligent” search for visual works, such as photographs, should be required to go beyond these registries. Fortunately, the Orphan Works Act takes this into consideration, requiring a would-be user to search printed publications, seek expert assistance, or take similar measures to find an owner. The visual registries will not fix the problem of infringement of visual works, but rather will help alleviate it.
tagged andrew_kener copyright orphan_works public_knowledge visual_registry by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This was a paper that appeared in the Virginia Journal of Law and Technology of the University of Virginia in spring 2007. It examines the Orphan Works Act of 2006 – the precursor to the 2008 bill that passed the Senate – in mathematical fashion, considering whether the Act would minimize overall transaction costs, whether such cost allocations would cause copyright orphans to be used more efficiently than the current system, and whether any potential efficiency increases would comport with the goals of copyright law. The authors of the paper are surprised that little or no discussion by the Copyright Office and others has been generated as to how the Act allocates transaction costs. They conclude that “the Act would allocate transaction costs efficiently at every step of the process, from encouraging searches and negotiation before infringement to providing for more efficient non-cooperative remedies after infringement.” They also conclude that minimizing the transaction costs “would indirectly reduce the substantial economic and cultural costs of the orphan works problem currently borne by potential users and the public.”
This article is quite helpful because it provides a mathematical, objective analysis of orphan works legislation. As I read the 2008 version of the bill and comments on it from interested parties, I too could not help but wonder about the lack of discussion about transaction costs, particularly among copyright owners, who will carry the majority of the burden by having to actively protect their work. I agree with the authors that creating searchable databases will improve the current copyright system by reducing the inefficiencies created by imperfect information, but I predict that users and owners will not be able to agree on “reasonable compensation” more often than not, instead passing the decision onto the courts. In effect, this will create further bureaucratic burden and thus inefficiency. In order to minimize this inefficiency, the Copyright Office needs to clarify what “reasonable compensation” means through statements of best practices and other measures that more clearly define the correct amounts to be paid by orphan works users to owners.
tagged andrew_kener copyright orphan_works virginia_journal_of_law by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
In this case, Jeff Koons used Art Roger's photographs of his wife and eight puppies to create a group of 20 sculptures for a 1988 exhibition. Koons acknowledged that his source matieral was a notecard of Roger's "Puppies." Not only did he use Roger's idea, he also copied the expression: the composition, the poses, and the expressions. Koons claims that his work is fair use because he argues that "his scuplture is a satire or parody of soceity at large. He insists that 'String of Puppies' is a fair social criticism." The Court, however, ruled against him, saying that it does not comment on the original work.
For my essay, I will highlight the discussion on satire and parody. The Court agrees that both are "valued forms of criticism" and foster more creativity protected by copyright law. However, the Court also argues that the parody or satire must comment on the original work or there would be no limitation to fair use; credit must be given to the original work. The Court does not prevent Koon's expression, but says that Koon must recognize any such exploitation requires "paying the customary price." I agree with this assesment, and wonder if satire could somehow incorporate acknowledgment of its source, could it be treated more similarly to parody, ie as applicable to the fair use clause?
tagged copyright decherney fair_use koons parody roger satire by sheribr ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This was a March 2005 submission to the Copyright Office by the Center for the Study of the Public Domain at Duke Law School. The article focuses on the problem of orphan films, which it says “make up the overwhelming majority of our cinematic heritage.” It notes that “media migration…is central to preservation efforts.” Thousand of early twentieth century works are literally deteriorating beyond repair due to their volatile physical properties, and those that are able to be preserved by archivists cannot be viewed by the public anyway for fear of infringement. The Copyright Term Extension Act created an incentive to preserve films by transferring them to new media, but cannot encourage the non-existent owners of orphan works to do the same. The article argues that undiscovered copyright owners of orphan films would actually be better off under loosened copyright law; unidentified copyright owners who later emerged would benefit from restorations or from increased interest in their work. It also claims that the Supreme Court has indicated that “the constitutional goal of copyright lies ultimately in enabling access.”
This article provides strong evidence of the need for orphan work legislation. It is quite fitting that the article about the orphan films problem is written by the Center for the Public Domain, since many of these films would have been available to the public if it were not for the Copyright Act of 1976, which created the current copyright system that the article calls “a tangle of strict liability and legal uncertainty.” Archiving old films is precisely the kind of work the bill should and does protect. However, while the article claims that the constitutional goal of copyright is to enable access, I think the traditional goal to “promote the progress” is still the central objective of copyright. The fact that films are rotting away – literally – under current copyright law is testimony to the fact that the law is stifling progress rather that promoting it. It is important to note, though, that while the Orphan Works Act of 2008 will certainly help initiatives such as film preservation, other commercial industries, particularly visual artists, may be hurt in the process.
tagged andrew_kener copyright duke_law_school orphan_films orphan_works by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a letter from the Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) in response to the Copyright Office’s Orphan Works Notice of Inquiry. It acknowledges that difficulties in identifying and locating owners of copyright in some orphan works are impeding the ability to make productive use of them. However, it warns the Copyright Office to limit what it defines as an orphan work as one which a would-be user tries diligently to find the owner of and fails – in other words, “silence in response to the would-be user must not be presumed to be consent.” The letter boasts that MPAA members’ “products in all formats are clearly labeled with identifying information about the copyright owner, producer and director” and that thousands of people use their records to locate and identify MPAA member companies as copyright owners of commercially released works. Additionally, the letter notes that due diligence in searching for a copyright owner of motion pictures is not the same as that for photographs, “where the volume of works is huge and a search of the publicly accessible records may be far more difficult and less productive.” The MPAA goes on to address specific questions posted by the NOI, such as defining the nature of orphan works.
This letter is important to my article because it represents, by extension, the opinion of Hollywood on the Orphan Works Act. As is always the case, the MPAA hopes to retain as much power as possible. Therefore, not surprisingly, MPAA only halfheartedly advocates orphan work legislation, noting that there is “sometimes a problem” identifying and locating copyright owners but that we should use caution in determining what constitutes an “orphan work” and a “diligent search” for that work. Ironically, the legislation will most likely benefit Hollywood by both giving documentary filmmakers the ability to make greater use of works they would have not incorporated into their films for fear of copyright infringement, and expanding the film industry by making available thousands of films previously unavailable to the public. Nonetheless, just as with DMCA legislation, the MPAA wants to exert much authority over its products as possible to thwart drastic changes in copyright legislation as long as possible.
tagged andrew_kener copyright mpaa orphan_works by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a letter written by Google executives as a response to the Copyright Notice of Inquiry regarding orphan works. It describes Google and the services it offers, most notably Google Print, which aims to make searching for books and their content as easy as searching for Web sites. The letter also outlines how Google is directly impacted by the problems presented by orphan works, namely that they “show much more limited information on the assumption that that is what the copyright holder would prefer,” even though “that assumption is often wrong.” Finally, the letter proposes a two-step solution to the orphan works problem: (1) the creation of a simple, accurate and reliable searchable database and (2) changing the Copyright Act to preclude users of orphan works from infringement liability while ensuring that copyright holders do not lose their copyright due to failure to adhere to a formality.
As the king of Internet search, Google, on a mission to digitize all knowledge, is an important source for my paper. The company openly admits in the letter that it plans to exploit the Orphan Works Act to make material available online through its search engine that it cannot currently because it doesn’t know who to ask for permission to use the work, whether for a fee or for free. The orphan works bill is essentially a goldmine for Google, giving the company access to millions of works that are currently not being used for fear of copyright infringement. Although Google will use the orphan works for personal motives, i.e. commercial use, I think this is the type of use the writers of the bill had in mind and, ultimately, the type of use the writers of the Copyright Clause approve to “promote the progress.” However, while I think Google Print could be quite beneficial in making orphan books and publications accessible, I think doing the same for orphaned photos and other visual art could be more difficult and perhaps harmful to artists because these works are often dissociated from their authors and might show up on Google searches without bylines or any sort of identification. That said, to solve this issue, I think Google is best-equipped to create the very registries it so enthusiastically endorses in the letter.
tagged andrew_kener copyright google orphan_works by akener ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a statement by Marybeth Peters, the Register of Copyrights, before the House Subcommittee on Courts, the Internet, and Intellectual Property. First she defines the orphan works problem and how it came about, noting in particular the “sweeping changes to copyright law in the past 30 years.” She explains how the Copyright Act of 1976, copyright term extensions, and “automatic renewal” have increasingly kept works out of the public domain. She then offers the proposed solution of the Copyright Office, “a framework whereby a legitimate orphan works owner who resurfaces may bring an action for ‘reasonable compensation’ against a qualifying user,” which is deemed fair “because it approximates the true market value of the work.” The response of the copyright community, she says, has been supportive with the exception of photographers and other visual artists whose work is often dissociated from their name and therefore seems orphaned when it’s really registered. Finally, she notes some current issues being addressed by the copyright office, including creating strong and flexible search criteria made possible by the creation of databases for various types of work.
This testimony is important to my article because it provides an explanation of the intuition and motivation behind the Copyright Office’s involvement in orphan works legislation. However, I think there are several problems with the Office’s position on the bill. First, the Office says it wants databases to be created to facilitate the search process, but it also says it doesn’t have the “technical expertise” to certify them, which raises the question of who will create the databases and how reliable they will be. I also think, as does Lawrence Lessig, that the bill should not apply to visual works until the proper search technology is available, since photographs and other visual works are constantly dissociated from their author, especially in the Digital Age. As it stands, the bill will go into effect on January 1 whether or not two or more registries for visual works have been implemented. On the whole, however, I think the Copyright Office rightly recognizes the need to reduce the risk of using orphan works in order that they be used rather than ignored.
tagged andrew_kener copyright copyright_office orphan_works by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
This is the version of the Orphan Works Act of 2008 passed by the Senate on September 26. It is based on proposed 2006 Orphan Works legislation and aims “to provide a limitation on judicial remedies in copyright infringement cases involving orphan works.” It is meant to protect museums, libraries, historians, archivists, film makers and the like who have faced challenges balancing risk and liability in the use of orphan works – that is, works that are still under copyright but whose owner is unavailable or unknown. The bill requires the user to make a “diligent” search to find the copyright owner of the work, and if he cannot and uses the work without permission, the orphan works owner who resurfaces can request “reasonable compensation.” Compensation is determined between the user and owner and, if they cannot come to an agreement, the amount is decided in a court of law. Statutory damages do not apply to the use of an orphan work, except to those who use it after the owner emerged or to the original user making a new, subsequent use.
This bill constitutes the topic of my paper. While I think it effectively addresses the long overdue problem of orphan works, we should consider the heavy burden it puts on creators to protect their work. The Copyright Act of 1976 create passive copyright protection for all works in an attempt to conform U.S. copyright law to international standards, the caveat being that one cannot receive statutory damages for infringement unless his work is registered with the Copyright Office. The Orphan Works Act will amend the ’76 Act by promoting active protection by encouraging copyright owners to make themselves known to would-be users of their work. However, its terms such as “diligent” searches and “reasonable compensation” are vague, which may result in burdening the court with many of these orphan works cases unless reliable lists of “best practices” for searching for various types of work are created. Overall, the bill is a well-intentioned effort to help museums, historians and researches by reducing their liability. However, it may lead to willful infringement of visual and other works which often dissociate from their authors in the Digital Age.
tagged andrew_kener copyright orphan_works orphan_works_act_of_2008 by akener ...on 25-NOV-08
13. Kirkpatrick, S. (2003). Like holding a bird: What the prevalence of fansubbing can teach us about the use of strategic selective copyright enforcement. Temple Environmental Law and Technology Journal, 21, 131-153.
Sean Kirkpatrick uses the examples of fansubs and AMVs to argue that “entertainment copyrights works best if grasped loosely.” In his article, he undertakes a fair use analysis of both these works: (1) fansubs are non-transformative and are created for the exact same entertainment value as the originals. Therefore, the first factor weighs against a finding of fair use. (2) anime is a creative work and therefore falls into the core of copyright’s protection. The second factor weighs against a finding of fair use. (3) fansubs copy the work entirely at a qualitatively-similar level. The third factor weighs against a finding of fair use. (4) the likelihood of harm for either direct or derivative markets is difficult to determine in this case. However, since fansubs share their purpose with the original work, the potential for harm would likely be viewed as greater and therefore the fourth factor would most likely way against a finding of fair use. Kirkpatrick does not entirely concede the fourth point, however, and argues that fansubs parallel the Betamax case of time-shifting. In this sense fansubs, like taped television shows, are not used to build collections or libraries, and therefore would not impact future sales. Instead, he argues, “the interests of fans and corporations need not be mutually exclusive” and “cooperation is a far better way to promote the profitability of one’s copyright than bullying.”
While Kirkpatrick’s fair use analysis is mostly correct, industry representatives would justifiably take exception to the parallel between fansubs and Betamax. Not only are the technologies significantly dissimilar, but fansubs are produced for an audience that would otherwise not have access to these shows and therefore does diminish the value of licensing the property to distribute in the U.S. market. While these objections are important, they do not undercut Kirkpatrick’s conclusion that cooperation between fans and industries will be necessary to achieve the end goal of promoting anime, which is in everyone’s interests.
In this article Andy Greenwald, examines the success of Vampire Weekend, a band for former Columbia University undergrads, who have recently and rapidly been thrust into the forefront of the music industry because of the blog buzz they incurred. Vampire Weekend appeared on the cover of the February 2008 issue of Spin Magazine, becoming the first band in Spin's history to achieve a cover before they have released an album. Admittedly, the band avoided sending their demos to traditional record labels, calling the very idea "ultimately fruitless" due to the industry's rigid thinking. Greenwald uses Vampire Weekend as the poster-child for the radical redefinition of 'success' in the era of the Blog. The band utilized this modern-grassroots venue to showcase their music, which with the internet, allowed for instantaneous dissemination.
This article highlights the growing displacement of traditional record labels by MP3 Blogs. Bands view the traditional route of label and broadcast radio play as obsolete, so much so that they choose to opt out of the process altogether. Bands directly appeal to these new gatekeepers who in turn appeal to their audience with a review to the benefit or detriment of that particular band. Also the idea of redefining success of bands is an important point to my claim that MP3 blogs have transformed the traditional music industry. The article states that no longer is selling CDs, selling out concerts, or in this case, even having a CD out is a means of defining success. Nowadays, success comes with generating blog buzz or appearing on a TV show that premiers to your demographic. Old media now plays catch up with internet, as opposed to the pulling strings, as it had done for decades.
tagged copyright middleman mp3 mp3blogs oldmedia tastemakers vampire weekend by kdolor ...on 25-NOV-08
This rebuttal ironically comes from a music blogger, and complicates my claim that blogs are poised to supersede traditional labels. Dave Allen of Pempelmoose, states that blogs will simply not be the new music labels. He credits this thinking to the crisis-mode state that the entire music industry is in and their hastiness to "grasp at straws." His counterpoints center on a blogs' need to remain independent and his idea that record labels will not discontinue their functions as A&R sources. Allen rebuts by saying that a blog must remain pure. Plainly said, if they are contaminated by the corporate steamroller, blogs will lose the credibility they have garnered throughout the years. Also, if MP3 blogging becomes a careerist endeavor, blogs will be shackled by a conflict of interest (promoting their own bands), betraying the very nature on which MP3 Blogs were founded. Also in regards to A&R, Allen states that the ceiling is caving in on major, not indie labels, who he claims to be thriving and will continue to act as band developers.
Allen is correct that if MP3 blogging became about money and sales, a conflict of interest would ensue. However, there would be other blogs around who would police these postulated 'label-blogs' and poseurs would be quickly flagged and discredited. Allen's second point is also true--major labels are flailing. However that is all the more reason why MP3 blogs could become the new labels. Capitalizing on the lack of trust in major record labels, a new system could develop--a congregation of smaller blogs.
This article by Forutune Magazine senior writer Devin Leonard, features Jon Cohen and Rob Stone, two veteran music marketers who have turned to MP3 web sites to reach their much desired demographic. However, the difference lies in the fact that these two have gotten advertisers (blue chip companies) to sponsor free downloading. They have set up a network of MP3 blogs and have already inked deals with Microsoft and Toyota. The two say that Fortune 500 companies are finally realizing that blogs are where influential tastemakers graze, the same gatekeepers (with a constant audience) they want to advertise their products to. While independent blogs have troubles obtaining profitable ads on their sites (due to the posting of illegal copy-written material), Cohen and Stone have capitalized because their network of blogs (serving only authorized material) has an audience of 240,000 which is more enticing to advertisers.
This article takes the postulated ideas of 'blogs as labels' and puts it into practice. While this isn't exactly a record label, this is blogs acting as the publicity department for major labels, while still maintaining free content. The marriage of blue chip companies with the trendiness of blog culture is what Cohen and Stone are capitalizing on. Both advertisers and labels seem to comply and since their network of blogs appeals to 240.000 daily their audience is certainly substantial. This could be the future role of blogs in the music industry.
In this article, Betsy Schiffman of Wired Magazine, sets out to find out why MP3 Blogs have yet to be targeted by the RIAA, subsequently she declares that these blogs could be a "win-win" situation for all parties involved--including Google. An owner of a blog aggregator divulges that record companies contact them about promoting bands." The owner goes on to say that he performs this service free of charge; Schiffman declares that MP3 blogs are not a moneymaking operation. Many blogs run ads, but these only add up to 75 cents for each hour put into it. These ads come from Google's AdSense program. Google reportedly makes 1/3 ($1.45 billion) from AdSense in 2007 alone.
This article discredits the Guardian article's assertion that blog aggregators hurts the music industry. If labels are voluntarily seeking out these hubs in order to further their band's notoriety, than they can't be "killing music" because if these labels could avoid a middleman they probably would. Also why is the RIAA so laissez faire about MP3 blogs? Could it have something to with the fact that both sides are making money, emphasis on the record labels? They are getting free promo, while bloggers toil simply out of love. Also could the influence of Google, who has just as many lobbyists as the RIAA, carry a certain amount of clout in the RIAA's unwillingness to act?
tagged adsense aggregators blogs copyright google mp3 mp3blogs wired by kdolor ...on 25-NOV-08
Written by correspondent Siddhartha Mitter, this article defines what an audio blogger actually is. Mitter makes a claim that these MP3 bloggers are tastemakers--influencing their audience about what is good and what is not. An important point is that audio bloggers don't just post an MP3 file, they also provide commentary, "a whimsical capsule review, with sound attached," he calls it. He defines audio bloggers as unpaid obsessive music geeks who have capitalized on this generation's "sense of immediacy" about everything culture related. He acknowledges that bloggers have become the tastemaking elite, able to take acts such as Diplo from "obscurity to sensation" because of the 'buzz' these bloggere build. Also mentioned briefly is a vague allusion to an unwritten Bloggers' Code of Conduct', in reference to how long a song is allowed to remain an downloadable.
This article raises several different issues pertinent to my topic. First, it underscores the importance of the 'non-commercial' status of blogs in regards to their legality. Second, it reaffirms the ideas that bloggers are the dictators of what is deemed "cool" as opposed to the industry public relation firms, music magazines, MTV (old media). Perhaps most importantly, it parallels the mp3 blog and the book review. An MP3 blog is contingent upon the fact that along with the MP3 posted, there is some sort of commentary to go along with it. To me, this raises the question of Fair Use. Obviously, book reviews are allowed to print excerpts of the book in their critiques, and the courts have ruled this as a transformative version of the original work. My insinuation, is that MP3 blogs could fall under the same statute. Does the fact the song is being being critiqued force the MP3 blog under the Fair Use Defense by creating a transformative work?
tagged blogs copyright fairuse mp3blogs oldmedia tastemakers transformative by kdolor ...on 25-NOV-08
In this piece Louis Pattison of the Guardian contends that MP3 blogs do more harm than good, and their 'grass-roots' 'for the love of music' tone is causing a detriment to the industry. He begins the piece with a succinct and emphatic statement: MP3 Blogs are killing the music industry. He describes audio bloggers and music as if they are in an abusive relationship, calling that kind of coverage, "killing it with love." Pattison showcases the Rapture, a band on a small New York-based indie label who have witnessed a significant decrease in sales since the advent of MP3 blogs. It also brings in the underlying complications of having MP3 Blog Aggregators like The Hype Machine, who index every blog with a downloadable song of the band you search for. Pattison says aggregators cause frequenters to develop a sense of "comfort." Pattison says that users will not use these MP3s as a means of trying before buying, but use them for a quick fix.
This article provides a contrast to the Vampire Weekend article in Spin Magazine. For every Vampire Weekend, there are other lower level bands who will not reach instant success. Smaller indie labels are sometimes hurt by the widespread use of blogs. Although blogs appeal to a small number of people, the demographic for an indie band is just as small, allowing for a dramatic effect on sales. Pattison also brings in the implications of Blog Aggregators, that act as central hubs, allowing users to put together a band's entire album by rounding up every relevant MP3 blog. This complicates my argument that MP3 blogs are a force of good in the music industry, in regards to fans ultimately purchasing the band's music after being swayed by a particular band's buzz. However, under the new terms of success name recognition, is just as, if not more important than CD sales.
tagged aggregators copyright mp3blogs spin by kdolor ...on 25-NOV-08
Call#: Van Pelt Library KF2979 .L47 2004
Professor Lawrence Lessig has been the most eloquent proponents of the Free Culture movement since its inception. He argues that recent copyright laws abandon a tradition of free creative expression that has existed throughout American history and instead impose undue restrictions that have chilled the growth of culture, especially at this moment when digital technologies have enabled audiences to participate in making their culture unlike ever before. Lessig was particularly outspoken about the failure of copyright to distinguish between commercial and non-commercial lifetimes of works, the latter of which is important and valuable for the development of culture. In this context, copyright does not fulfill its goal of promoting progress, but rather burdens free expression and does harm; access to culture is a value which the current market system and copyright regime have inhibited.
Although Lessig does not address fansubbing directly, his arguments about the value of access to non-commercial works can logically be extended to this domain. Typically fansubbing groups only work on unlicensed series, which are only distributed in Japan and therefore unavailable to English audiences. By prohibiting altogether the translation and reproduction of these works, copyright law is not incentivizing their legal distribution, but rather restricting cultural growth by indiscriminately denying American audiences any access to an entire medium of expression on the basis of preserving the rights-holder’s complete control over distribution even if they are not commercially exploiting the work. In this case copyright has not balanced the interests between creators and the public, but rather established a view of creative works as absolute property rights that creators are entitled to perfectly control. Neither the Constitutional basis nor the long history of copyright law supports such an interpretation, which has been shown to be deleterious to the purpose of expanding culture and promoting creativity.
tagged anime copyright fair_use fansub by jegarcia ...and 6 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This book is an objective look at the various implications of digital sampling and copyright infringement in the music industry. It offers numerous examples of instances in the production of music that range from simply “causing a stir” to reaching a major court decision – and it provides the results of each. It has been written and edited by a collection of scholars, specializing in a number of fields and commenting from a variety of backgrounds and points of view.
The book does not necessarily pose an argument as much as it clarifies the dispute between the recording industry and the digital sampling community. It pits the copyright laws against the “creativity” of new musicians. The book takes neither stance but rather gives adequate attention to both. On one hand, it states that copyright is often blamed for curtailing creativity in music, in that it prevents the production of completely new songs simply because of their use of a small sample of a previous work. Conversely, the authors acknowledge that copyright is also seen as a catalyst for creativity, offering incentive to create fully original work instead of somehow deriving it from a pre-existing source.
This dichotomy is essential to my argument seeing as it offers equal views and examples on the subject of digital sampling. The cases identified in the text are sound evidence of the evolution of the copyright law as a result of the development of the digital sampling technologies and practices. As a result of these case studies, the book also calls to mind a number of musical examples that can not only be analyzed further, but can also be used to find other examples or to gain further insight into the specific case in question. All of these items are discussed in a case-by-case basis with commentary following and this formal structure provides an easy reference into any single instance of copyright infringement that results from the practice of digital sampling. This source will prove invaluable in the completion of the final paper, seeing as it outlines all of the surrounding facts and intricacies of copyright law as it pertains to music. In deciding whether or not a sampling is within the bound of copyright law, this book has been cited numerous times, and will be upon completion of the paper.
This book is a guide – as its title might suggest – to all things digital when it comes to music. It serves as not so much an analysis on copyright in the music industry as a whole, but rather as a set of legal and technical guidelines so that one may participate in the consumption and production of such music without infringing on copyrights. In other words, it describes for the reader all of the ins-and-outs of the digital music industry so that one may know where in the law his practices may reside.
Hill’s book has entire chapters devoted to the assessment of what is legal, what is not, and how to go about participating in said sanctioned musical practices. He identifies a list of acceptable file-sharing websites, and offers his own commentary on why others are forbidden, as well as why these are acceptable. The book begins with a basic introduction into the technologies and methods used in the digital realm and then goes deeper to list available services and to comment on the merits of various practices. His advice is clear and he condones no illegal activity, yet he makes clear why certain people might be motivated to circumvent copyright laws in terms of digital music. He further lists specific file types and programs that are used in these practices and he identifies useful software. He finishes the book with another broad chapter about the “Conscience of Digital Music” as a whole as well as his prediction of the future of the industry.
Hill’s technological knowledge is a key aspect of this book that has allowed me to delve deeply into the details of digital music production and sharing. He explains these issues in simple terms, while still conveying the complexity of their implications. In writing this final paper, the technological terms and details from this book will provide much-needed expertise in a field that I am not necessarily well-versed in. In my analysis of the acceptability of digital sampling, I must first know how the practice works and what techniques are involved; this book offers me this knowledge, which is key to reaching a conclusion in my final paper on what sampling is acceptable within copyright law.
tagged appropriation bootleg bootlegging burning copyright copyright_infringement digital_music digital_sampling downloading file-sharing grokster kazaa mix-cd mp3 music peer-to-peer piracy remixing ripping sampling sharing software song by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
This book is at the opposite end of the spectrum, so to speak, from the previously-mentioned source. In this book, Williamson and the other authors discuss music from an expertise on the art itself. There is no mention of digital music, sampling, file-sharing, or other similar topics to be found anywhere in the book. In their places are excerpts from sheet music and examples of lyrics. They offer their expert commentary on subjects ranging from Chopin to Snoop Dogg, from Dante to the Beatles, and each is approached with the same level of intellect and scholarship. Multiple chapters cover the creation of music from scratch – as told from the songwriter’s point of view, and it is this unique perspective that offers a new form of insight into the practice of digital sampling.
Another important factor in this work is the chapter entitled “Mimesis, Gesture, and Parody in Musical Word-Setting.” This chapter not only explores the implications that a parody has on an original work but sets the framework for parody with an historical narrative about its origins. At first, this seemed to be irrelevant to the topic of digital sampling and copyright law, but after further inspection, it became apparent that this knowledge is very important to the understanding of parody and its stance in copyright law.
Words and Music discusses at length many different styles and genres of modern music, primarily “gangsta,” or hardcore, rap. This genre is a unique example because not only is it arguably the heaviest on lyrical content out of all kinds of music, but also because it is notorious for its sampling practices and is quite possibly the realm in which the most copyright infringement cases take place. Reading a scholarly assessment on such genres is especially helpful for this topic seeing as it provides a critical, but not condemning eye on the subject. This is all-to-rare in today’s academic and scholarly publications, and to have a source such as this is very useful in the terms of this research paper.
tagged appropriation author's_rights composer copyright eminem gesture greek_history lyrics mimics music parody phonorecords plagiarism sheet_music song by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
Seemingly a sequel to his previous work, Sound Unbound is compiled with the help of numerous contributors and reads much more like a scholarly account than its predecessor. It delves further into the intricate aspects of Dj-ing and remixing: sampling, appropriation, plagiarism, and various forms of musical technology from tape loops to video opera. The list of contributors ranges from science fiction writers to media activists, from rappers to composers, and this wide range of expertise offers an even better insight into the intricacies of the music industry in the digital age that the first book provides.
Most important to the focus of this paper, however, remains to be the testimony and work of Paul Miller. Once again, his experience as a professional DJ offers an exclusive look into the life of someone who makes a living off of sampling and remixing, however the supporting chapters from his colleagues offer a much stronger foundation for his more up-to-date commentary on the industry. In addition, the work of novelist Jonathan Lethem on appropriation and plagiarism is a good complement to Miller’s chapters on sampling and civilization.
Contrary to the last book by Miller, Sound Unbound explores more deeply the legal implications of “stealing” another’s song or work, and the distance that one must go in order to gain such negative attention from the authorities or at least the original creators. Furthermore, the book includes a mix-CD compiled by Miller himself, made up of a variety of artists commonly classified as “avant-garde,” which only serves to enhance the written works that he includes in the book. It gives the reader something real and interactive – a way to experience what all of the scholars are talking about first-hand. It is the well-roundedness of this complete work and the many facets of the modern music industry that it covers from the inside-out that is the reason this is so helpful in the construction of my final paper.
tagged appropriation author's_rights bootlegging copyright copyright_act digital_sampling dj-ing dj_spooky fatboy_slim international_copyright_law jonathan_lethem lyrics mix-cd morality music music_industry plagiarism public_enemy remixing sampling song by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
Katz also examines the realm of digital sampling, but he does so with a keen detective’s eye, looking at the practice from the outside-in. He uses three case studies to show the main uses and techniques employed with digital sampling. First of which is a “song” created by Paul Lansky with recordings of human voices speaking random words entitled “Notjustmoreidlechatter.” The complicated issue of speech and music is addressed through this first instance of sampling and Katz identifies the specifications and implications of either one. Secondly, he compares two pop songs, Camille Yarbrough’s “Take Yo’ Praise” and Fatboy Slim’s “Praise You,” which uses bits of the former in its creation of the latter. Finally, he breaks down the numerous sampled bits in Public Enemy’s “Fight the Power.” Public Enemy’s strong political message coupled with the nature of his samplings creates one of the most powerful sample-ridden songs of contemporary music.
Katz only does so after first clarifying with the reader what exactly sampling is. This definition has been found in the majority of the sources, but none went on to detail the legal issues as well as Katz. He also goes on to explore the question of originality and immorality in terms of remixing and sampling. Nevertheless, his case studies have proven most useful in determining the full extensions of digital sampling in music and his insight into its effect on music today. He also lightly touches on the various effects parodies have upon the original work, if any, and acknowledges the complexities within the industry when it comes to approval for such works. This book could possibly be the best source found thus far, seeing as it is not overly specific in its subject matter, yet it explores enough topics in a reasonable level of detail to be reliable.
tagged camille_yarbrough copyright copyright_act creative_commons digital_sampling fatboy_slim international_copyright_law morality music music_industry notjustmoreidlechatter paul_linsky phonorecords piracy public_enemy remixing sampling speech by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
Lee Marshall, co-editor of the very first source, "Music and Copyright – Second Edition," authors this work of similar form but on a slightly different subject. The strictness of copyright law in terms of music is once again revisited but is no longer commented on as either fostering or inhibiting creativity in the industry. Lee more explicitly lays out the fundamentals of copyright law, especially when it applies to bootlegging and piracy, and he broadens the discussion outside of the United States to international copyright law.
Prior to his outline of the bootlegging/piracy portion of the industry, Marshall itemizes the four main copyright issues in music. The first two he identifies as the copyright of the original work itself: song and lyrics. Beyond that, he clarifies the issue of copyright of the recording and who often owns the rights to a song produced in a studio. Lastly, he outlines the details of copyright it terms of the performance and the differing stipulations both in the United States and abroad. Marshall then asserts that the main concerns over performers’ rights stem from issues regarding bootlegging, and he goes on to explain the complicated laws concerning it.
Bootlegging and piracy are two of the main portions of copyright law that are most closely related to, if not directly cited in, cases involving digital sampling. By referencing Marshall’s comprehensive look at copyright law as it pertains to bootlegging, I can not only ascertain for myself whether or not a particular usage is acceptable or not, but I can also refer to the various case studies employed by Marshall if unsure. In writing this final essay, Marshall’s detailed work on bootlegging and piracy in terms of copyright law has certainly been a valuable source to cite.
tagged author's_rights botlegging copyright copyright_act digital_sampling international_copyright_law lyrics music music_industry performer's_rights piracy prducer's_rights sampling song by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
An academic journal from Columbia University, this source is the first on the list to fully support the other side of the argument between song samplers and those being sampled. McGiverin begins the journal by arguing for the musician’s rights to be compensated for any and all portions of his work that are reproduced in another work. He then goes on to divide his work into three main portions: the first of which describes sampling and its implications in the music industry, the second applies the 1976 Copyright Act to sampling from phonorecords, and finally the third investigates state common law and rights of publicity in terms of musicians’ control over their original work.
A source of this nature is essential for any paper analyzing the issue of sampling in the music industry, seeing as it provides the exact counter-argument of a few of the sources found. McGiverin continues to refer to an artist’s sampled work as his or her “auditory identity,” giving great importance to the underlying bass lines and riffs that make up the background of a performance. In doing so, he asserts the value of these otherwise-overlooked aspects of a work. Seeing that they are often the portion involved in the sampling, they should be given greater significance and, as McGiverin believes, the original artist should be compensated for their use.
As mentioned above, this source is arguably the most important, simply because of the point of view that it represents. Although this paper has been unbiased in theory, the majority of the sources were all either neutral or in support of one side of the argument. By providing an intelligent and fresh insight into this half of the issue, this source is one of a few to complete the perspective in order to find a well-informed answer to the question concerning the limits and merits of digital sampling in the music industry.
tagged 1976 columbia_university copyright copyright_act digital_sampling journal music music_industry phonorecords sampling state_common_law by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
This source happens to be a blog entry written by a visiting professor at Washington College of Law who is also on the board of Creative Commons at the college. The blog is a response to a Sixth Circuit court interpretation of the Copyright Act in the case of Bridgeport Music vs. Dimension Films which stated that artists must either have a license or abandon their sampling. Carroll then continues to explain a few stipulations in the Copyright Act and their involvement in this court decision, namely Section 114 and Section 106.
Carroll analyzes the courts assessment of de minimus in the Copyright Act and how it was originally interpreted in the local Bridgeport court. In the appellate court, however, Carroll finds fault with the way the court approached its decision, moving straight to Section 114 instead of focusing on Section 106. He disagrees with their reading of the Act and consequently, their decision to remove de minimus from the realm of sound recordings, stating that he does not believe there is a “statutory basis for the rule announced by the court in this case.”
Carroll’s stance in the Creative Commons forum at a prominent law school in the United States, as well as his origins in, and knowledge of, international copyright law once again present the material in a newly-cast light. The case he references is one of much importance to the focus of this final paper and his commentary on the subject is clear and well-formed. This source provides a very narrow view into one single court decision that acts as a useful spotlight among other more general sources.
tagged blog bridgeport_music copyright copyright_act creative_commons de_minimus digital_sampling dimension_films music sampling by minglet ...on 25-NOV-08
Nintendo’s attacks against anything capable of copying a video game are not just a historical curiosity. The company, along with the rest of the video game industry, continues to sue these copying devices to this day. The most recent lawsuit is against the R4, a Nintendo DS cartridge that fills many of the same purposes as the old Game Boy Advance flash cartridges. The device bypasses the protection on the system and uses a micro SD card to run pirated games, homebrewed games, or anything else capable of working on a Nintendo DS system (playing music, programming, etc.). Despite being fully aware that the device skirted the edge of legality, Japanese retailers continued to stock and sell the device to high demand (while explicitly not explaining what the device does). Of course, Nintendo was not happy about this state of affairs, and proceeded to sue the companies that make and distribute the device. 54 other software companies joined the lawsuit.
Under the precedent set by the Game Boy Advance flash cartridges these devices are probably illegal. It is easy to see why the video game industry wants them off of the market. However, the consumer base clearly loves these devices. The R4 apparently sold very well in Japan, and with the lawsuit the price of the device skyrocketed (see another article linked from this one). Consumers seem to believe that there exists plenty of legitimate uses for the R4, not just playing old, illegally obtained games. Consumers write homebrew applications that allow the DS (and also the PSP, although this is not the subject of the lawsuit) to do an incredible number of things. The author even notes that he has meet people who jumped into game design by learning on hacked DS’s and PSP’s.
Clearly, the consumer base enjoys using the R4. And while Nintendo might be perfectly within their rights to stop them, it could create massive ill will. Being told that all of the hard work you put into a homebrew application that you created without breaking copyright law is bound to make anyone angry. With a huge portion of the video game industry getting behind this lawsuit, it makes an easy target for the ire of the community. The video game industry, it seems, has not learned its lesson. Despite already angering many consumers with their attacks against any form of copying or emulation, it continues to press lawsuits. If this path continues, then the industry risks turning into the next RIAA.
tagged backlash copyright emulation homebrew nintendo piracy r4 video_game by luker ...on 25-NOV-08
Lik-Sang was an Internet mail order business based in Hong Kong. Note the word “was”; the company was forced out of business in 2006 by multiple lawsuits from Sony regarding the early selling of PSP's in the UK. However, in the early 2000’s Lik-Sang was embroiled in a legal battle with Nintendo over the selling of Game Boy Advance copy devices (similar to the GB Flash Advance Linker). These devices allowed a consumer to either copy a ROM from a PC onto a blank cartridge, or copy a legitimate game cartridge to a PC. The court ruled in Nintendo’s favor that the devices were illegal, making the analogy of going after drug traffickers instead of drug addicts to curb drug use.
But this article is primarily a statement from Alex Kampl, one of Lik-Sang’s founders, after the decision was handed down. First of all, he notes the errors in the official Nintendo press release (which can be found via link from this article), including the fact that he had filed an appeal to the case, and that it was a summary judgment, not a full trial. In addition, he notes that the Hong Kong judge in the case was not an IP specialist (apparently there is not IP specialist in the Hong Kong judicial system any longer) and seemed to misunderstand some basic concepts about video game emulation. Kampl goes on to claim that since there is not copy protection on the Game Boy Advance, this particular section of law does not apply. Kampl also describes his disappointment that Nintendo is going after hardware used extensively by hobbyists, even by certain video game companies (apparently companies purchase flash cartridges from Lik-Sang for development purposes). Kampl claims that what he is doing is perfectly legal, and that presumption of innocence seems to no longer apply to cases of video game copying (“Nintendo doesn’t need to prove you are a pirate anymore, it is assumed you all are if you have the technical means to copy”).
Kampl’s claim that the Game Boy Advance does not have copy protection is more or less false; the system does have a form of copy protection (as explained in the Customs and Border Patrol ruling on the GB Flash Advance Linker). In addition, the analogy to drug trafficking has some logic to it, since it would be impossible for Nintendo to find and prosecute all video game pirates. But Kampl’s statement that the whole case should be embarrassing for Nintendo certainly seems to have merit. The purchase by video game developers of hundreds of flash cartridges clearly shows that they have some legitimate use in game development (and could be used by consumers to produce homebrew games), and as such is does seem that Nintendo is assuming that anyone who uses this device must be guilty. In addition, these types of cases clearly build up ill will towards Nintendo within the video game community, something that the company wants to avoid. Overall, while the decision may have been correct, Nintendo’s decision to pursue this case may have been a mistake.
This article discusses the identity an art object assumes, which is inherent to understanding a work of art. When Koons sent Roger's photo to his studio he is quoted in writing saying, "must be just like photo", and initially in the court case, he does not try and defend that he was not seeking another identity. What is central to the Rogers v. Koons case is that when the case emerged at the beginning of the '90s, one of the four String of Puppies was on show at the Walker Art Center in Minneapolis. The director refused to take it down, and although they are not quoted, critic Jon Carroll said that the director "declared that Koons is right and Rogers has no case. That's not freedom; that's arrogance."
Understanding the prestige and power of the artist is pivotal to the notion of the identity of the work and the identity of the artist. Fair use should apply to every artist equally. There was justice for Roger's in this case. However, all artists are in the same position, regardless of how famous they are, in determining what can further their artistic creation and what can hinder it. In the case of Rogers and Koons, both are artists, and it is only fair that they face the same challenges. Fair use seeks to transform the original, thus transforming the identity. It is apparent that Koons does not achieve this change in String of Puppies.
Jordan Hatcher describes the fansubbing community as sitting at an interesting boundary between creative production and file-trading. He notes that fansubbers are guided by a cultural goal and attitudes that exist within the community itself, comparable more to the FOSS movement rather than typical pirates. After recognizing these nuances between fansubbers and pirates, Hatcher asks, “Do our laws stifle creativity and sharing to the point where it harms society?” While there are certainly cultural benefits created by the fansubbing community, there also exists the potential to replace market need for official licensed translations, thus causing an economic harm to the artists and creators of these works. He argues that a fair use defense based on these benefits, such as market enhancement or interest-building, are undercut by the reality of fansubbers' actual practices of providing a substitute product. While Hatcher concludes that it is still too early to come to any conclusion about the benefits of fansubs, he believes that the relationship between fansubbing communities and the anime industry will “reveal a great deal about copyright in a connected digital world.”
Hatcher challenges the model of fansubbing as an activity that creates growth and benefits for the anime industry by undercutting the traditional market enhancement argument that fans usually propose. Copyright should not be frivolously violated because protection of creative products is a culturally beneficial instrument that provides creators with incentives to produce new works. Therefore, in order to produce a culturally beneficial arrangement that incorporates the benefits of fansubbing communities while minimizing the harms to creators, both groups must respect the value each respectively generates and come to an agreement that meets their common goal of promoting anime. Such an agreement is possible because, unlike typical pirates, fansubbing communities operate around a code of conduct and thus have demonstrated a level of compliance with industry requests not seen in other areas of the piracy debate.
Sean Leonard extensively documents the history of anime in the United States from 1976-1993 in order to demonstrate how fan communities acted as proselytziation commons that shaped the formation and initial operation of the anime market. Leonard defines a proselytization commons as a free exchange of media in order to advance a directed cause, namely the promotion of anime to a wider audience. While these fan activities infringed on the copyright of Japanese companies, the companies nevertheless responded with either strategic ignorance – that is, they sought benefits that result from unauthorized use – or plainly dismissive ignorance. Leonard’s legal analysis classifies the fansubbers’ activities as producing a desirable outcome, but not being sanctioned by law. Since current copyright law prohibits these culturally beneficial activities, Leonard proposes a revision that excuses unauthorized reproduction of foreign works until they are actually licensed and distributed in the domestic U.S. market. He grounds this revision on the early American tradition surrounding copyright law based on an originalist interpretation of “limited Times” and “promote progress” in the Constitution.
Leonard’s analysis of the history of fansubbing presents one of the strongest rebuttals to the argument made by many media industries that the progress of culture requires “perfect control over copyright from fixation to expiration.” Grass-roots distribution of anime through fan networks not only promoted cultural growth by acting as a proselytization commons, but also created a multi-million dollar market for these products as well. Therefore, the example of fansubs demonstrates how culturally beneficial activities that in fact meet the goal of “promot[ing] progress” are nevertheless unjustly restricted by rigid copyright laws. The fact that current copyright laws are in fact having the opposite of their intended effect should prompt citizens and lawmakers to consider exemptions, such as expanding Fair Use, that legalizes these activities.
<!-- /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
This document, the Fair Use Act, outlines the ways to defend the use of a piece of copyrighted material in a new piece. It lists some examples that pass as fair use, such as “criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching…scholarship, or research.” It goes on to list and briefly explain the four points to test a possible fair use case with. They are the purpose and character of the use, nature of the copyrighted work, the amount and substantiality of the portion used, and the effect of the use on the potential market for the original work.
This document is useful to my project in determining whether or not my project is a case of fair use or not. Important to note is that this act does not necessarily make it legal for me to use the copyrighted work, but rather to defend myself in court. I can use the four points to test each aspect of my play. Although more detailed research would be needed to completely defend my work, a brief possible overview of the points would be as follows: 1) to parody the song Hotel California in an interesting way through a play, 2) a creative, fictional work [though it has been shown in previous court cases that this point is not important when considering parodies], 3) a good amount is used, but it is arguable whether or not it is an amount necessary to “conjure up” the original work, 4) there is little to no effect on the original work’s market as plays and songs are generally considered separate markets.
tagged copyright fair-use-act by rebecl ...on 25-NOV-08
For more than 20 years, the copyright industry, the public, and others involved in creating and preserving works have followed the Sony Corporation of America v. Universal City Studios case which “found that a distributor cannot be held liable for users' infringement so long as the tool is capable of substantial non-infringing uses” (under the Ninth Circuit). Meaning that as long as the technology is capable of performing techniques that do not infringe any copyright laws, the distributor cannot be held responsible for what users do. On the other hand, if a device was sole purpose was to perform illegal procedures, the distributor could in fact be held, at least somewhat, responsible. Therefore, when the case of MGM v. Grokster was brought to court, official had to follow the example. In this specific case, “twenty-eight of the world's largest entertainment companies brought the lawsuit against the makers of the Morpheus, Grokster, and KaZaA software products, aiming to set a precedent to use against other technology companies (P2P and otherwise).” Interestingly, the court sided with StreamCast Networks, “the company behind the Morpheus peer-to-peer (P2P) file-sharing software,” thus not giving Hollywood what they “wanted – a veto over technological innovation.”
The ever changing technology and subsequent copyright laws are seriously affecting producers, consumers, and the market. Many of these cases are so technical and delicate, that it has become inevitable that someone is going to be unhappy with the outcome. The trick for copyright officials is to try and set some standard that applies to all devices, all copyright infringements, and all users and distributors. In an ideal world, this could all be possible. In the meantime, everyone involved must work with what they are given and find a way to revive the media industry against copyright pirates.
tagged case copyright distributor grokster mgm peer-to-peer_file_sharing by haincb ...on 25-NOV-08
In February of 2007, Universal City Studios Productions (Universal Studios) filed a complaint against gossip blogger Mario Lavandeira (p/k/a Perez Hilton) alleging copyright infringement. According to the document, Universal Studios produced and distributed the romantic comedy “The Break Up” starring Vince Vaughn and Jennifer Aniston. Universal Studios filed an application with the U.S. Copyright office to register the motion picture. During production or post-production of the motion picture, Universal Studio alleges that certain images of Jennifer Aniston were illegally copied, including a topless movie still of the actress. Obtaining this image (provided as “Exhibit A” in the complaint), Perez Hilton posted an “identical reproduction” on his website. Universal Studio charges that Perez Hilton “reproduced, distributed and publically displayed [Universal Studio’s] copyrighted images…in violation of [Universal Studio’s] exclusive rights…under 17 U.S.C. § 106.” Universal Studios sought an order from the court “enjoining Defendants from any further infringement” and requested the “U.S. Marshall to seize and impound all items…which infringed [Universal Studio’s] copyrights.” Responding to the lawsuit, Perez Hilton’s attorney Bryan Freedman stated, “[Hilton] used [the photograph] for the purpose of news commentary and satire as he often does with photographs. That constitutes fair use and there's nothing illegal or improper with that use."
The complaint and Freedman’s response are extremely useful in determining whether or not Perez Hilton’s use of a movie still constitutes fair use. First, is should be noted that Freedman chose the word “satire” to describe his client’s use of the photo, rather than “parody.” This puts his client in a more difficult position, as it is harder to proclaim fair use for satirical works. When posting the image on his website, Hilton drew three white teardrops under Aniston’s eyes, claiming that this constitutes a fair use as it transforms the work. Although the case was settled out of court, a quick analysis of the four factors, which will be elaborated on in my research paper, clearly demonstrates that these few marks do not constitute a fair use of the movie still. There is nothing transformative in Hilton’s expression of the photograph, as no new meaning was added to the work. The purpose of Hilton’s use was simply to display a topless photo of a famous actress. The commentary he added below, simply stating that the picture was a topless photo of an actress, was completely unrelated to the three teardrops. Had the commentary discussed Aniston’s highly emotional nature, Hilton would have a better claim of fair use as he transformed the picture to match his opinions. Furthermore, in regard to the nature of the work, the fact that that photo of Aniston was not used in the final cut of the movie weighs against Hilton, as Universal Studios has the right to show the first public appearance of the movie still. The third factor, amount and substitutability of portion taken, does really not weigh in favor of one party, as the “newsworthy” significance of the movie still and the alleged satire requires the whole movie still to be used. The final factor, the effect of use upon the potential market, significantly weighs in favor of Universal Studios. As Universal Studios held the copyright to this still, it is possible the studio could have licensed the image for a substantial fee. Overall, Hilton’s use of the movie still as the news story does not constitute a fair use as he did not transform the still.
tagged american_copyright copyright copyright_infringement fair_use jennifer_aniston perez_hilton the_break_up universal_studios by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
<!-- /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:12.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
This document lists some frequently asked questions concerning copyright law and provides the answers. The following is a summary of the provided information relevant to my thesis. In order to use someone’s copyrighted work you must ask permission. If you do not know who owns the work you can either look it up in the U.S. Copyright Office records or pay $150 per hour to have someone look it up for you if it’s part of the pre-1978 records. If it is post-1978 the records are available online. Permission must then be obtained from the copyright owner. It is also “permissible to use limited portions of a work” under the fair use doctrine without obtaining permission from the copyright owner. The “Copyright Office recommends that permission be obtained” when in doubt, as one can be brought to court to defend fair use which can sometimes be even more costly than buying the rights. Sometimes a business may refuse to copy something or partake in possible copyright infringements because it views it as a risk. The policy “established by a shop is a business decision and risk assessment that the business is entitled to make, because the business may face liability if they reproduce a work even if they did not know the work was copyrighted.”
This document has a quite clear and important connection to my thesis and project. Using this document I’ve learned exactly how to avoid paying large amounts of money in order to produce or defend my project. Since I am not willing to pay anything for this play I would take its advice and check to see if my play falls under the fair use doctrine. This document is also contributory to my thesis in helping to explain the reaction I received from the publishing companies. It explains that they are allowed to reject a work on the basis that it “may be a copyright infringement” and why they would.
tagged copyright gatekeeper risk-assessment by rebecl ...on 25-NOV-08
This article is an important source bringing together the ideas we have been discussing in class about ownership, parody and the public domain. It would be a very important source in discussing and interpreting the Koons v. Rogers case in more depth in terms of the public domain, the economic factors, and the First Ammendment Act. The test for economic harm is whether the copy takes so much from the original that it "serves as a replacement for that original". A photograph of String of Puppies in a gift store of an art gallery may very well do just that. In other words people may be more incline to buy a postcard of the more famous artist, Koons' work, than from some less well-known artist, such as Rogers.
This article primarily focuses on the music industry and the influences of file sharing on the advancement of sales. This introspective look on one particular facet of file sharing also promotes further analysis of future complications that may result from the passing of the ACTA. Author Alejandro Zentner claims that music sales have fallen substantially over the past four years. To support this theory, the author uses modeling techniques with country-level data to determine particular facets of the industry that are most heavily influenced and effected. Zentner’s studies showed that countries with higher internet usage and broadband penetration suffered the highest drops in music sales, suggesting that illegal music downloading explains the reduction in sales. Within this model, the author further extrapolates that file sharing may explain the change in the composition of music sales over the past four years. The conclusion Zentner comes to states that "strong intellectual property rights create monopoly distortions, but weak property rights may lead to low creation of artistic work. The development of faster connections and methods of accessing information more efficiently will severely impact the sales of goods." As a result, intellectual property rights are compromised over the mass dissemination of music, and other goods, through illegal downloading.
This article provides a particularly nice vantage point from which to look at the effects of file sharing on the economy. Zentner’s analysis examines these effects in a quantitative manner and links reasons for the ACTA’s birth over the past few years. Though focusing more on the drop in music sales over the past few years, this article looks at the effects of file sharing on the shape of sales, a strong influence on my argument about the future of file sharing.
tagged copyright economy filesharing music world by ishana ...on 25-NOV-08
STANFORD INSTITUTE FOR ECONOMIC POLICY RESEARCH, 2004
This paper examines the changes in household-level spending on music in the United States, particularly in relation to emergence of Napster. By utilizing the information contained in the Consumer Expenditure Survey, three approaches are used to measure the effect of Napster. The "difference-in-difference kernel matching (DDM) method" which is intend to directly quantify the effect. Results found that the quarterly music expenditure of the average U.S. household decreased by about 3 dollars as a result of using the Internet, possibly Napster specifically. The paper asserts that this accounts for nearly 40 percent of the decline in total recording sales in 2000. The second approach estimates a demand system for entertainment goods. The estimated cross-price elasticities, (i.e., the responsiveness of the quantity demanded of a good to a change in the price of another good) imply that changes in prices of other entertainment goods could also explain the slump in recorded music sales. In 2000, approximately 37% of the decline in recording sales is due to such changes in prices. The final method involves constructing hypothetical groups to make predictions. The results indicate that transition to CDs from LPs could describe the increase in music sales during the 1990’s as well as the more recent slowdown in growth. The author asserts that these methods account for more than 80% of the sales decrease in 2000, which partially vindicates Napster. He therefore reasonably concludes given conservative estimates that Napster accounted for more than the remaining 20% of the decrease, and likely substantially less than that.
This article employes a fresh methodology of reverse calculation approach that adds diversity to the ways in which my source papers have approached the issue of the effect of peer-to-peer on the music industry. Instead of trying to survey people on their download habits, which assumes people respond honestly, or trying to calculate number of song downloads (estimates greatly vary), Hong examines areas where the data is reliable and the calculations are less obscure.
tagged copyright filesharing peer-to-peer by hamptonh ...on 25-NOV-08
This book expresses clearly why Koons defense lost on the account of parody as fair use. It goes through the four factors of fair use and explains why it breaches the doctrine comparing String of Puppies directly with the original black and white photograph by Rogers, Puppies. It clarifies first and foremost that the copied work is not a parody of the original, as no one would have any idea of the object, Puppies photograph that Koons is parodying. Secondly, fair use is more applicable to factual than fictional work, and Roger's work is a fictional piece. The third factor, the amount and substantiality used are certainly breached, because Koons work is an almost exact copy of the black and white photograph. Fourthly, whether the copy would affect the market of the original also seemed to fail meeting fair use standards.
Most importantly it clarifies why String of Puppies is not parody, and it points out why Koons v. Rogers is such an important case in the discussion of parody and what is fair use.
While the Internet promotes creativity and diffusion of ideas and entertainment, it has also enabled widespread dissemination of copyrighted materials. This class action lawsuit filed by Viacom International Inc. against Youtube in 2005 details the large-scale infringement Youtube has committed against music, film, and television companies. Although Youtube claims the websites purpose is to provide a forum for "user generated" material, the website contains innumerable copyrighted content. One could view clips from every genre of film or television and music clips from live shows or music videos. The plaintiffs hold Youtube responsible because they have enabled the format for such infringement without assuming the responsibility of monitoring the content. Furthermore, the plaintiffs argue "the availability on the Youtube site of a vast library of the copyrighted work is the cornerstone of the Defendant's business plan." Because Youtube makes significant profit off of these copyrighted works, they leave it to law abiding individuals and copyright owners to monitor the site. Even if the site removes the illegal content once notified, it usually returns to the site within no time. Moreover, Youtube has devised a feature that precludes copyright owners from finding infringing videos.
Viacom holds Youtube responsible because the site "knowingly reproduces and publicly performs the copyrighted works" and allows for extended distribution by enabling one to "embed" a video into another website. Although users are the ones who originally upload the content, Youtube converts the material to their own software format for display and reproduction. More importantly, such websites dissuade people from producing creative works in fear their copyrights will be violated and subject to egregious exploitation. Youtube acknowledges such illegality by sending cease and desist letters to people who provide software that can be used to make copies of Youtube's videos. Youtube sites that such copies are "unauthorized" yet the plaintiffs recognize that Youtube does not want such copies available because they need viewers for their own site to retain advertising revenues. As compensation for Youtube's violations, the plaintiffs order that the defendants device a system to prevent infringement and provide statutory damages for past and present infringements amounting to at least one billion dollars.
This lawsuit directly pertains to my paper in that it shows the legal measures the film industry is taking to combat piracy. Because my paper also focuses on the evolution of the industry in this online world, it is important to note the setbacks such technological develoments have caused for the industry.
tagged case copyright viacom youtube by milich ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Here, Chicago Law School lays out the problems and relationship between "copyright law, borrowed images, and appropriation art". Appropriation art borrows images from the mass media and elsewhere and incorporates them in new ways into art. The motive is to change the way we look at that object. There are various problems to the theory including: "A constructs several identical sculptural works based on B's copyrighted photograph or comic book character." which applies directly to Koons, and his work, String of Puppies. Apart from not being that transformed from the original, Koons' version of the photograph most likely did not take away from the financial market of the original, as the intent of this artistic work is entirely different - it is intended for display in a gallery, or in someone's home. However, Koons argued that it was fair use on the grounds that he was making satirical comment on mass culture in society. The court did not buy this defense, as his work did not apply to directly to the appropriated work. This tag is useful in making us question what exactly constitutes appropriation art, and the relationships between the borrowed images and how they are used. The fact that appropriation art is part of the history of art acknowledges it as a valid genre or term. However, Koons it testing those boundaries to the point that he is criticized that he is making a mockery of art. Appropriation art has other drawbacks in that it goes both ways in promoting new art but at the same time limiting it. Artists are less likely to come up with their own original images. The article also underlines that we cannot merely label something as 'art' and therefore expect it to be exempt from copyright. This would leave judges in a extremely subjective and difficult position of deciding what is art.
tagged appropriation art copyright fair koons use by azima ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
This Blog compares the Koons v. Blanch case and the Koons v. Rogers case. The latter he lost because the work was not transformative enough and therefore not fair use. In the Koons v. Blanch case, Koons used part of Andrea Blanch's Silk Sandals by Gucci photo in his painting entitled Niagra. It was considered fair use because he took only the legs, added a heel, inverted the orientation and added color, thus, transforming the original and giving it a new meaning and identity. Moreover, it did not threaten to harm the market of the original artist.
The blogger points out that although in the Koons v. Blanch case, Koons was not breaching copyright, it is diffcult to take from a case and apply it elsewhere in deciding what is fair use, which is what deems it such a gray area. The blog argues against fair use as "the real issue is that fair use doctrine is a red herring that we should just dump." Who decides when something is transformed enough. For example, had the orientation of the legs in Niagara been tilted to a slightly lesser degree, or had the heel not been added, perhaps this would not have been enough. One can argue that in String of Puppies, Koons has changed the scale, color, medium etc. But in this example it was not enough and Koons lost. The question is, when is it enough? And who is at liberty to decide?
The Internet is forcing the movie industry to adapt its current business model in order to keep up with the online trend. With the growing popularity of online movie download sites, Hollywood will have to figure out a way to compete. This article featured in The Economist argues that if the film industry embraces the Internet they will profit considerably more than if they were to fight it. One of the most advanced Internet distribution sites is ZML.com, which offers over a thousand films for download to various devices at low costs and good quality. Unfortunately for Hollywood, this website is a pirate site. Piracy and the increased accessibility pirates have to online material discourages the film industry from making titles accessible on the web. While film industry has always been slow to accept new technologies, failure to do so with the Internet could result in damaging effects. The article points out that studios such as Paramount and Disney were opposed to the DVD at its inception, primarily because they would rather keep their stringent business model than adapt to a new one. Still, some studios are embracing the Internet and its potential to spur new revenue.
While some studios have helped to create legal online rental services, they have reaped little success. The author suggests that download-to-buy options would be more profitable and could show the movie industry the capabilities of the Internet. In addition, the current sites are not particularly enticing for users because the movies offered are second-rate--with very few blockbusters or major hits available. The article goes on to explain the reasons for Hollywood's reluctance to go online. Most notably, the DVD industry is so popular that they fear risking such a large source of revenue. In reality, the industry could profit by increasing the amount of titles available through an infinite online database rather than through limited shelf space in DVD rental stores. Regardless, there exists technological obstacles that are difficult to combat. For example, download times can reach up to an hour and most people would rather watch movies on their televisions than on their computers. Lastly, the "lack of common standards" prevents a uniform system for online distributors. Despite these challenges, the article points out the potential remedies and the various ways the industry is currently taking steps towards overcoming these difficulties.
Although wary of what the Internet may bring, the industry recognizes its potential to reach the masses. Studios spend a significant percentage on online marketing because it is so successful and provides beneficial feedback. By targeting substantial groups interested in specific subjects, the industry can use this response to shape their films. The most promising invention described is the flash-memory enabled kiosk, which "overcomes many of the weaknesses of the present model and the current deficencies of the Internet," says Mr. Lieberfarb, who is on the board of MOD Systems.This article directly aids my paper through its summarization of the multitude of adaptations and inventions that film industry has had to make in such a digital world. It is apparent that the movie industry must adapt if it does not want to falter in this digitally advancing society.
tagged copyright film hollywood internet piracy by milich ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
The New York Times article lays out the case, and asks three important questions, central to artists of the 21st century and our understanding of art today: "What is art? At what point does artistic freedom end and copyright infringement begin? And will enforcing copyright restrictions deprive artists of their First Amendment rights?" Contemporary artists like Jeff Koons and Damien Hirst are constantly pushing the boundaries. In their defense lawyers argue that these artists take the everyday, the mass culture and the mundane, and elevate it to a new meaning. By blowing the original up, or encasing it, the artist gives imparts a new found symbolism on the artistic work. However, artists like Jeff Koons are increasingly testing those boundaries. This is where fair use comes into play. When is something not quite transformative enough? When is the original work lost, and when this happens this is unjust to the original artist. This article brings up these issues and gets us asking where the boundaries lie and how to decide when they are crossed. It is a problem in the art world that is encapsulated in the controversy of Koons' work but reaches far beyond it.
Celia Goldwag's article in Columbia Law Revew analyzes the clash between copyright law and the First Amendment as well as discussing any implications that this may or may not have on providing special privilages to copyright infringers. The first portion of the paper mentions that because copyright law intends to advance public welfare, four limits on copyright exist to curtail most conflictions with First Amendment rights. These include limited duration of protection, authorship requirements, distinction between ideas and expression, and the fair use doctrine. The distinction betwee ideas and expression satisfies most concerns with First Amendment rights because access to ideas, not expressions, is what satisfies the purpose of the First Amendment. When expression is necessary for the purpose of the work, however, the fair use doctrine can come to the defense of those charged with infringement. The article then goes on to discuss the narrow circumstance in which these four precautions do not stop all collisions between copyright and the First Amendment, namely when a work's idea is "wedded" to the protected expression, such as graphic images. Goldwag sites a case (Rosemont Enterprises, Inc. v. Random House, Inc.) in which the court ruled that copied articles were not infringement because that would deprive the public of dissemination of important facts of public interest. She then discusses how that decision was applied in Time, Inc. v. Bernard Geis Associates (discussed elsewhere). While "commentators have read Rosemont and Geis as establishing a public interest-based first amendment privilege to copyright infringement," this article takes an opposing view. It holds that such decisions were improperly made and such a privilege would not be effective. A general privilege and exemption from infringement of such cases where the First Amendment is at stake would undermine the intent of copyright law, as "every thing is imbued with public interest to some degree; any privilege, therefore, would be either totally dependent on the subjective values of the judiciary, or so broad in scope that the mere fact of infringement would be proof of public interest." The article continues to say that regardless of if a privilege was even possible to construe, the First Amendment's conflictions with copyright does not demand it. The area of contention is so narrow that all that is necessary to solve this problem is to balance society's interests- public interest in free expression, receiving information, protecting individuals' rights to create and express themselves- with the interest of copyright protection. The article holds that when a conflict does occur, no privilege is necessary as long as the infringer can still print the material without injunction while the copyright owner receives compensatory damages and nothing else.
The opinion held in this article applies to the question of how copyright effects the public interest because while one side may argue that in some cases, the First Amendment is violated and thus harms the public interest, this opposing view holds that copyright law in itself resolves such conflicts, as its intent is already to protect the public interest. No other measures, according to this view, are necessary. The article contributes support to the notion that copyright itrinsically serves the public interest, thus providing one answer to the question of this project.
tagged copyright fair_use first_amendment by amyiw ...on 25-NOV-08
This is another court case focusing on parodies as they fit under fair use. Air Pirates was sued by Walt Disney Productions for creating "a rather bawdy depiction of the Disney characters as active members of a free thinking, promiscuous, drug ingesting counterculture." Walt Disney Productions won. One of the points that added heavily to the decision was that “the defendants here could have expressed their theme without copying Disney's protected expression.” The importance of this point is further discussed in the following paragraph.
The aspect of this case that is most important to focus on is the actual subject of the parody. In other words, this case highlighted the importance of clarifying whether or not the newly created work actually parodied the original, or used the original to parody something else. This could be used to argue that my work is a parody that fits under fair use definition. Since the lyrics to Hotel California are used in my play Hotel Bermuda to create a parody of the song Hotel California rather than just to use the song as a medium for creating something funny parodying something else, it would be considered a ‘fair use’ parody.
tagged copyright fair-use parody walt-disney-productions-v.-air-pirates by rebecl ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
In this article from the 2008 Journal of Intellectual Property Law, Tyler McCormick Love argues that professional sports organizations repeatedly overstate copyright law. He claims that organizations, like the NFL, misrepresent the amount of copyright protection that the law provides, which inherently affects individuals and businesses that could benefit from legitimate copyrighted products. Particularly important to the NFL’s case is when the author argues against the NFL’s copyright warning. He holds that its expansiveness outstretches the NFL’s actual legal scope, and makes it difficult for individuals and businesses to know what is legal under copyright and fair use laws. Moreover, business owners are unsure what they can and cannot display in their establishments. This state of current laws allows copyright holders to take advantage of the general public, who does not have a good grasp of what true copyright law entitles them to.
The author suggests three key options to help ensure that sports organizations’ copyright warnings are more accurate: a copyright misuse doctrine should be strengthened, the Federal Trade Commission should file injunctions against those copyright holders who misuse the law, and Congress should set up mandatory guidelines for those organizations that use copyright warnings.
However, Love did note that according to written copyright law, the NFL did have the right to stop churches from hosting Super Bowl parties that were displayed on screens larger than 55 inches. What is important though, is that the public is getting confused by cases like this, which are held up by copyright law, and other cases in which the NFL misuses their copyright warnings. By controlling these misuses, the public will have a better overall understanding of copyright law, which would benefit society as a whole. This is important to my argument, because while the NFL may be misusing its copyright in some cases, the author still holds that the NFL has the right to ban some churches from displaying the Super Bowl.
tagged church copyright nfl super_bowl by burtonml ...on 25-NOV-08
Fred von Lohmann
Aritcle: July 10, 2006
http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/hr/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1002802746
This article, written by Fred von Lohmann, briefly overviews the YouTube company and its legal liability as an online host of material, specifically videos. Lohmann attempts to explore how YouTube stands under protection by the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) from copyright infringement cases. He outlines and gives examples of how YouTube could be violating copyright laws but also explains why its existence might be a protected under fair use. YouTube could be responsible for countless charges, as it hosts infringing copyrighted and unlicensed material, but as an online-service provider, it is protected by the DMCA from the habits of users.
The author then goes on to explain the terms under which online hosts are protected from damage costs, if their users do infringe copyright laws. These services must be able to notify users and remove from the system any material claimed to be of copyright infringement by an owner. YouTube must also terminate users deemed to be repeat infringers. Additionally, protection will be removed if YouTube is aware of any associated piracy or illegal activity. Finally, if there are any revenue-generating ads closely tied to infringing activity, protection would be lifted.
This poses a problem, as much revenue is generated for YouTube by ads. As a result, ads can only be placed on search result pages and not those of clips. YouTube must use caution as a growing business by specifying the placement of ads before, during and after videos. Lohmann also provides a few examples of how YouTube could generate revenue through careful advertising, such as the use of the “featured videos” section.
Relating to my paper, this article articulates points crucial to the understanding of the simple arguments on both sides of whether YouTube exists as a safe and legal organization. It outlines the business concerns on which YouTube’s liability dependent. This article shows how it is important to explore the many aspects of the company that would affect it’s status under the DMCA’s requirements.
tagged copyright decherney dmca engl105 hollywoodreporter lohmann pprojj youtube by baocha ...on 25-NOV-08
This is the case, long awaited, between Viacom and YouTube. In this case, Viacom makes a number of requests compelling YouTube to release information as well as media and content. While there are eight motions, they are not all granted; five are denied. This is interesting, as we must note the reasoning behind Judge Louis L. Stranton’s decisions on July 1, 2008.
In favor of YouTube, the motion to compel production of search code is denied, and the cross motion for a protective order of the source code is granted. This is based on the reasoning that such a disclosure would expose a trade secret (that costs thousands of man hours) and that there is no evidence that such a tool could even filter out infringing videos. The motion to compel production of the source code for the Video ID program is also denied on the grounds that it is also a trade secret and Viacom doesn’t make a significant showing of need. Also, YouTube claims that they could figure it out by using it. Judge Stranton does grant the motion to compel production of all removed videos. Viacom claims that access to all of these files is necessary to identify any infringing videos (but burden of such a task lies on Viacom). It is also granted that YouTube produce all data from Logging databases concerning each time a video is viewed on the website or on a third-party website. This passes because of the insufficiency of an IP address to identify personal information. The motion to compel production of all those data fields which defendants have agreed to produce for works-in-suit, for all videos that have been posted to the YouTube website is denied because “No sufficiently compelling need is shown to justify the analysis of “millions of pieces of information” sought
by this request.” He also denies the motion to compel production of the schema for Google Advertising databases, but grants for the schema regarding the Google Video Content database. This is because the plaintiffs have already been promised the only relevant data in the database, they do not need Google’s confidential map of how it runs its advertising business. Viacom is also denied the ability to access all private videos, except the data related to these videos that is not the actual content.
This is essentially the main case that I will use as an example in my paper in determining whether or not YouTube’s business violates copyright laws. I hope to explore my other sources as well to see if there are any rulings that I do not agree with. It is important to note that the Judge’s decision is not to shut down YouTube, but to assure that any infringement is addressed, while maintaining YouTube’s ability to function as a unique video sharing network.
Robert Tur is an award-winning helicopter pilot and journalist who does business licensing and selling videos, photographs, and a variety of other products found useful by all kinds of media including Internet, television, radio, motion pictures and print.
This case is of interest to me, because it shows an interpretation of the legislation that opposed YouTube.
On July 14, 2006, Tur filed this action for copyright infringement and unfair competition against YouTube claiming that his videos were uploading to the YouTube server and made available to the public without his permission. In October of the same year, YouTube claimed safe harbor protection under the DMCA as codified in 17 U.S.C. 512(c), which states that “In general, a service provider shall not be liable for monetary relief, or, except as provided in subsection (j), for injunctive or other equitable relief, for infringement of copyright by reason of the storage at the direction of a user of material that resides on a system or network controlled or operated by or for the service provider, if...”
The DMCA applies this protection to internet service providers on the condition that certain requirements are met (These requirements are explained in my other articles and cases.)
In this particular case, the court makes its decision on the criteria that the DMCA requires the provider to have the “right and ability to exercise control over the infringing activity on its site.” As defined by other cases (mentioned in this particular case), this right and ability is more than just the ability to remove or block access to content that has been flagged. The requirement includes some antecedent ability to limit or filter copyrighted material.
The court denies YouTube’s motion. I cite this case in order to show a case that looks like it will be a problem for YouTube if any other cases appear. With such a high expectation for the ability to prevent infringing material from going public, YouTube is pressured to develop some technology to allow this screening, otherwise their liability may put them in a hole, financially. I find this case to be a different interpretation of the DMCA legislation than my previous sources. This should provide a basis for a counter-argument.
Vanderbilt University – Law School
Vanderbilt Law Review
Trevor Cloak, The Digital Titanic: The Sinking of YouTube.com in the DMCA’s Safe Harbor, 60 Vand. L. Rev. 1559 (2007).
In this article, Trevor Cloak begins by introducing the start-up of YouTube and how it soared in popularity to eventually be purchased by Google for its advertising revenues. He then continues by describing how it is potentially protected by the DMCA given its status as a qualified ISP. Cloak devotes a section to describe copyright law prior to the DMCA and how issues were dealt with before the safe harbor provision could be applied toward the liability of certain companies (ex case: Playboy Enterprises, Inc. v. Frena, p. 1567 and Religious Technology Center v. Netcom Online Communication Services, Inc. p. 1568.) Netcom was ruled not directly liable for infringement because it didn’t directly facilitate the infringement. Automated processes did so without the knowledge and deliberate uploading of the operators. Questions were raised howeer, if it received and financial benefit from the infringing material.
YouTube may or may not have been considered to be a Direct Copyright Infringer depending on how the legislation is interpreted (prior to the DMCA) (p.1572 – use Netcom case as example). In addition, however, YouTube could be guilty of Vicarious Copyright Infringement (p 1573-1576). The DMCA as a result, allows these charges to be lifted and for the promotion of creativity.
This article provides a few new interpretations on the ability of YouTube to seek safe harbor protection. I hope that the historical cases that it provides as examples will be of aid in determining how the courts have traditionally viewed the copyright issues.
tagged copyright decherney dmca engl105 law pprojj vanderbilt vanderbilt_university youtube by baocha ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
This case provides an example of when a service provider was not granted the safe harbor protection of the DMCA. Perfect 10, a nude-women-photos website and magazine, claim copyright, trademark, and rights of publicity violations against Cybernet Ventures, an age-verification service (AVS).
Cybernet Ventures is the largest web AVS and it create revenue from users registering their website, usually getting there via links from affiliated sites, to whom Cybernet pays commission. In response to Perfect 10’s claims, Cybernet attempted to hide its direct financial interest or relationship, claiming that even 10,000 infringing images wouldn’t establish significant worth (pg 25 of pdf). In doing this, it attempted to cover up a strong argument that wouldn’t allow it to afford DMCA protection. In addition (on pg 25), we see that Cybernet failed to quickly take action in removing infringing material after Perfect10 produced a copyright infringement notice. This conflicts with the DMCA’s “notice and take-down” provision.
The court refused to apply the DMCA safe harbor protection on Cybernet, due to those mentioned reasons. Cybernet simply did not meet the requirements as stated in section 512(c) regarding financial benefits and immediate takedowns. Between these two ideas, the financial benefits test will be of most relevance to YouTube’s standing, as we know much of its revenue is based off ads and user visits. Just as the infringing pictures helped boost Cybernet’s revenues, the infringing videos probably increases YouTube advertisement revenues. I think this could provide a historical case for the determination of YouTube’s legality, depending on what is found concerning YouTube’s ad placements.
tagged copyright cybernet_ventures decherney dmca engl105 perfect10 pornography pprojj youtube by baocha ...on 25-NOV-08
Hendrickson v eBay et al
165 F. Supp 2d1082 (C.D. Cal. 2001)
U.S. District Judge Robert J. Kelleher
September 4, 2001
In this case, Hendrickson is the copyright owner of a movie and wants to sue Ebay, an Internet auction website along with two employees, claiming that they infringed copyright laws. Ebay moved for summary judgment, relying on the safe harbor provisions of the DMCA (Section 512).
It seems as if the case was decided based on the actions (or lack of) of Hendrickson. Ebay did not have actual knowledge of the sale of infringing items, as Hendrickson’s notice didn’t match the requirements of the DMCA. It didn’t contain a statement adequately identifying the infringing material.
There was also an issue concerning Ebay’s right and ability to control infringing activity. Ebay didn’t have the right and ability to exercise control, and so was immune to liability under the safe habor provisions of the DMCA. Richter and Ebay were determined to be innocent infringers, not knowing that any type of infringement was resulting from the sales.
This case serves as a reminder to the importance of procedural effects and its impact on decision. This case was chosen to go along side with my source from YouTube’s Terms of Use and their procedural explanation of a Notification of Copyright Infringement. It highlights the importance of awareness of all parties of the legal facts. It’s interesting that this ruling can almost be followed by the idea that ignorance and nativity influenced the decision of an interpretive system on technical terms.
tagged copyright decherney dmca ebay engl105 hendrickson pprojj youtube by baocha ...on 25-NOV-08
In defense for YouTube’s legality, I find this to be an important source. An analysis of YouTube’s Terms of Use will serve to really understand how this company views its own existence as a creative content-sharing forum rather than one with the goal of distributing infringing material. In these Terms of Use, we can see that YouTube explicitly states its policies regarding the posting of unauthorized copyrighted works, repeat infringers, and the termination of such users’ accounts. Users are not permitted to upload illegal content as doing so will result in penalty by law. Any uploading of risky material would be done at the user’s risk, as YouTube will assume no responsibility for any illegal or offensive content.
In dealing with content control, YouTube states that it reserves the right to determine if User Submissions (video or text) are appropriate by their own discretion and to remove these User Submissions if deemed necessary without the prior notice to the user. This shows how YouTube has put forth the effort to prevent or stop infringing videos, unlike the case of Grokster, which explicitly attempted to spread unlicensed material.
Taking these policies and actual enforcement of these policies into consideration, we have a better idea of YouTube’s goals. It is important to also consider the actual enforcement, as evidence of YouTube not taking action would be detrimental in its protection by the DMCA. The DMCA is also mentioned in the agreement, explaining how to submit any copyright infringement notices if necessary.
These Terms will serve, in my paper, to provide evidence that YouTube in fact promoting legal and acceptable behavior. It serves as a strong point to show that YouTube includes these Terms in order to seek safe harbor by the DMCA.
This is essentially what most of my paper is about – the application of the DMCA to YouTube’s existence as a business hosting thousands of copyright-infringing videos. Without this, YouTube would be liable for costs that would probably put it to bankruptcy. In the case between Viacom and YouTube, YouTube claims protection by the DMCA in Section 512(c), which was designed to protect commercial Web-hosting services, which feared they might be held responsible for posting habits of users. YouTube essentially serves as storage of content at the direction of its users, it is able to find shelter in the same safe harbor that Web-hosting companies do.
The Act lists the requirements under which YouTube must fall in order to have limited liability for infringing material on their servers. These include that the provider not have prior knowledge of infringing activity, is able to control any infringing activity , not receive a financial benefit directly attributable to infringing activity. Also if service provider receives a proper notification of claimed infringement, action must be taken to either remove or block access to that content.
In my paper, these criteria will have to be applied to the Viacom v. YouTube case to determine if YouTube in fact, is liable. The idea of apparent knowledge must be determined, as it is obvious that YouTube is aware of the activity, but what is to be done about this? While there should not be any financial benefit to the service provider related to infringing activity, YouTube is known to be a platform for many ads, which leads to the question if these ads a truly independent of the content. Finally, YouTube’s method of addressing copyright notifications is important in determining the legality of its operations.
tagged copyright dmca engl105 pprojj by baocha ...and 10 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
Jason Breen – UCLA School of Law
In this article, Jason Breen briefly examines how YouTube would fare under different theories of copyright infringement and then discusses if the DMCA would be able to provide a safe harbor if YouTube is determined to be liable for infringement. The article reviews YouTube based on the different criteria as listed in the DMCA. The article goes through the different requirements as listed by a few of my other sources.
This includes technical and logistical issues such as how it operates or notifies its users of copyright law. It also assures that YouTube is, in the aspects of the DMCA, considered a qualified service provider, because nothing else is protected under section 512 under Title II. The topics of not knowing of the infringement or not having the ability to control infringement also lead to the belief that YouTube will be defendable. Additionally, as YouTube relies on advertisements to generate revenue, the close associations between ads and infringing videos throughout the website could render YouTube disqualified for the safe harbor provision.
While this article is much longer, it should serve as a great source that goes into more detail in the subtopics that should be analyzed in determining its protection. It also takes YouTube and compares it to a number of older services that suffered under copyright infringement law, such as Aimster, Grokster, and Napster.
tagged copyright decherney dmca engl105 pprojj youtube by baocha ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Name: Branwen Buckley (J.D. Candidate, Columbia Law)
Branwen Buckley, a J.D. Candidate (2008) at the Columbia Law School, analyzes the possibility of YouTube defending itself under the protections the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) against Viacom’s claims of copyright infringement. In this article, Buckley discusses the criteria of the DMCA in first, an objective manner. In doing this, she also shows how these points support and go against YouTube’s position.
She then provides several cases including Religious Technology Center v. Netcome, and Costar Group, Inc v. Loopnet, Inc. to show how YouTube could be a passive conduit for content posted by users. It goes into detail how YouTube operates as a business, generates revenue and financial benefits, manages links, and deals with notifications of infringement. It also describes the automatic user generated system which operates the websites.
It gives a Fair Use Analysis, descriptively going through the four criteria as stated by the Copyright Law.
In the case that YouTube loses the case, she describes both Primary and Secondary liability and is likely or unlikely to happen in regards to that.
This article will be helpful, simply by providing all of the information outlined above, in addition to some opinions and possible outcomes. She recognizes that while there is much copyright infringement, the website seems to be made to promote a sharing of original, transformative, and creative videos. YouTube’s user agreement shows this.
This is probably the most helpful article I’ve gone through so far, as it provides facts, opinions, and gives both an objective and subjective view to the case.
In Fisher v. Dees, Rick Dees is sued for using portions of Marvin Fisher and Jack Segal’s song “When Sunny Gets Blue” in his song “When Sonny Sniffs Glue.” It is upheld that Dees’ version is a parody which is defendable under Fair Use. In arguing this case it was noted that the labeling of a work as a ‘parody’ does not single-handedly defend it and that it “must be considered individually, in light of the statutory factors, reason, experience, and, of course, the general principles developed in past cases.” The main arguments against Dees in this case included the subject of the parody, the propriety of Dees’ conduct, the purpose and character of the use, the economic effect of the use and the amount and substantiality of the taking. All of the previous arguments were rejected with sufficient reasoning and the court decided Dees’ song “is a parody deserving of fair-use protection as a matter of law.”
This is relevant to my thesis in determining whether or not my work is a parody that falls under Fair Use. The arguments used in Fisher v. Dees can be applied to my work to help in the decision. Fisher v. Dees is most often cited as an example of a case where the economic issue was important, specifically in respect to whether or not the newly created work “fulfills the demand for the original.” It presents this as one of the more important factors involved with regards to parodies. Using this argument would support a claim that my work is a parody that is protected by fair use as my work (a play) does not “fulfill the demand for the original (a song).”
tagged copyright fisher-v.-dees parody song-lyrics by rebecl ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
In 1999 The National Football League filed a lawsuit against Coors Brewing Company and the National Football League Players Incorporated claiming that Coors’ new advertising campaign infringed upon the NFL’s trademark. The campaign promoted Coors as the “Official Beer of NFL players,” which Coors claimed to receive authorization of from Players Incorporated, a group that represents many but not all football players. The NFL argued that not only was the claim false, but that it also infringed upon the use of the NFL’s trademark rights by referring specifically to “NFL players.” In the lawsuit’s decision, the court upheld the NFL’s claim of trademark infringement, and ordered Coors to alter or remove “NFL players” from their campaign.
The significance of this case is the implications it has for the NFL’s trademark rights. The NFL, as copyright and trademark owner, has the rights over the use of many terms pertaining to professional football; including “NFL players” and also the “Super Bowl.” Just as in this case where the NFL has the right to stop advertisers from using specific terms, the NFL too has the right to ban establishments, such as churches and bars, from using “Super Bowl” when advertising for their game-day viewing parties. By promoting an event by explicitly using the term “Super Bowl” party, an establishment is infringing on the NFL’s trademark rights, and therefore the NFL has the right to take action against these venues.
At the Futures of Entertainment Conference, several panelists discussed potential models for understanding the motivations behind participatory culture in fan communities. As a result of increasing access to the internet and lowered barriers to participation, audiences have developed an expectation about the ability to autonomously engage with the materials that make up their cultural space. In order to succeed, media companies must be able to meet these consumer demands and also effectively incentivize and reward individuals for creating value. The interactions between these fan communities and the media companies that attempt to capitalize on their labor is therefore framed as a “social contract” that ought to produce benefits for both sides. Many of the mistakes that media companies have committed in their interactions with fan communities have been a result of misunderstanding the ethics and ecology of remix culture.
An understanding of community dynamics is essential for discussing anime fandom, which has been one of the most vibrant and engaged fan communities in the United States over the last 30 years. Indeed, the anime market in this country developed through the voluntary labor of fans that imported and translated works that would have otherwise been unavailable to the English audience. The anime industry therefore stands in the enviable position of already having a well-developed community that is engaged with and interested in their media properties. In order for the anime industry to continue its growth and expansion into the U.S. market, companies must develop business models that demonstrate an understanding of the motivations behind these fan communities and utilizes them as vehicles to monetize fan labor. Although the industry is still in the process of developing and deploying a digitally-grounded model, companies have demonstrated an awareness of the demands and expectations that fan communities hold and are attempting to incorporate them into their plans.
tagged anime convergence_culture copyright fan_labor fandom by jegarcia ...on 25-NOV-08
Call#: Van Pelt Library E169.12 .K46 2006
As remix culture begins to steadily supplant traditional consumer culture, media companies are recognizing the importance of cultivating participatory communities in order to generate interest and merchandising opportunities for their properties. Indeed, up until now the anime industry has recognized the value of these communities by tacitly approving of their activities despite being aware of their widespread copyright infringement – fansubs, fan fiction, cosplay, and various other forms of creative expression have been openly displayed for some time both on the internet and at fan conventions. In this way, we can recognize that the letter of the law is only one part of what must be a multi-faceted understanding of copyright; many illegal activities may in fact be culturally beneficial and even economically complementary. In many cases the anime industry has succeeded by leveraging the creative social structure of fan communities. For example, series such as Pokemon or Naruto have incorporated merchandising models that capture fans' passion for expression and connection with these fictional worlds.
tagged anime copyright fandom fansubs japan japanamerica by jegarcia ...on 25-NOV-08
This essay by Professor Randall C Picker is his comment to the essay “The Piracy Paradox: Innovation and Intellectual Property in Fashion Design”. It is from the point of view of someone who didn’t know too much about fashion until he read Kal Raustinala and Chris Sprigman’s The Piracy Paradox: Innovation and Intellectual property in Fashion Design. Picker talks mainly about two points- the role of the Fashion Originators’ Guild of America and its demise and then he questions whether a piracy paradox even exists. On March 23, 1976 Time magazine carried a story called ‘Dress War’ which was a discussion of the legal issues happening between the Boston department store Filene and the then newly created Fashion Originators’ Guild of America. Picker states that this guild was set up to protect fashion and deal with ‘style piracy’. Picker says that the Time magazine article describes all the dirty tricks that people would use in the fashion industry. He then uses an excerpt from the piece to show this. The excerpt says that by the early Depression years style piracy was a huge thing, if an item came out in stores in the morning and was priced at $60, by the evening it would have been copied and would be in other stores priced at $25 and later in the week, at even lower prices. Picker explains that the way the Guild dealt with all this was by organizing a registration system and by boycotting stores that sold copies. He then uses the Time magazine story again to analyze whether the Guild’s efforts of protection actually did lead to more creativity and newer fashions. He says that Raustinala and Sprigman in their paper were dubious as to whether the Guild actually wanted more property rights but in his opinion what the Guild was doing was definitely wanted by high- end designers.
Picker’s next main point is about Fashion Durability. he talks of an article from the New York Times in 1947 which says that Maurice Retner, the former head of the Guild wanted legislation in America to be modeled on French legislation. Leon Bendel Schulmen of Henri Bendel on the other hand didn’t really care and was happy living without property rights. he said that by the time anyone could copy his designs, the design itself would be on its way out. Picker argues that famous designs get copied and sold to the masses. People who want ti be dressed in the best and are very fashion conscious would not want to be associated with the masses and what they wear. High-end fashion designers see this and produce something new for this elite market to wear, there by starting a cycle that keeps the fashion market alive. He argues that creating a fashion copyright would only ensure high-end designers the ability to raise their prices and differentiate themselves. The Piracy Paradox paper really questions whether creativity can be sustained without protection. Picker in this essay asks whether the price is worth it.
This source would be useful for my paper as it is an insight into a very interesting paper. I questions the validity of what the authors have written regarding a magazine article that I crucial in this field. I will use this source to help me analyze the issue of sustaining creativity without protection. I will further explore what the paper says about the Guild and how Picker’s interpretation is different to that in the paper he is commenting on.
tagged copyright fashion piracy by avanti ...on 25-NOV-08
Much like their respective copyright histories, the U.S. response to piracy in China is markedly different than that in Russia. During the last year of the Quing Dynasty, 1910, the Chinese government enacted its first comprehensive copyright law, although it was short-lived and barely enforced. THe rise of the Communist Party after World War II spelled a dramatic change as China closed its doors to foreign influence and banished any Western idea of copyright that lasted until its adoption of the Open Door Policy in the 1970s. Following U.S. pressure for more protective IPR's China enacted the Copyright Law of the People's Republic of China i 1990, granting private rights to authors although still sticking to its socialist principles. However, there was limited protection for foreign works and over subsequent years, sustained pressure and threats of trade sanctions by the U.S. continually beefed of the Chinese laws. Overall, the U.S. placed China on the priority country list under Special 301 and threateed trade sanctions on three separate occasions in the 90's.
The U.S.' notably more aggressive response to Chinese piracy in comparison to Russian piracy illustrates not only the importance of the Chinese market for American goods but also the rampant and blatant copyright infringement in China that the U.S. goverment as attempted to chip away at over the years. This article identifies what tools and sanctions the U.S. government can use in order to enforce its trade agreements. This is important for it will help me further contextualize the role Chinese piracy has played in U.S. foreign trade agreements and the degree to which the United States will go to protect its largest exports, its media and culture. However, its important to note that while the threat of U.S. trade sanctions was often an effective, short term solution to the Chinese piracy problems, eventually these measures deteriorated until further sanctions were threatened. We can therefore see the necessity for foreign cooperation in to enforce international trade agreements and copyright laws.
tagged copyright history ipr trade_sanctions by mitully ...on 25-NOV-08
This is an official complaint filed by Diane Von Furstenburg Studio L.P. against Target brands INC. Diane Von Furstenbug is a leading New York designer who is also the chairman of the Council of Fashion Designers of America. She started her business in 1972 and risen to fame in the fashion world since then. DVF is a brand now globally synonymous with high luxury fashion. This complaint which was filed in the District Court of New York is a complaint for Copyright infringement, unfair competition and false designation of origin, and, unlawful deceptive acts and practices. It demands a jury trial.
The statement says that DVF is the lawful owner of numerous trademark registrations and copyright registrations for its print and fabric design which are original. It says that DVF products are known worldwide for their outstanding quality and design and that their prints and signature dresses have become synonymous with their brand name. DVF products are sold in very high end stores such as Saks Fifth Avenue and Neiman Marcus and the very high levels of marketing and fashion both contribute to the millions of dollars of sales the company enjoys. DVF has runway fashion shows usually twice a year where they showcase their new designs. One such design of theirs called the ‘Spotted Frog’ dress, according to the statement is registered with the U.S. Copyright Office and is known as the “DVF Falling Spotted Frog”. The statements says that Target, the discount store brand, has produced a dress that is ‘nearly identical’ to the DVF dress. Targets dress is sold under the ‘Merona’ label and on its online store it is called the ‘Merona Animal print wrap dress’. The original dress first appeared in New York Fashion Week in its Spring 2007 Fashion Show. DVF notified Target of the infringement on January 18th 2008 and on January 23rd Target pulled the dress from it online store but continued to sell it at their retail stores. DVF states that the profits from this dress that target will receive are unjust and unfair and that Target carrying their dress will cause confusion in the minds of consumers. Wrap dresses have been signature to DVF and one with same print as the DVF one would be harmful to DVF’s own sales. DVF says that the unlawful, unauthorized and unlicensed copying of it dress will lead to great damage and injury to the company.
This source is useful to my paper as it exemplifies exactly what the fashion industry is fighting about. It is an original primary source and it shows the argument of a troubled designer who has fallen prey to copycats. It is beneficial to my paper as it can be used as an example where exact copying does take place.
tagged copyright dvf target by avanti ...on 25-NOV-08
his essay by Christine Magdo is a detailed analysis of the happenings in the case of fashion protection. She describes the dilemma faced by fashion designers- their runway designs are imitated by knock-off artists, manufactured cheaply, and then sold at lower prices. This system of imitation has been made easier over the years with advancements made in the field of digital technologies. Magdo discusses that it has been customary for a long time, for American fashion designers to imitate European designers. Originally American designers did not copy each other due to an organization known as the Fashion Originators Guild of America which registered designs and was influential in persuading retailers not to sell knock- offs. However in 1941 the Supreme Court said that the guild was against free trade and this way free copying of dresses became popular. Magdo goes onto describe copyright, trademark and trade dress vis-a vis fashion design.
She says that under current U.S. copyright law, fashion designs are not protected as they are ‘useful articles’, however explains that copyright only protects those aspects of the useful article that are ‘separate’ and ‘independent of the utilitarian function of the article’. She explains that fashion designers seeking protection basically have to convince a judge that their item is either not just an item of function and that it’s design element can be separated. Judges verdicts differ and they depend on which circuit he or she sits on. One of Magdo’s main concerns is that it is very hard to determine who copied whom for not only do lower-priced designers knock-off higher priced ones, but even high designers knock off other high priced designers. She states an example where Polo Ralph Lauren was sued by Yves Saint Laurent for copying their tuxedo dress. A few years before that Yves Saint Laurent was fined for copying a jacket by designer Jacques Esterel.
This source is useful to my topic as it tries to remain neutral. It also brings up an interesting aspect of how copying and imitation is not always vertical. I will use the facts it states to argue my point and will further my paper by referring to some of the issue Magdo uses.
This source is the statement of the United States Copyright Office and was presented on July 27th 2006. It begins by summarizing what Congress has already done in order to protect design. In 1998, as part of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, they finally took some action. The Vessel Hull Act which is codified in Chapter 13 of Title 17 offers protection to items that enjoy vessel hull designs. The Office believes that adequate protection is provided for under HR 5055. The Office goes onto explain what protection is offered under existing law, and the protection under the Vessel Hull Design Protection Act. This Act protects a ‘useful article’ or a ‘vessel hull’ which it defines as something that has a use and it not just created to ‘portray the appearance of the article. In this statement the Office says that by simply changing the definition of ‘useful article’ in the Act, protection for fashion designs can be provided.
The proposed legislation which is H.R. 5055 would give protection to fashion designs by changing a few things in chapter 13 of the Vessel Hull Act. In the definition of ‘useful article’, ‘an article of apparel’ would be included. The bill explains what would come under an ‘article of clothing’. Vessel Hull designs are given 10 years of protection but ‘articles of clothing’ would be given just 3 years of protection. The Office states that the legislation will protect haute couture designs which are sold at high prices. These designs are copied and then sold at far lower prices, hence reducing sales of the original designs. The designs change very fast and 3 years should be enough for the designer to be given enough ‘exclusivity in the field’. The statement also talks about the recovery from infringement and what designers get in damages. They conclude by saying that the Office doesn’t have enough information to decide whether fashion protection is necessary. They do see the harm that is borne by fashion designers when their work is copied but do not think there is enough evidence to prove it necessary for legislation.
This source is an excellent one for my paper. Not only is it first hand, thereby being a primary source of the Copyright Office of America, but it provide a just and fair argument. It is similar to what I am arguing: There is a need for some form of protection which the current legislation does not provide for, but there also needs to be a balance to the legislation that is brought in which will be sufficient evidence and will cover for all loop holes.
NOTE: This article is difficult to find on Lexis-Nexis. Do a powersearch and specify "Minnesota Journal of Law, Science & Technology" as your source.
This is a journal article by a man named Daniel Reynolds who attends the University of Minnesota Law School. The article appeared in the Minnesota Journal of Law, Science, and Technology. The article gives background information about RIAA lawsuits, and proposes solutions to the file-sharing problem. The author says that the RIAA believes the lawsuits are necessary to make people respect copyrights and deter them from sharing files. The problem with this reasoning, however, is the actual result of the lawsuits. Since 2003, the number of people using file-sharing networks has more than doubled, and there have been 26,000 suits since then. The author continues by discussing the amount the file-sharers are asked to pay for a settlement. The RIAA can claim “statutory damages,” and demand $750 per song. Nearly all of the file-sharers settle, however, because legal fees are so high. A single mother named Jammie Thomas was sued for sharing files, and because the RIAA believed she did it willfully, they asked for $9,000 per song, totaling $222,000. The author believes that the RIAA is alienating the demographic they sell to with these expensive lawsuits.
The author proposes a few solutions to the file-sharing problem. First of all, he says that the government could change copyright law to make copyrights last for shorter periods of time, making less songs illegal to share. Secondly, he suggests that part of the P2P programs’ fees could be paid to the RIAA, along with part of the money paid for computers or blank CDs. These levies would be enforced if the RIAA guaranteed they would stop filing lawsuits. Lastly, the author suggests large-scale music licensing.
This article was helpful in many ways to my research. It shows that the file-sharing suits are ineffective, the settlements are unfair, and that a solution is needed. The lawsuits are simply not working to prevent file-sharing, and there are statistics to prove this. If the number of file-sharers hasn’t gone down, it seems clear that the RIAA isn’t trying to solve a problem, it is just trying to take money from students and other individuals. Secondly, charging $750 per song is absolutely ridiculous. These songs can be downloaded on iTunes for 99 cents, and it seems like these exorbitantly expensive settlement amounts are completely arbitrary. The RIAA is only angering the people it wants to sell music to, and needs a new approach.
I don’t think the government should place levies on things like computers and CDs to be paid to the RIAA, because not all people use these things for illegal purposes, and I don’t think copyright law needs to be changed. I think the best solution is large-scale licensing, like the author suggests. Here at Penn, the university has tried to prevent file sharing by giving students free access to Ruckus, a program that gives students access to many copyrighted songs. The problem with this solution is that Ruckus is not compatible with Macs, and the songs cannot be downloaded to mp3 players like iPods (without paying an additional $20 a semester). If universities offered programs like Ruckus that were compatible with all computer types, and paid the extra fees so students could play music on their iPods, there would be no incentive to download music illegally. I think this would be the best solution even though it would be expensive for the university. After all, we are paying the university tens of thousands of dollars per semester...
tagged copyright file-sharing government lawsuits levies riaa settlements solutions by cmich ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This article, by Chuck Cochems, is an interesting look into the mind of a video game consumer. This particular consumer is annoyed at video game companies (“corporate fat cats”) for their unending bashing of video game emulation. He feels that they are simply out to make as much profit as possible, and do not really care about what is right or legal. However, what starts as just a long rant against the industry morphs into the author’s attempt to find a legitimate, legal defense for video game ROMs. After discarding all of the traditional defenses, he turns to the Betamax case, and focuses on what he refers to as “the personal use defense.” Through his reading of the decision, the author comes to the conclusion that ROMs made for personal use could not be infringing. He also applies this personal use logic to the DMCA, claiming that since a personal use could not possibly be commercial, the DMCA does not apply to copies made by consumers (he also notes catch-22 inherent in the DMCA, that nobody can legally provide the equipment to make a legal backup copy of a video game). So, there does exist a legal means for a consumer to make backup ROMs of a video game.
While the author makes some valid points, a lot of his logic seems to fall flat. The Betamax case cannot be applied to space-shifting quite as easily as Cochems might think, even if it only applies to personal use. And not every personal use is non-infringing; it is clearly possible to infringe on someone’s copyright without selling or trading the infringement. Also, he simply waves the DMCA away with a wand and the magical words “personal use.” This is an unlikely scenario at best, and downright wrong at worst. However, the true power of this article is to demonstrate how important this issue is for a significant segment of consumers. It is clear while reading this article that Cochems cares passionately about video game emulation, if only on an ethical level. He is “sick and tired” of the attempts by the video game industry to stamp out emulation, and he is looking for any legitimate argument to ensure the legality of video game ROMs. The video game industry wants to avoid creating a consumer base that predominantly resembles Cochems. Otherwise, they could find themselves in the same position as the RIAA.
tagged backlash betamax consumer copyright emulation piracy roms video_game by luker ...on 25-NOV-08
In response to the National Football League warning churches to refrain from holding Super Bowl viewing parties, Sherwin Siy, the Staff Attorney and Director of the Global Knowledge Initiative at Public Knowledge, gave his own analysis of the issue. He notes that while the action taken by the NFL might be extreme, that Copyright Law does account for the fact that those churches using huge projection screens to display the game violates the NFL’s rights as copyright owners. His more important analysis though is that Copyright law, in giving control to the NFL as the copyright owner of the Super Bowl, allows the NFL to issue licenses to churches to display the game.
Siy’s argument, to implement licensing agreements, would help to end the disputes between the NFL and churches. The NFL would receive some type of payment, and churches would be able to still host their Super Bowl parties while only having to pay a small price. Therefore, this would be a reasonable solution so that copyright law would not be violated.
However, Siy also speaks against the NFL’s argument pertaining to church parties causing a drop in ratings, effectually causing a drop in revenue for the NFL. He holds that the measurement of viewership should not change just because of the congregations’ viewing parties, that it is unlikely that the congregation has Nielsen households. Siy’s article is important because while copyright law right now holds that the NFL is correct in their banning of church viewing parties, an implementation of licensing agreements, along with the assertion that ratings will not drop, presents a good solution to the dispute over viewing parties for both sides.
tagged church copyright nfl super_bowl by burtonml ...on 25-NOV-08
This is the Copyright Law of the United States of America. I am referring to sections 501-504. In these sections of the law, copyright infringement is defined. The parts of the definition that are applicable to file sharing are that only the owner of the copyright can “reproduce the copyrighted work in copies,” and that only the owner of the copyright can distribute copies.
The interpretation of this law depends on whether or not file sharing should be viewed as legal or illegal. If the definition of a copy includes an mp3 file, then file sharers are most likely guilty of copyright infringement. However, the user of the P2P program isn’t actually distributing any copies. The program allows other users to access someone’s files, and download copies of them. Isn’t the downloader the one making the illegal copy? If I left a cassette tape in a room, and someone else came in, made a copy of it and ran away, would I be breaking the law?
Section 504 outlines the amounts of money that infringers should be sued for. It says the infringer should have to pay for “the copyright owner’s actual damages and any additional profits of the infringer.” In this case, the infringer makes no profit, and the actual damages are difficult to determine. The court would need to know how many people downloaded copies of one person’s copyrighted file. It is very possible that this number could be very low. Based on this logic, the lawsuits wouldn’t be very expensive. However, there is a statutory damages clause in the law that allows copyright owners to recover between $750 and $30,000 from the infringer per song, no matter the circumstances. And if the infringement is committed willfully, the maximum amount goes up to $150,000. (These high dollar amounts are a result of the Digital Theft Deterrence and Copyright Damages Improvement Act of 1999. Previously, the range was $500 - $20,000.)
The statutory damages part of the law is one of the main reasons I believe the RIAA lawsuits are unfair. The court should have to determine the actual damages of the infringement, and no arbitrary dollar amount should exist. This part of the law makes it easier for the RIAA to exploit individuals without proof of damages. If a song costs about 99 cents, it is unlikely that one person’s sharing of the file would cause $750 in damages. The government needs to get rid of these statutory damages, or drastically lower the dollar amounts. I find it hard to believe that the Digital Theft Deterrence and Copyright Damages Improvement was passed in 1999, given how arbitrary and high the values are. It must have been pushed for by lobbyists.
tagged copyright damages infringement law penalties statutory by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
This article came out in Time magazine on Mar. 23, 1936. It says that trouble between numerous retailers and the Guild of Fashion Designer of America had been developing for years. Retailers complained that the Guild was misusing its position. The Guild’s chairman at the time was dress- maker Maurice Retner, of Polish origin. The article describes an incident when a member from the Guild apparently behaved in an off- hand manner. At Philadelphia department store, Strawbridge and Clothiers, she walked in and demanded that a certain dress which looked like an imitation be taken off the shop floor. She wanted to know the manufacturer’s name but the managers refused to tell her as they knew it was up to their discretion to decide which dresses were copies and which ones weren’t. Two days after this incident all Guild members (Strawbridge and Clothiers were Guild members) were sent out pink notices saying that the department store had refused to cooperate and as a penalty orders from the department store were no longer going to be filed. Similar incidents happened in New York’s Bloomingdales and other stores. By the middle of February 1936 twenty stores had been red-carded by the Guild. The article goes onto state that the National Retail 'Dry Goods Association along with the Associated Merchandising Corp. believed that the Guild’s method of functioning was not in accordance with anti trust laws. Filene department store in Boston complained that the Guild was interfering with the store’s Spring showings and this issue finally developed into a case that went to court which happened when Filene filed for an application for an injunction.
This source is important for my paper as it shows how this practice of imitating began many years ago and is still prevalent. An interesting aspect of this article that I will further discuss in my paper is the concept of the Guild and its significance. Would modern copyright law mimic this institutions practices in any way?
This paper is the testimony presented by Narciso Rodriguez before the Subcommittee on Courts, the Internet and Intellectual Property Committee on the Judiciary, in the US House of Representatives. The topic of discussion was whether special provisions were needed to protect unique industries. He was talking on behalf of the Council of Fashion Designers of America. Rodriguez pleads the case of his industry, using his life as an example. He explains the trials and tribulations of his career.
Born to Cuban immigrants , Rodriguez is a true icon of the American dream. He delves into the key aspects that helped him get where he is: a leading American fashion designer, who having previously worked under Donna Karan at Anne Klein, set up his own label in 1998. He explains that his estimated cost of just one 250 piece collection is a little under $6 million. In 1996, Rodriguez rose to fame by designing Carolyn Bessette’s wedding dress when she married John F Kennedy Jr. Pirates copied it and sold about 7-8 million copies, whereas Rodriguez sold only 40 pieces. He says that he spent years perfecting intricacies such as the seams on the dress and it took pirates no time at all to copy the dress when a magazine published the drawings of it. Pirates spend hardly anything creating these copies, they manufacture them in country’s with cheap labor and have them on the shop floor within days. What is striking about this piece is the poignant style in which Rodriguez tells us that his story is not unique, it happens to millions and millions of designers. He draws parallels to fashion copyright in different geographies: In parts of Europe, Japan and India, designers are provided with 15-20 years of protection. Other forms of art such as photography, paintings and music are all protected by copyright law. Rodriguez points out that his form of art uses no less imagination and creativity than the others, so why should it not be given the same protection?
He suggests that congress should not protect all apparel but when it is something that is original or unique, he believes that he or she should have a “small window of protection”. The HR2033 won’t protect people from drawing inspiration from a look, after all, as the designer points out, that is often the mark of success for a designer. He said, “There will be a gigantic public domain of designs that we can all use for inspiration”. Also, consumers would not be the ones who would be prosecuted if they buy these copies, only the manufactures would face legal action against them.
Despite the fact that my argument might not be congruent with Rodriguez’s and I might have a different pe rspective on this issue, this testimony is a very important source for my paper, for it is first hand. I will argue against in my paper against the points that I do not agree with. Rodriguez really touches on all human sensibilities as he narrates his story to get his point across.
tagged copyright fashion narciso rodriguez testimony by avanti ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
After sending a number of letters to churches around the country to stop hosting Super Bowl viewing parties, the National Football League has changed its stance on the issue. With a ton of pressure coming from churches and government officials in the form of protest and proposed legislation, the NFL and its Commissioner, Roger Goodell, have decided to allow viewings of the Super Bowl to be held in churches on big-screen televisions. This policy, holding that churches will not charge a fee for the event, will go into effect for the 2009 Super Bowl. Churches and church leaders have responded by praising the NFL for making such a decision, allowing them to enjoy the game in a group atmosphere that is not in a sports bar.
This decision by the NFL complicates the argument that these church viewing parties violate copyright law. While the viewing parties may benefit the community, as churches and officials argue, the display of a performance on a screen larger than 55 inches in an establishment larger than 2,000 square feet still violates written copyright law. The NFL should either create license agreements with churches or legislation should be passed to account for these types of large church viewing parties, which would therefore end any dispute for good.
tagged church copyright nfl super_bowl by burtonml ...on 25-NOV-08
In this paper, Lisa J Hedrick, argues against a copyright for fashion designs. Before laying down her stance, she spells out all the facts and then goes onto to articulate her own opinion. She uses a brilliant quote from the blockbuster movie The Devil Wears Prada, to begin her paper.
The fashion industry thrives on glitz, glamour, not to mention change. The shelf life of a product or a design in this lucrative industry is only a few months at the most, making the turnaround time very fast. Hedrick argues against copyright saying that the cost of litigation would be so high it would be irrational to protect something with such a short shelf life.
Hedrick begins her paper by explaining the current state of intellectual property law and its failure to protect fashion. The ambiguity of the definitions of the words ‘fashion design’, ‘design’ and ‘apparel’ in The Design Piracy Bills is a major concern and can be projected as being seen as a major reason why fashion won’t actually be copyrighted in a proper manner, if the bills are passed. The many restrictions that will indirectly be put in place by these bills might eventually cripple the industry. Designers will have to think twice before creating something and to ensure that their goods will be protected by these bills. Hedrick brings up an interesting issue of “conceptual separability” that already exists within current copyright law. It is the only concept under which fashion designs are provided with a minimal amount of protection. But even so, there are numerous tests that the designs have to pass, as Hedrick points out, for them to be protected. For instance a certain item of design or piece of clothing needs to pass the test of whether the button is original or not even the most minor alterations to an item of clothing.
Hedrick talks of the proposed Fashion design protection under the Bills and later compares current Fashion protection in different parts of the world. European fashion copyright protection with its concept of the Community design system, would be the closest thing that could be compared with what American fashion protection is aiming for. However the differences in the legal processes between the two demographics make it hard to compare the situation.
This paper is very essential as a source: not only does Hedrick argue the same point as I do, but she also goes to great lengths to fully explain the legal situation. Her meticulous and thorough method of approaching the issue fully inform the reader of the current scenario. She has also explained this well and even points to a direction where fashion copyright might work. Her sound argument makes for a crucial source.
tagged copyright fashion glamor glitz piracy by avanti ...and 7 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
This is Nintendo’s legal page and list of frequently asked questions (FAQ). Many things on this page are completely unsurprising. For instance, Nintendo defines terms such as copyright, patent, and trademark, along with explaining what ROMs and emulators are. Nintendo very clearly has a zero tolerance policy towards emulators and illegally distributed ROMs (it refers to emulators that play illegally copied software as “the greatest threat to date to the intellectual property rights of video game developers”) and refuses to legitimize any attempts at emulation. Nintendo also makes it clear that the exception of the law allowing backups does not allow a consumer to download a ROM of a particular video game (as the company notes, it is not a “second copy” law). This exception, it explains, only refers to an owner making a copy to ensure that, in the case of the destruction of the original, they have a usable alternative. However, later in the FAQ, Nintendo explains that game copying devices are illegal, since they allow for the illegal uploading of ROMs to the Internet.
Nintendo’s absolute refusal to legitimize any emulators, while completely expected, is unfortunate. Emulators are completely legal, and, considering how widespread they are, are here to stay. It would be nice if Nintendo accepted this fact, and tried to find some middle ground (the Virtual Console on the Wii system could be seen as a sort of middle ground). The classification of emulators as “the greatest threat” is a little excessive; emulation tends to focus on previous generations of video games, which bring in little revenue for the companies. And even if emulation was such a large threat, the fact that it is legal means that Nintendo needs to live with the existence of emulators.
Most interesting is Nintendo’s understanding of the backup copy exception. As Nintendo explains, you cannot simply download a ROM of a video game that you already own, since that copy is illegal. A legal backup, however, seems impossible to create, since Nintendo classifies all game copying devices as illegal. Without a legal means to copy a video game, Nintendo has essentially made it impossible for a consumer to create a backup copy of a video game that they own. Nintendo provides no solution to this dilemma, and in all likelihood does not want a solution to exist.
tagged copyright emulation emulator nintendo piracy roms video_game by luker ...on 25-NOV-08
From a legal perspective, the DRM could significantly influence the distribution and control of information from country to country. This article in particular provides a clear overview of what the DRM system actually is and the policies it entails. Additionally, the role of copyright protection is also included in this overview of the DRM, establishing the bases for the regulatory approaches undertaken by the US and the EU. In reference to background information, DRM systems use a variety of technological protection measures to prevent digital content from being distributed without the right holders' consent. To provide secure distribution for digital content, DRM systems not only have to protect content against copying, but they must also offer a means to identify and manage content. The DRM thus strives to provide tamper-resistant hardware and software. This method of protection disables hackers and network insiders from being able to crack multiple levels of security, strengthening the protection of individual property rights'. In reference to the U.S., the U.S. congress enacted complex anticircumvention regulations as part of the Digital Millenium Copyright Act of 1998. The DMCA arranges these provisions on a biplanar scheme, which includes distinguishing between technological protection measures and the protection rights of the copyright owner.
This example seems to showcase the progressive changes in protection measures taken against copyright infringement. Though dense in its offerings, this article provides a decent anthology of acts and agreements enacted in order to protect individual property rights. This anthology further demonstrates the morphing of protective technology against copyright infringement. In the context of the ACTA, the DRM seems to be desired block against piracy and the illicit transfer of information.
United States. Congress. House of Representatives. 109th Congress, 2nd Session. To Amend title 17, United States Code, to provide protection for fashion design [introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives; 30 March 2006].
The Design Piracy Prohibition Act is an amendment to section 17 in process of enactment in the United States Senate. If enacted, it would grant three years of copyright protection to fashion designs. At present, only parts of an apparel can be protected if declared 'original.' This bill would protect the whole piece of an article if enacted. The bill also officially defines ambiguous terms such as 'fashion design' and 'apparel.' In order to obtain the three years of copyright protection, the designer would need to register with the U.S. Copyright Office at least three months before officially distributing the design.
Because this act is a primary source, it will be very useful for my paper. It is an excellent example of one of the many attempts by Congress to enact a fashion copyright bill. Also, because the bill defines many terms commonly used in fashion protection, I will be able to use these definitions throughout my paper. Consequently, many of my explanations will be very clear and not open to more than one interpretation. Finally, the bill serves as a backbone for many of my other sources. Therefore, I will also refer to it when talking about another one of my sources in my paper.
tagged copyright fashion protection by elizay ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Raustiala, Kal and Sprigman, Chris,The Piracy Paradox: Innovation and Intellectual Property in Fashion Design. Virginia Law Review, Vol. 92, p. 1687, 2006; UCLA School of Law Research Paper No. 06-04.
This paper is extremely informative in that it addresses both sides of fashion copyright, whereas most other papers point out only one side of the argument. Moreover, it explores the question of why other major industries have obtained and used powerful IP protections for their products, while the fashion industry is for the most part still ineffective yet very economically successful. First, the paper argues that there should be an effective copyright on fashion because it protects the designers' creativity. However, it also argues that a weak IP actually helps the fashion industry in its innovation. Specifically, the terms "induced obsolescence" and "anchoring" are mentioned to explain that copying is actually beneficial for the fashion industry and in fact promotes fashion.
I will be able to refer to this article a great deal when writing my own paper because it explains how the fashion industry’s piracy paradox works and explores how copying plays an important role in the fashion industry’s innovation cycle. It also gives an ample of amount of history about fashion copyright, which is very important for my paper. Finally, it will help me to support my thesis because it talks about both sides of the argument. Therefore, in my paper, I will be able to address both sides of the fashion copyright problem and give reliable information to support either side, although ultimately, I will acknowledge that there should not be a fashion copyright.
tagged copyright fashion_design intellectual law property by elizay ...and 5 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
Raustiala, Kal and Sprigman, Chris,Where IP Isn't. Virginia Law Review, In Brief, January 22, 2007; UCLA School of Law Research Paper No. 07-05.
This paper argues that while most areas that require creative ideas for profit advocate strong IP, the global fashion industry is an exception. The general argument in favor of a strong IP consists of three claims. The first alleges that new projects are usually very complicated and expensive to produce. Second, once a new work is created, other individuals can easily and inexpensively copy it. Finally, the individual who does copy this work will sometimes make more money than the original inventor and still keep all of the profit. So if this is the case, why is the fashion industry so successful despite the fact that it operates under a weak IP? This is known as the 'piracy paradox.' Fashion possesses this piracy paradox for two reasons. The first is induced obsolescence, which argues that because in wealthy societies high fashion signifies a high status, it must be created at a fast pace. Once a design reaches down to the rest of society, its value declines and the designers must create a new design to satisfy their affluent customers. However, this repeated cycle is only made possible through a weak IP. Other designers, usually lower ones, are able to copy high-end designs without the copyright problems, and thus the cycle is able run faster. The second reason is anchoring, which also works to keep the IP low. In order for a design to be quickly exhausted, the industry must somehow find a way to make the design popular. It achieves this by 'anchoring' different, but limited, versions of a certain design each season. For example, the design 'anchored' for Fall 2008 is high-waisted skirts. At this moment, hundreds of different types of high-waisted skirts from various designers are for sale. Soon, however, high-end designers will innovate a new design for Spring, and then it will be re-produced once again by lower-end designers and the cycle take place once again.
"Where IP Isn't" explains that the piracy paradox is necessary to keep the fashion industry successful. If IP was not as low as it is, the cycle explained earlier could not operate, thus forcing the fashion industry to weaken and eventually die out. Therefore, this paper will help me argue that a fashion copyright is needed to avoid relentless lawsuits, but it must be a weak one so that most designs can still be re-produced for the cycle. This article will also give me many useful examples to support the claim that a weak fashion copyright is optimal.
tagged copyright fashion intellectual_property_protection by elizay ...on 25-NOV-08
Diane Von Furstenberg Studio, LP v. Forever 21, Inc. et al - 19, No. 1:07-cv-02413-VM (United States District Court Southern District of New York July 9, 2007).
This source is court case; specifically, high-end designer Diane Von Furstenberg filed a copyright- infringement lawsuit against the store Forever 21, who has more than once created apparel with designs that were extremely similar to Furstenberg's pieces. In addition to seeking financial damages, von Furstenberg requested a court order that Forever 21 remove and take back the dresses and any promotional display or commercial distribution of any of their pieces that infringe on DVF's copyrights. Furstenberg and many other designers have always had problems with copying from stores such as Forever 21. This is just one example out of numerous other court cases Furstenberg filed against Forever 21. Of course, Forever 21 and other stores at present are still creating knock-off copies of designer dresses because there is still no copyright law enforced prohibiting them from doing so.
This source will be very helpful for my paper because it is an actual lawsuit filed against a store that produced knockoffs of a particular designer. Since this is a specific example, I will be able to refer to this court case when I mention the designers' point of view on fashion copyright and whether it should be enforced. Moreover, including an actual court case will give my essay more credibility.
Johnson, Elizabeth F. "Defining Fashion." Brooklyn Law School.
“Defining Fashion” examines the potential legislation problems and the various approaches courts will likely take in interpreting the term “fashion design” if the Design Piracy Prohibition Act is enacted into law. The current copyright law, governed by the Copyright Act of 1976, does not actually protect “fashion,” although the Act does provide protection for “pictorial, graphic and sculptural works, “so long as the works are not “useful article[s].” This current law also does not protect “design,” with the exception of the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, which provides copyright protection for architectural designs. The article explores the pros and cons if such a bill were enacted and how it would affect the fashion industry. It questions the terms definined in the bill, such as the definition of "fashion design" and "apparel." It argues that because these important terms are defined, legislation might either interpret them too broadly or too specifically, which would cause problems either way. The article also addresses the extent of fashion copyright today and history of the fashion industry. A period structure is mentioned, where designers such as Chanel and Gucci are at the top, and stores such as Old Navy and Wal-mart are placed far down. Two solutions to the excessive copying were also talked about- the DPPA and the VHDPA, which are in the process of being developed. The article further discusses these two approaches and how they would affect the fashion industry and copying. Finally, this article explains how the court interprets a defined term and then provides specific examples. In the end, the article explains that there is no clear solution and the protection of an item depends on the case and that Congress should give assist the courts in interpreting a case.
This source is a great asset to my paper because it explores the consequences if the Design Piracy Prohibition Act were enacted and how it would affect fashion copyright. There are also numerous court cases mentioned and suggestions for courts who interpret the bill differently. Furthermore, this article addresses certain problems that the courts face and the effect of the fashion copyright at present. After I discuss the Design Piracy Prohibition Act (the actual bill is another one of my sources), this article will allow me to further explore the pros and cons of it in my paper. Ultimately, it will support my thesis, but will also allow me to address the other side of the debate.
tagged copyright fashion by elizay ...on 25-NOV-08
Pearson, Lisa, Lauren Estrin, and Ling Zhong. "In Vogue." Copyright World Apr. 2007: 1+.
"In Vogue" is a magazine article that also discusses the consequences if the Design Piracy Protection Act ever passes, but it also explores different types of IP and certain laws that pertain to these different types, including copyright, trademarks, and patents. Because different elements of a design may be protected under these different types of IP, this article addresses which of these elements pertain to which type of IP. Then the article continues by stating the advantages and disadvantages of each IP.
I chose this as a source because it is important to properly explain what IP is and its different types in my paper. Because many of my other sources focus on explaining why a fashion industry works best under a low IP but hardly explains what it is, my audience needs to know the definition of IP and how it pertains to my topic. This way, when I actually address my thesis and support it, my readers will understand the argument.
tagged copyright fashion intellectual_property_protection by elizay ...on 25-NOV-08
This article draws on theories of globalization, technology, and the struggles between trade agreements and copyright objectives to place international piracy into a global context. The author, Shujen Wang, examines the the role of Hollywood in shaping trade agreements and piracy policy as well as the interconnectedness of unilateral and multilateral solutions. Specifically, Wang documents the General Agreement on Tarrifs and Trade (GATT) which led to the creation of the WTO, the growth of U.S. trade policy from the WTO's agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (TRIPS), and the Digital Millenium Copyright Act (DMCA). While analyzing the importance and role international piracy and copyright law play within the framework of these multinational trade agreements, Wang illustrates the necessity for copyright protection via the importance of the copyright industry in the U.S. economy. Moreover, Wang tracks the way techological developments like VCR's and DVD's have changed the moral landscape of the pirating industry and Hollywood's lobbying efforts to push for protect copyrights internationally.
This article incorporates many of the essential themes of my topic, including techology's ability to alter and push the boundaries of domestic and international copyright statutes, international piracy's role in shaping trade agreements, and the U.S.' ability to use these trade agreements to open up markets and ensure strict copyright protection for its goods. Furthermore, the article cites the specific legislation, trade organizations, and trade agreements that have been instrumental in shaping the two-pronged U.S. approach to copyright protection. Specifically with the passage of the Permanent Normal Trade Relations act with China in 1999. Overall, this article provides valuable insight into constrcting a fraework that encapsulates the complexity of Chinese piracy and how it has affected our bargaining and trade agreements and policies.
This is a court decision from the US District Court for the District of Maine. It was made on January 25, 2008. In the case, the RIAA sued 27 University of Maine students for copyright infringement, because of their use of the Gnutella file-sharing network. 9 of the students, referred to as “Does,” moved to dismiss the complaint, but in this decision the court rejected the motion. The court said that infringement consists of, “..downloading and distribution of copyrighted sound recordings,” and that “…record companies have the exclusive right to reproduce [the recordings].” Lastly, the court said that the students’ infringement was “willful,” and, “intentional.”
In the decision, the court explained how the RIAA discovered that these students were sharing files. It was explained that the RIAA hired a private company called MediaSentry to log onto the file-sharing network, and download music files from students who were sharing them. MediaSentry then gave the RIAA the students’ IP addresses and the files in question. The RIAA reviewed the list of files being shared to see if they were actually copyrighted material, and then listened to them to verify this. After this determination, the RIAA gave the IP addresses to the University of Maine and asked them to identify the students. The students were sharing from 81-2903 copyrighted files.
Learning exactly how the RIAA identifies infringers was extremely important to my paper. This case explains each step in the process of deciding to file the lawsuit, and what the RIAA’s definition of infringement is. These details allow me to make a judgement of whether or not I think the lawsuits are fair, which is one of the main discussions of my paper.
First of all, simply reproducing a copyrighted work should not be considered copyright infringement. If a person legally purchases a CD, and wants to copy the files to his or her computer, he or she should definitely be allowed to. If the user does not distribute these files, I don’t believe he or she is breaking the law. Secondly, once these files are being shared on a P2P network, the RIAA claims that they listen to every song to verify that it is indeed copyrighted material, but I question whether or not that is true. After reviewing thousands of file names, does the RIAA really take the time to listen to every single song?
Based on the RIAA’s process of finding infringers, it seems that people are getting caught for making files available on a P2P network, but not for actually downloading copyrighted files. For example, if I downloaded a thousand songs and took them out of my shared folder, the RIAA would not be able to discover my actions. Therefore, the people who upload files are considered criminals, but those who download and steal them are not necessarily prosecuted.
The students being sued had from 81-2903 shared music files, and this makes me wonder how these specific 29 students were chosen. Certainly there were other infringers who had more than 81 songs. Assuming this is true, the RIAA gives no reason why these individuals were chosen. It seems that the RIAA is suing people randomly, which isn’t a fair way to file lawsuits. There needs to be more specific criteria.
tagged copyright file-sharing lawsuits maine mediasentry riaa students by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
NOTE: This article is difficult to find on Lexis-Nexis. You must do a powersearch and specify "UCLA Entertainment Law Review" as your source.
This is a journal article in the UCLA Entertainment Law Review. The article is by Kristy Wiehe, the Editor-in-Chief of the journal. This article examines how the RIAA uses copyright law to sue individuals, and whether or not the RIAA’s interpretation of the law is correct. The author first describes how P2P file-sharing programs work, explaining that most of them scan the user’s computer for media files, and place these files in a “shared” folder that is uploaded to the P2P network. When the files are uploaded to the network, the user is making the files available for other users to download. The RIAA claims that if these files are copyrighted material, then this “making available” is defined as copyright infringement. In the Napster case in 2001, the court agreed with the RIAA’s view. The author, however, disagrees with the RIAA’s interpretation of the law. She contends that copyright law says it is illegal to distribute copies in the form of material objects to the public, and that the RIAA should have to prove that an actual transfer of the copyrighted material took place from one user to another. Parts of copyright law are quoted in the article to make this point. She believes that without a definitive “transfer of ownership,” the RIAA should not be able to sue someone. The RIAA believes that the “making available” of files is considered distribution, and this is the fundamental disagreement between the RIAA and the author.
In addition, the author compares the use of these lawsuits to stop file-sharing to an “effort to rearrange deck chairs on the Titanic.” The problem is so large that suing a few individuals will most likely not fix it. The solution proposed in the article is for the record companies to make it “economically rational” for consumers to pay for music files instead of downloading them illegally. She suggests pricing that asymptotically approaches zero as the number of songs purchased increases. Therefore, if a person downloads thousands of songs, they won’t have to make extremely high payments.
I strongly agree with the author’s interpretation of copyright law, and I believe that the record companies should have to present more proof than a file being in a “shared folder” in order to file a lawsuit. Also, the P2P programs should eliminate their scanning programs because there is a significant chance that they could incriminate an unknowing person who has legally obtained copyrighted work and stored it on his or her computer. Proof of a transfer should be necessary for a lawsuit, and it is also questionable whether or not an mp3 file is a “material object.” People are being sued without concrete proof of infringement, and the RIAA needs to be stopped from abusing the law to gain money. This argument will be part of my contention that these suits are unfair.
The author’s suggested business solution may be unfair to the record companies, but these companies certainly need to focus on making large-scale changes to their sales techniques.
tagged available copyright file-sharing folder law lawsuit making p2p riaa shared universities by cmich ...and 2 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
U.S. Congress. House. Design Piracy Prohibition Act. 110th Cong., 1st sess., H.R. 2033. (25 April 2007).
This is one piece of legislation proposed to protect fashion designs from piracy. This Design Piracy Prohibition Act would basically give fashion designs protection for three years after the application for registration is submitted. Within this act, the terms fashion design, design, and apparel are defined so as to create a definition of what can actually be protected under this bill. The reason these are defined within this bill is the ambiguous nature of these words. Without a clear definition, there would be way too many interpretations of the clauses of the Design Piracy Prohibition Act. The bill also states the terms for submitting a design for copyright protection. Basically, any rights to protection are lost if the design is not submitted within three months after the design is made public. The bill also briefly lists the monetary penalties for any pirates if found guilty of copyright infringement.
This bill is an important source for any paper on fashion copyright since it provides an example of the types of legislation that would supply design protection. Even though this bill has not gone through, many of the Design Piracy Bills follow this basic structure for fashion copyright. Therefore, this source provides an example of how effective bills can be in providing protection. In addition, many sources reference this bill and its contents. So, it is useful to have the actual bill and its wording to look back upon and analyze as a primary source. The bill basically amends title 17 in the United States Code to provide for fashion design protection. By looking at how proponents of fashion copyright will protect fashion designs, I can decide, within my paper, whether these laws are beneficial or effective enough to even bother enacting. Thomas, the site where this bill is located, also provides a list of sponsors for this bill. There are only fourteen sponsors, which creates suspicion as to how effective or plausible this bill may actually be. Information like this surrounding pieces of legislation make bills useful sources.
tagged 2033 apparel bill cc copyright design fashion legislation piracy prohibition protection by neetid ...on 25-NOV-08
Another landmark emulation case, although slightly different from the Connectix one. Bleem was another emulator for the Sony Playstation, and Sony sued it for the use of copyrighted images on their packaging. Basically, on its packaging Bleem compared what a video game looked like on a Playstation vs. what it looked like on the emulator. To do this, they used screen shots of Sony video games, which Sony contested. Bleem, of course, claimed fair use. The court decided in agreement with Bleem, noting that the use of copyrighted images fell under fair use because it was comparative advertising. Since Bleem is a direct competitor to the Playstation, it needs to be able to use copyrighted material in order to make a successful advertisement. Sony even claimed that Bleem was hurting the market for screen shots by using them in advertising, but the court shot that argument down as well, stating that Sony could still use the screen shots in advertising if they wanted to. Also, since a screen shot is an absurdly small portion of the total work, Bleem is not actually copying that much from Sony.
Similar to the Connectix case, the Bleem case drove home to the video game industry that contesting emulators themselves would lead nowhere. With emulators being fully allowed to advertise using copyrighted video games, there was no need to hide their real uses. Emulators and their creators are free to proudly display the abilities of their systems, without fear of any legal reprisal. This makes it much easier to distribute a particular emulator using advertising, and in turn makes emulators much more widespread. If this decision had gone the other way then the difficulty in advertising an emulator (remember, you wouldn’t be able to use any copyrighted shots in the advertising) would have been a huge obstacle to distribution. But, without any legal recourse to stop the distribution of emulators or make them harder to spread, the video game industry needs to focus on the people illegally distributing the actual games, not the programs that play the games.
tagged bleem copyright emulation emulator piracy playstation screenshot sony video_game by luker ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a document called RIAA v. The People: Two Years Later, which is on the Electronic Frontier Foundation’s website. It was written in 2005, which is two years after the file sharing lawsuits started. The article provides information about the legality of the lawsuits along with their results, and it also shares personal stories about individuals who have been sued. One interesting note is that the RIAA used to offer amnesty to anyone who deleted their copyrighted files and signed an agreement to stop file sharing, but some of these people were sued anyway. The RIAA was sued for false advertising.
The EFF wants the public to know that the people being sued are chosen randomly, and there is no end in sight to the flood of lawsuits. The lawsuits have not worked at all, and “Today, downloading from P2P networks is more popular than ever, despite the widespread public awareness of the lawsuits.” The number of P2P users increases every month. 89 percent of high school students reported that they knew file-sharing was against the law, and that they would continue doing it anyway. The EFF suggests cutting the prices of songs on iTunes (because there are 35 times as many songs downloaded illegally as there are downloaded on iTunes), or having the record companies collectively license music to individuals for a flat fee of around five dollars a month.
The EFF shares the stories of many people who have been sued and are in terrible financial situations, to elicit the sympathy of the public. For example, a 71 year-old grandfather was sued, along with a 12 year-old girl who had a single mother.
This document is extremely useful to my argument because it provides statistical evidence that the lawsuits have not slowed down file sharing, which was their goal. The RIAA wanted to use the lawsuits to educate people, but people clearly don’t care about the legality of their downloading. P2P programs are extremely easy to design, and even if they add filters to the popular ones, other unfiltered applications will be created eventually. The RIAA needs to take drastic action in the form of large-scale licensing, or their problems will never be solved.
While I agree with the EFF on most accounts, I strongly disagree with their use of sob-stories to promote their views. It is unfortunate that some people with very little income were sued by the RIAA, but a person’s financial situation should not affect whether or not they are sued. If the RIAA is going to file lawsuits, they should sue the users with the most copyrighted material, regardless of their income. The whole strategy of using lawsuits to stop file sharing, however, just doesn’t seem like it will ever work. And hopefully, ISPs and universities will do their best to protect the identities of their users.
tagged copyright effectiveness file-sharing lawsuit lawsuits riaa students by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on the Judiciary, Subcommittee on Courts, the Internet, and Intellectual Property. Testimony of Steve Maiman in Opposition to H.R. 2033. 14 February 2008.
This source is the testimony of Steve Maiman, co-owner of Stony Apparel, against the Design Piracy Prohibition Act. Maiman is completely opposed to extending copyright protection to fashion design. According to Maiman, fashion has grown into a huge, thriving, competitive industry without any help from copyright protection. Nothing has changed recently within the fashion industry to suddenly need copyright protection now. He claims that enacting bill H.R. 2033 will be detrimental to the fashion industry and economy, reduce creativity, and hurt the consumers. He speaks against fashion design protection proponents by stating that customers in fancy boutiques are willing to pay more for apparel despite pirates creating imitation designs. He then addresses the negative consequences this bill will have on the fashion industry, especially firms like Stony Apparel. This bill will make financing firms extremely difficult since retailers will immediately return anything claimed, even falsely claimed, to be infringing. Invoices would become meaningless. Since retailers would also be held liable with this bill, retailers would refuse to do business unless the manufacturing firm can provide compensation for any possible loss. This new demand for compensation will create an even larger finanacial risk for manufacturers and retailers. The fashion industry is already an area filled with risk and this bill will simply add another layer of risk since everyone will have to now deal with the possibility of frivolous law suits. This fear of infringement will lead to an increase in the prices of apparel since designers will need to hire lawyers to interpret their every design out of fear of suit. In addition to price inflations, the innovation rate would slow down. However, the biggest consequence of this bill would be the effect on designers interpreting a trend. If designers are too scared to work with a trend, one of the biggest methods the industry uses to attract consumers will be cut off. This bill will only aid rich, established designers who can afford lawyers. However, the young generation of rising designers with fresh, new ideas will disappear. Fashion copyright will hurt designers, consumers, manufacturers, and retailers. Only lawyers will benefit. Benefitting lawyers is not worth splitting America into a class that can purchase copyrighted clothes and a class who cannot afford to anymore.
This is a very crucial source since it provides a primary account of a fashion manufacturer. Since it is a primary source, it provides real concerns plauging manufacturers and store owners within the fashion industry. Maiman actually has to deal with the consequences of the bill. So, what he has to say comes from experience and is very reliable. Although he is obviously biased since he has a stake in the outcome of this war, his arguments arise from legitimate concerns he would have to deal with if this bill passed. Secondary sources are just opinions of people outside of the industry looking in. He basically structures his argument around the negative consequences of enancting the Design Piracy Prohibition Act. He also addresses the concerns brought up by the other side and then explains why these are unreasonable. By showing the possible consequences of going through with fashion copyright for players in the industry besides himself, such as consumers, designers, and retailers, he effectively makes his position against protection appear to be beneficial for the majority of the industry.
tagged 2033 cc copyright design fashion legislation maiman stony_apparel by neetid ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
This is a journal article in a journal called Popular Music, and it is by Eamonn Forde. It was written in 2004. This article gives information about the state of file-sharing in 2004, and explains that record companies shouldn’t worry so much about it. The article’s argument is that record companies will still be able to sell a large amount of CDs despite file sharing, and that there are other forms of media from which they can profit.
The film and TV industries are also becoming upset about the use of P2P networks to share files, because many of them are video files. In other countries, the government has tried to help these industries with the use of levies. In Germany, there are levies on PCs and CD-Rs that go to record companies. And all over the world, record companies are flooding P2P networks with fake versions of songs to frustrate the users. This is called “spoofing.”
I doubt the “spoofing” tactic works very well, and the levy idea seems unfair to the consumer, who would be forced to pay higher prices for goods. This article is important to my research because it suggests it might be best for the record companies to ignore P2P file-sharing. In France, CD sales have been going up by 5 percent every year, and they also have P2P networks. It is possible that the record companies may just need more creative marketing schemes to attract more customers. Also, they need to take advantage of the market for music on cell phones, because that market is less likely to be affected by file sharing. As the author says, “Online delivery is not the death knell for record companies. It should be seen, ideally, as the wake up call they so dearly needed.” If record sales are still increasing in countries that face the same file-sharing problems, American record companies need to try to emulate some of these other companies’ strategies. They claim that their lawsuits are necessary, but maybe if they are more creative, they can avoid angering their customers and causing additional damage to their industry.
tagged copyright file-sharing infringement marketing p2p spoofing by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
The sale of television shows on DVD has really taken off in the past few years. Interestingly, many being reproduced are shows that are in the public domain and are shows “on which not a penny of royalties is being paid to the creators or original distributors” (par. 2). Many of the shows in the public domain are classics “from the 1960s such as ‘Bonanza,’ ‘The Lucy Show,’ ‘The Rifleman’ and ‘The Beverly Hillbillies. Television copyrights “must be renewed every 28 years” and if they owner of the rights does not do that, then, television shows are placed into the public domain. Under these conditions, any person is free to package and sell those television shows as DVD box sets. These box sets can either be sold for extremely cheap or at the same price as licensed shows; the only difference is that shows still under copyright have to pay licensing fees, and are therefore not making as much money as the reproduced public domain shows.
One could ask if this entire concept is fair to the shows not in the public domain and paying fees. Any produced, and thus licensed, work can argue the pros and cons of the public domain, but without it there could be no protected works out of the public domain. Whether in the public domain or not, television shows are being reproduced onto DVDs, sold to the public, and bringing in legal income to companies. Rather than finding illegal ways of reproducing these classic televisions series, some fans and producers are willing to wait until they can be reproduced for a cheaper price, but still legally.
tagged copyright dvds fees public_domain television_shows by haincb ...on 25-NOV-08
This is an article from November, 2001 in the Duke Law Journal. The article is by Albert Z. Kovacs, and it questions the morality of the people who share copyrighted material. The author uses a psychological argument to condemn anyone who uses the internet to steal songs, and says something must be done to change people’s mindsets. He explains that in cyberspace, people’s identities are taken away. They are identified only by an IP address, and not by a name. They believe that no one can see their actions, and that no one can find out who they are. He says that this is called “depersonalization.” People want music to be free, and use file-sharing networks to get it, but this doesn’t make it morally right. The author blames people’s attitudes about file-sharing on internet discourse. For example, when someone downloads copyrighted material it is referred to as “sharing,” and not as theft. Because music is available through these networks, people’s views are changed to the point at which they believe stealing is ok. The proposed solution in this article is a display of power by the RIAA. Kovacs explains, “The wild horse must be broken before it can be trusted alone in its stable.” He means that people will stop stealing music once they are extremely scared of the consequences.
This article is very thought provoking and it made me reconsider my stance against the RIAA. I still think their lawsuits are arbitrary and unfair, but their intentions now seem to be legitimized. For example, I don’t feel guilty downloading copyrighted music, but I would never walk into a record store and steal a CD. Part of the reason many people are against the RIAA is because they want free music, but if we know what we are doing is morally wrong, why shouldn’t we be sued? If I were in the recording artists’ shoes, I would want to be fairly compensated for my work. This being said, even though I understand the RIAA’s intentions, I still think their actual lawsuits are not the best way to achieve their goals. They choose random people to sue for unfair amounts, and this seems like nothing more than a strategy to scare people. I think there is a better way to solve the problem, but I understand the RIAA’s frustration.
tagged copyright counter-argument lawsuit morality riaa support by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
http://www.eff.org/IP/P2P/RIAAatTWO_FINAL.pdf
This is a document called RIAA v. The People: Two Years Later, which is on the Electronic Frontier Foundation’s website. It was written in 2005, which is two years after the file sharing lawsuits started. The article provides information about the legality of the lawsuits along with their results, and it also shares personal stories about individuals who have been sued. One interesting note is that the RIAA used to offer amnesty to anyone who deleted their copyrighted files and signed an agreement to stop file sharing, but some of these people were sued anyway. The RIAA was sued for false advertising.
The EFF wants the public to know that the people being sued are chosen randomly, and there is no end in sight to the flood of lawsuits. The lawsuits have not worked at all, and “Today, downloading from P2P networks is more popular than ever, despite the widespread public awareness of the lawsuits.” The number of P2P users increases every month. 89 percent of high school students reported that they knew file-sharing was against the law, and that they would continue doing it anyway. The EFF suggests cutting the prices of songs on iTunes (because there are 35 times as many songs downloaded illegally as there are downloaded on iTunes), or having the record companies collectively license music to individuals for a flat fee of around five dollars a month.
The EFF shares the stories of many people who have been sued and are in terrible financial situations, to elicit the sympathy of the public. For example, a 71 year-old grandfather was sued, along with a 12 year-old girl who had a single mother.
This document is extremely useful to my argument because it provides statistical evidence that the lawsuits have not slowed down file sharing, which was their goal. The RIAA wanted to use the lawsuits to educate people, but people clearly don’t care about the legality of their downloading. P2P programs are extremely easy to design, and even if they add filters to the popular ones, other unfiltered applications will be created eventually. The RIAA needs to take drastic action in the form of large-scale licensing, or their problems will never be solved.
While I agree with the EFF on most accounts, I strongly disagree with their use of sob-stories to promote their views. It is unfortunate that some people with very little income were sued by the RIAA, but a person’s financial situation should not affect whether or not they are sued. If the RIAA is going to file lawsuits, they should sue the users with the most copyrighted material, regardless of their income. The whole strategy of using lawsuits to stop file sharing, however, just doesn’t seem like it will ever work. And hopefully, ISPs and universities will do their best to protect the identities of their users.
Raustiala, Kal and Sprigman, Chris "The Piracy Paradox: Innovation and Intellectual Property in Fashion Design." Virginia Law Review, Vol. 92, p. 1687, 2006; UCLA School of Law Research Paper No. 06-04. http://ssrn.com/abstract=878401
This detailed article is an in depth view of both sides of the fashion copyright debate. Rather than simply looking at and supporting only one viewpoint on this controversial issue, the authors address both angles to the fashion copyright controversy. They then proceed to prove why support of low IP protection is the better choice despite arguments made in support of fashion copyright laws. This article describes the fashion industry as unique since it continually produces original content while its main creative element remains outside of copyright protection. This appears to condradict the theory of IP rights which claims that copying, which is rampant in the fashion industry, smothers the incentive for innovation. The article then presents the reader with the two overarching arguments. The argument for increased copyright protection within the fashion industry is more of a moral rights claim. This side claims the lack of current fashion design protection is an injustice to the immense creativity put into the creation of apparel. The other side looks at the unique nature of the fashion industry. They claim copying drives the cycle that makes fashion such a thriving, innovative industry. The article then proceeds to delve into past attempts at copyright protection for fashion. One failed attempt was made by the Fashion Originators' Guild of America: they made a deal between designers and retailers to refuse the sale of any copied apparel and boycotted any member of the guild who violated this rule. Since clothing and apparel are considered utilitarian objects, copyright should not apply to fashion design. Patents and trade dress also are not effective methods of protecting copyright. Although trademark is used by designers, it can only be used to protect names and logos, not entire designs. Therefore, bills like HR 5055 are suggested by groups like the CFDA. One of the main concepts of this paper is how induced obsolescene and the positional nature of apparel drive the fashion cycle, which would be incredibly slow and ineffective without copying. In addition, Raustiala and Sprigman explain how free appropriation helps to anchor trends in the industry. So, they conclude that due to induced obsolescene and anchoring of trends, the fashion industry has remained stable despite rampant copying. Finally, the authors address the copyright system in the European Union and how even with protection laws, very few design infringment cases come to court. Additionally, due to the litigious culture of the United States, copyright protection in the US would simply flood the courts with unnecessary cases and reduce innovation due to fear of suit.
This article is of extreme importance to any research regarding the issue of fashion copyright. The article is unique among other scholarly works on this issue in that rather than just delving into one side of the debate, the authors address the arguments on both sides of this fashion copyright war. This is an extremely useful method and structure since it provides the reader with insight into both arguments. However, the article is then strengthened by analyses of both arguments and subsequent counterarguments against those supporting fashion copyright. Since my topic revolves around whether fashion copyright should be enacted or not, having both argments laid out within one coherent paper is extremely beneficial. The paper also looks at previous attempts at fashion copyright. This is important in building the history and basis of design protection in my paper and why these laws should not be enacted in the present day. This article is very important in building the foundation of my argument.
tagged cc copyright fashion innovation intellectual_property paradox patents piracy trademark utility by neetid ...and 5 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
There are many “legal issues facing copyright holders of television shows whose product is available online through modern peer-to-peer networks.” In the instance there is a copyright infringement in peer-to-peer file sharing, court cases are left to determine whether or not the fair use policy is applicable. It has been suggested that the fair use argument depends “on whether the end user downloads for a private viewing experience or whether the end user downloads and extends the use beyond mere private viewing.” In other words, the courts are responsible for determining whether the character of the television show has been changed from the original. If, in fact, individuals are downloading television shows with the intention of using it for more than just “a private viewing experience,” then the fair use argument is much less valid.
It is suggested that the television industry take as many anti-piracy precautions as possible, so to avoid the level of illegal downloading in the music industry. Though the fair use argument may prevail in some instances, the majority of copyright infringement and piracy cases cannot be explained by the fair use doctrine. Therefore, copyright laws need to be updated to cover the technology that pirates are using to download their favorite television shows. As the title suggests, individuals involved in these copyright cases need to prepare for the fact that the fair use argument does not work with television shows as well as it may with music.
tagged copyright fair_use peer-to-peer_file_sharing television by haincb ...on 25-NOV-08
High licensing costs are one of the many reasons that many former television shows are unable to be reproduced as DVDs. Shows that are actually released on DVD often edit the language or change the music, in order to abide by specific copyright laws. “And some shows, like WKRP [in Cincinnati], which is full of music, will probably never make it to DVD because of high licensing cost.” Not only are some shows not even able to reach the DVD format, but those that do are often different than the originals. In these cases, the fans of certain television shows are disheartened and upset. “The fans don’t want syndicated cuts. They don’t want the songs replaced. They don’t want anything censored for political correctness. They want to see it in the way they originally saw it broadcast, enjoyed it, and fell in love with.” Some shows have been released in full in other countries, and only limitedly in the United States, due to a difference in licensing fees. For example, “only selected episodes from the first season of Ally McBeal had been released in the United States because of the high cost of music licensing. But in the United Kingdom, where different licensing deals have been struck, viewers can order all five seasons.”
In some instances, fans are willing to wait long periods of until the studios strike a deal and the television shows are eventually released. However, other fans are neither willing to wait nor pay the money for a show that has been altered from the original. Similarly, some producers do not want their shows reproduced differently than the originals. Since fans are unable or unwilling to legally purchase original copies of their favorite television shows, some have taken to finding and downloading them illegally. As a result, many copyright laws and infringement cases have erected. The technology of the Internet moves at a much faster pace than many of these current laws; therefore, since fans have take to finding alternative means of watching currently syndicated or previously cancelled television shows, copyright officials must find ways to stop them.
tagged copyright dvds licensing_fees television by haincb ...on 25-NOV-08
This is an entry from Charles Nesson’s blog. Nesson is a law professor at Harvard University, and he is defending a man named Joel Tenenbaum who was sued for file sharing. Nesson and Tenenbaum filed a countersuit against the RIAA, because the amount Tenenbaum would have to pay for damages would be over $1 million, which they believe to be unconstitutional. In the entry, Nesson criticizes the fact that in 1976, lawyers and lobbyists created laws for the future of digital media, and that we must still abide by those today. He is fighting not only the RIAA, but also the court system that is exerting power on behalf of the RIAA. Nesson believes that claiming high damages is abusing the law. He instructs us to, “Observe that the disproportion between actual damage caused by joel to the copyright holder and the damage mandated by the legislature to be given the copyright holder is in inverse proportion to the lobbying power of the copyright industry in the legislature compared to the lobbying power of joel and the teenagers like him who are meant to be frightened by the punitive damages being imposed.”
Nesson believes that people should legally be able to share music non-commercially, and that the public domain should consist of anything one can get for free on the Internet. He thinks that the RIAA is trying to “manipulate the public mind to equate file sharing with theft.”
I agree with Nesson on most of his points, and his ideas are probably the most important source to my paper. The laws relating to copyrighted digital files need to be changed, and lobbyists should not be involved. Right now, I believe that the RIAA is using the courts as its hitmen. The courts are intimidating teenagers and carrying out every one of the RIAA’s orders. This needs to be stopped, and fair practices need to be implemented; not the ones that rich copyright lobbyists push for. The people being sued need a voice, and Charles Nesson has bravely taken that role. The RIAA should not be using the courts to carry out an intimidation tactic, and the argument can be made that these cases should be tried in criminal, and not civil court.
Nesson believes that file sharing is not theft, which is his most debatable opinion. From the RIAA’s perspective, their music is being stolen. Are they guilty of manipulating us to believe this? Or are Internet discourse and a desire for free media guilty of making us believe that it isn’t theft? Both sides must be taken into account.
Even if file sharing is considered theft, though, the damages being claimed are way too high. This part of the law is definitely unconstitutional, and the laws need to be changed to accommodate today’s technology. I am rooting for Nesson’s success.
tagged copyright deterrence digital lawsuit nesson riaa theft by cmich ...on 25-NOV-08
Jon Johansen, from Norway, was tried and acquitted on charges “for writing a software tool that can be used to overcome anticopying technology built into most commercial DVDs.” At the time, Norway was being pressed to mimic the strict copyright laws of the United States. With stricter laws, officials can ensure sufficient punishments for violators rather than having the charges completely dismissed, as they were in this instance. Stricter laws would also give companies more power to better protect themselves from people caught or accused of copying media products. In the past, “court cases targeting alleged piracy have generally gone in favor of the content owners to date, but the industry is still on the defensive and needs to bolster legal victories with better antipiracy technology.” However, as of now, the current “DMCA-like laws are the entertainment industry's best hope of fending off a new era of digital piracy.”
Currently, copyright officials are in limbo between the former and future laws, thus making it difficult to try cases. This specific case helped bring officials’ attention to the fact that copyright laws dealing with the Internet and anticopying technology need to be updated and made universal. Having non-universal laws makes it easier for piracy to go unpunished. By implementing and enforcing stricter punishments, companies would not only have stronger defense cases against Internet pirates, individuals would be potentially deterred from ever downloading illegally (or attempting to decode encryptions) in the first place.
tagged anticopying_laws case copyright dvds by haincb ...on 25-NOV-08
The definitive video game emulation case. In the late 1990's, Connectix created the Virtual Game Station, a commercial emulator designed to replicate the Sony Playstation on a PC. In doing so, they necessarily had to copy elements of the Sony BIOS (built-in operating system (the software that runs the Playstation)), but they claimed fair use. The court agreed, noting that law stated that disassembly could be considered fair use when it is the "only way to gain access to the ideas and functional elements embodied in a copyrighted computer program." Since Sony had provided little information about their BIOS to the public, Connectix could only gain access to it by taking it apart. The court also found VGS to be "moderately transformative"; it transfers the Playstation to a new platform, and thereby expresses the product in a different fashion. And since the VGS is transformative, it is not really a replacement for the Playstation. The court also ruled on the claim that Connectix tarnished Sony's Playstation name. Although the VGS does not play games as well as an actual Playstation, the court did not find that this would result in the VGS hurting Playstation's good name
This case follows sound logic, and clearly sets out the argument that emulation itself is perfectly legitimate. It clearly outlines exactly how Connectix copied Sony's BIOS, and explains why that path resulted in VGS being fair use (and in doing so, more or less created guidelines as to how to ensure the legality of an emulator). More importantly, this case made it clear to video game companies that contesting emulation itself would not succeed; if video game companies were intent on stopping piracy, they would have to go after the actual copies of the games, not the emulators. Since ROM files are much more prevalent than emulators, this decision in essence made it much more difficult to stop video game piracy, and forced companies to allow the creation of dozens of free emulators.
tagged connectix copyright emulation emulator piracy playstation sony video_game virtual_game_station by luker ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
First, some basic background. VNES (stands for Virtual NES) is an online NES emulator, written entirely in java. The site, based in the US, has a huge catalog of original NES games, which are completely free to play online (no downloading required). Now, obviously a whole bunch of legal questions come up here, most notably the claim that this is massive copyright infringement. The vNES legal page attempts to address these claims, and provide a justification for the legality of the site, through six main points.
One of the most notable arguments is the claim that the website constitutes fair use. It states that the website is noncommercial, only uses cartridges out of the market for 15 years, keeps copies of entire works, and that it holds works "vastly technologically inferior" to modern works (and then claims that these facts sufficiently satisfy the four factors). It also claims that, under Sony v. Universal, this emulation simply constitutes time-shifting, and therefore must be fair use. But by far the most interesting claim that they make is their classification of themselves as an archive (under 17 U.S.C. § 108). As an archive, the claim goes, they should be able to make their works available to the public. Also, they only provide games that they have physical copies of in their offices.
Now, their fair use claim in tenuous at best. The fact that they use entire works actually hurts their case as opposed to helping it, and just because the works are "vastly technologically inferior" to modern games does not mean that companies cannot still profit off of them (as remakes clearly demonstrate). Also, this isn't time-shifting so much as space-shifting, and the legality of space-shifting is not well tested in the courts. However, the archive claim is interesting, and could provide a valid loophole for emulation sites to provide video games to consumers. It relies on the games only being playable online though (no downloading (other than normal, incidental downloading) is involved). And the site has been contacted by the ESA (after which they removed all games for which they did not own physical cartridges), so presumably the industry is aware of it. This could provide an interesting middle ground for video game companies and consumers.
tagged copyright emulation emulator infringement nes nintendo piracy video_game vnes by luker ...on 25-NOV-08
Barnett, Jonathan, Grolleau, Gilles and Harbi, Sana El. "The Fashion Lottery: Cooperative Innovation in Stochastic Markets." USC CLEO Research Paper No. C08-17; USC Law Legal Studies Paper No. 08-21. http://ssrn.com/abstract=1241005
This article puts an economic spin or an economist's viewpoint on the fashion copyright debate. In other words, it applies economic principles to the fashion industry to show why an incomplete property regime, not complete copyright protection, is the most sensible situation for the fashion industry. To build this argument, the author first explains the concept of "fashion risk," the main economic problem in fashion. Due to demand uncertainty in the fashion industry, it is difficult to forsee if a new design will be successful. So, designers need a system of collective insurance to balance the losses from seasonal product failure and the risk of firm bankruptcy. This collective insurance comes from designers allowing limited imitation which maximizes earnings in the long run. Basically, how this economic idea works is that the designer that produces the "winning" design for that season earns a larger prize, keeping the incentive for innovation alive. However, the incomplete property regime also gives smaller profits to the "losing" designers as a kind of insurance against the "fashion risk." This method is termed the "winner take most" approach. The article then transitions into three different types of imitation: mark perfection, design perfection, and quality perfection. These are then related to three different methods of imitation: horizontal imitation, legitimate vertical imitation (knockoffs), and illegitimate vertical imitation (counterfeits). Basically, horizontal imitation is copying among high end designers while vertical imitation is copying of elite designs by lower end fashion designers in a trickle down effect. As stated previously, the fundamental economic problem for designers is demand uncertainty and the associated risk of bankruptcy. By allowing horizontal imitation and legitimate vertical imitation, this risk is greatly reduced. An obvious way to success for the majority of the market is to wait until the winning design is determined for the season by the consumers and then release imitation products as this eliminates risk and increases success. However, this would kill innovation. So, the best solution is incomplete protection-positive yet constrained imitation. The economics equations show that to maximize final wealth and minimize the variance of final wealth incomplete, not complete, property regimes are required. This can be explained by the idea that at one extreme the winner does not make enough and so incentive is low. At the other extreme, insurance is too low and risk is too high. Both of these cases lead to underinnovation. In short, some imitation supports design innovation while too much or too little undermines it. Therefore, only the very few elite firms can afford the complete copyright protection suggested by bills such as the Design Piracy Prohibition Act.
This article is a very unique way to approach this fashion copyright war. It is an invaluable asset to my argument against enacting fashion design protection laws. This article basically utilizes economical principles to build mathematical equations proving that incomplete copyright protection or rejection of recently proposed copyright laws is more beneficial to society than enacting complete protection for fashion designs. The organization of this paper with alternating pieces of mathematical equations and textual analysis creates an extremely convincing and almost indisputable argument due to the logical thought process this method of presentation creates. This article greatly enhances my argument in that it provides an alternative viewpoint, particularly an economist's angle, which still points towards the same conclusion: fashion copyright laws should not be enacted.
tagged cc copy copyright demand_uncertainty economic fashion fashion_risk imitation innovation insurance lottery piracy by neetid ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Hedrick, Lisa J. "Tearing Fashion Design Protection Apart at the Seams." Washington and Lee Law Review, Vol. 65, No. 1, pp. 215-273, 2008. http://ssrn.com/abstract=1127190
This article presents both side of the copyright debate more in terms of the pieces of legislation proposed for fashion copyright. It goes through the pros and cons of either side of the fashion copyright argument and then argues against the enactment of these laws. Fashion design falls within the negative space of copyright protection. Therefore, designers cannot prevent knockoffs of their original designs. This paper acknowledges that these knockoffs are harmful as they hurt the designer's profits and reputation due to the low quality of imitation products. Piracy causes almost $12 billion of loss in the fashion year annually. The paper is set up this way and the author then skillfully uses all these facts that seem to support fashion copyright to show why copyright laws are ineffective in stopping any of these problems. First of all, terms such as fashion design, apparel, and design are extremely ambiguous but are used within the Design Piracy Bills. This is simply because fashion is hard to define and consequently very difficult to protect. The author also explains that fashion also cannot effectively use patents, trademark, trade dress, or copyright (due to its utilitarian function) for protection purposes. In addition to the vagueness of fashion lingo, the Design Piracy Bills would simply cause congestion of the courts with senseless cases due to the extreme subjectivity that would be involved in fashion court cases. Even if the bills went through, there are so many loopholes that pirates can find within these bills to basically render any protection useless. Finally, Hedrick looks at the fashion laws in the European Union and shows that even with laws hardly any cases come to court regarding piracy. However, she points out the cultural differences in that America is much more litigious and these laws could force designers to pay large amounts of money for lawyers to protect clothing that has a short shelf life. In addition, there is no guarantee that courts will even be able to punish pirates. It is also very possible that the laws enacted in the US would be much stronger than those in the European Union, which could lead to monopolies that would stifle creativity. Although Hedrick is opposed to these laws, she does make some suggestions on how to improve fashion copyright dealings if these laws go through. Overall though, her basic argument is that effective protection by Congress for fashion design is impossible. So, no protection is better than minimal protection. Any benefits that might arise from design protection would diminish rapidly with the cost and time of court decisions on piracy.
This source is obviously beneficial to my argument since it supports my thesis. However, the importance of this source is due to the rational and legal method used by the author to argue against fashion copyright. The author basically looks at the problems with the fashion industry at present and then shows the correlating proposed laws. However, she then analyses these legal proposals to show that they are extremely ineffective at solving the issues surrounding the fashion industry. If anything, these "solutions" might actually make things worse. The argument basically concludes that the fashion industry is inherently incapable of useful intellectual property protection. Therefore, time and energy should not be wasted on implementing laws that will most likely not benefit the industry.
tagged cc copyright design_protection fashion imitation legislation piracy by neetid ...and 7 other people ...on 25-NOV-08
X17 is a photography agency that “owns and operates one of the world’s leading archives in celebrity-related photographs.” Perez Hilton posted reproductions of X17’s work, and often drew sexually explicit “satirical” doodling on the pictures. Using more than fifty-one reproductions of X17’s images, X17 filed a complaint alleging copyright infringement. According to the complaint, “X17 has licensed the rights to reproduce its copyrighted works…to hundreds of newspapers, television stations and other prominent media outlets throughout the world.” X17 alleges that Hilton used “timely photographs covering breaking news events” on his gossip written website that “receives 2.5 millions viewers” daily and “generates thousands of dollars per day in advertising revenue from it website. Some of the photos included “Britney Spears driving her son on her lap,” “Britney Spears exposing herself,” and “Cameron Diaz in a beige sweater out golfing.” In the case of all fifty-one photos, X17 argues, “The photographs were virtually identical reproductions of copyrighted work. [Hilton] thereby reproduced X17’s copyrighted works in copies, distributed copies of the copyrighted works, and publically displayed copyrighted works…in violation of exclusive rights under 17 U.S.C. § 106 that X17 holds in the photographs.” As a prayer for relief, X17 asked the court “for the entry of an injunction providing that [Hilton]…be permanently enjoined” from using X17’s photographs. Additionally, X17 asked for “actual damages for copyright infringement,” “a seizure order directing the U.S. Marshall to seize and impound” X17’s copyrighted photos in Hilton’s possession, and “for a disgorgement by [Hilton] to [X17] of all profits” derived from Hilton’s use of the photographs, among other damages and fees.
This complaint is useful in my research paper as it involves Hilton’s use of newsworthy and not-newsworthy copyrighted photographs. In the document, X17 establishes that hundreds of gossip tabloids and magazines rely on its photographs, which break news events. In the case of these photographs, it would be hard for Hilton to proclaim fair use. A quick analysis of the factors of fair use reveals that Hilton’s doodling on the X17’s image of Britney Spears driving with her son on her lap does not transform it in any way, as his news story simply refers to Spear’s reckless endangerment of her child. Hilton uses the image in it entirety and if posted on his website immediately, it would destroy the licensing value of the photograph. Therefore, Hilton’s use of a newsworthy photograph, in which he doodles on the photograph, does not constitute fair use. This is the same if Hilton did not doodle, because if Hilton can use the image and write his own news story below discussing what's in the photo, and this was determined to be a fair use, why would tabloids ever license a photo if they could also claim fair use? In that case, why would paparazzi or photographers exist at all if they could not license their photos? Finally, Hilton’s use of a non-newsworthy photograph, such as Heather Locklear eating, may be deemed a fair use if he transforms the photograph to match his news story. Overall, this source allows me to evaluate different situations of Hilton’s use of photographs and whether or not his use of copyrighted images constitutes a fair use.
tagged american_copyright copyright copyright_infringement fair_use perez_hilton x17 x17_photo_agency x17_photos by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Chapter One of Title 17 of the United States Code presents the “Subject Matter and Scope of Copyright” in American law. According to Section 102, copyright protection is given to “original works of authorship” including “pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works.” Section 106 states the “exclusive rights” of the owner of a copyright includes “to display the copyrighted work publicly.” Section 107 delineates that “the fair use of a copyrighted work...for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of copyright.” In evaluating an alleged a fair use, Section 107 presents four factors to be considered: “the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational uses; the nature of the copyrighted word; the amount and substitutability of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and the effect of the use upon the potential market for a value of the copyrighted work.” In Section 113, “Scope of exclusive rights in pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works,” an exclusive right is given to the copyright owner to “reproduce a copyrighted pictorial…in or on any kind of article, whether useful or not.” Chapter Five of Title 17 presents “Copyright Infringement and Remedies” in American law. Stated in Section 501, “anyone who violates the exclusive rights of a copyright owner…is an infringer.” In Section 502, the law states “any court having jurisdiction…may…grant temporary and final injunctions on such terms as it may deem reasonable to prevent or restrain infringement of a copyright.” Additionally, Section 504 states the infringer of copyright is liable for “the copyright owner’s actual damages and any additional profits of the infringer, ” or “statutory damages.” Statutory damages may be awarded up to the amount of $150,000.
For the purposes of my research paper, the aforementioned sections establish that photographs can be copyrighted and cites the four factors used to analyze fair use cases. Argued by the photography agencies in complaints, the exclusive right “to display the copyrighted work publically” is flagrantly violated by Perez Hilton, who often displays copyrighted photographs before the agencies can license them to weekly tabloids and newspapers. Although Hilton argues that his use of the photographs represents “news reporting,” the four factors stated in the copyright law will allow me to determine if Hilton’s infamous doodles and commentary constitutes a fair use. Hilton’s alleged fair use will heavily depend on whether his doodling on the photographs is transformative, in that it adds new meaning or expression to the copyrighted work, or if his news commentary is transformative, in that it adds value in the form of new insights or understandings. Furthermore, the “Copyright Infringement and Remedies” section will allow me to evaluate the photographers and photography agencies’ prayers for relief in the filed complaints. The law states that infringers are liable for either actual damages and additional profits or statutory damages. If Perez Hilton’s use of photographs was infringement, it will be interesting to research whether or not courts would award statutory damages per photograph or award actual damages. Although Hilton does not charge a fee for visiting his website, he earns significant revenue by means if advertising, and his use of copyrighted photographs certainly increase his advertising rates.
tagged american_copyright copyright copyright_infringement exclusive_rights fair_use title_17 by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Zomba Recording LLC (“Zomba”) is a record company that distributes copies and phonorecords of sound recordings performed by music artists, including Britney Spears, Leona Lewis, and Beyonce Knowles. On October 30, 2007, Zomba released Britney Spears’s album Blackout, her first record released since 2003. According to the first amended complaint filed by Zomba against Mario Aramando Lavandeira, the legal name of celebrity blogger Perez Hilton (“Hilton”), Hilton posted copies of tracks of the album on his website www.perezhilton.com. As a result, Zomba was forced to push forward the release of Spear’s album. From August 23, 2007 to October 6, 2007, Hilton consistently posted eight unreleased Britney Spears’ tracks (Perfect Lover, Heaven on Earth, Break The Ice, Everybody, Hot as Ice, Piece of Me, Radar, and Kiss You All Over), as well as one released track (Gimme More). The complaint states that Zomba consistently appealed to the Recording Industry Association of America to demand that Hilton remove the sound recordings from his website and demanded that Hilton’s Internet service provider (“ISP”) disable access to the sound recording. Although the ISP disabled access to the recordings, Hilton “continued to post and re-post unlawful copies” of the sound recordings. For each of the individual sound recordings, Zomba argued that Hilton infringed Zomba’s copyright “ by copying and reproducing plaintiff’s [sound recordings],… by distributing copies…to the public,” and “by performing [sound recordings] publically.” As a prayer for relief for copyright infringement, Zomba asked that Hilton be “enjoined…from infringing…[Zomba’s] copyrights…” and that Hilton “be required to pay plaintiff…damages…[Zomba] has sustained in consequence of [Hilton’s] infringement.
This complaint is of importance to my research paper as it involves Hilton’s use of sound recordings. An analysis of the four factors of fair use clearly weighs in favor of Zomba. For one, there is nothing transformative in Hilton’s posting of the songs. He does not produce a new mix of alter the material in any way, shape, or fashion. This is also the first case in which the nature of the copyrighted work weighs heavily against Hilton, as all but one of the songs was unpublished. As under copyright law the author has the right to control the first public appearance of its expression, Hilton clearly violated this right by posting the tracks before the release. Although the tracks posted did not represent the final release version, the heart of the work was expressed through the “draft” versions on Hilton’s website. Therefore, coupled with the fourth factor, the sound recordings on Hilton’s website substantially effected the potential market, as individuals could substitute the tracks online for the actual album. This conclusion is further substantiated by the fact that Zomba was forced to release the album two weeks earlier in an attempt to retain its economic profit.
tagged american_copyright britney_spears copyright copyright_infringement fair_use perez_hilton zomba zomba_recording by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Picker, Randal C. "Of Pirates and Puffy Shirts: A Comment on the Piracy Paradox: Innovation and Intellectual Property in Fashion Design." Virginia Law Review, Forthcoming; University of Chicago Law & Economics, Olin Working Paper No. 328. http://ssrn.com/abstract=959727
This article takes the side of those individuals supporting the enactment of fashion copyright. This argument is made using past attempts at employing fashion copyright laws to protect designs and the results of these attempts. One major example used to support this claim of positive effects resulting from design protection is the Fashion Originators' Guild of America. This guild basically organized registration and monitoring for apparel with a threat of boycott of any retailer who sold knockoffs. The claim here is that this increased intellectual property protection resulted in greater innovation efforts. Although the Federal Trade Commission took down this organization, the article argues that the fact that it formed demonstrates that high end designers do want greater protection. This argument is made against other claims that the members of the industry do not even want increased protection. The argument then continues into the present time and the benefits these laws would endow on the fashion industry. With fashion design protection, high end designers can make credible promises to their consumers, which is impossible with the current amount of knockoffs in the market. With the ability to make credible commitments, high end designers could raise their prices and make more money off their original designs. Therefore, there is clearly a benefit to high end designers that accompanies increased protection. Also, the author argues that imitation in the industry is only one sided with the high end designers having to deal with the rapid imitation of their original designs. With copyright, these designers could promise their consumers that this rapid copying of the apparel they are buying would not occur. Basically, the author here argues that the rampant copying in the fashion industry is detrimental to the high end designers and their customers. Therefore, copyright protection is necessary to protect their rights and keep low end designers from exploiting the low protection regime of the fashion industry.
Although this source complicates my thesis by working against my claims that fashion copyright laws should not be enacted, sources like these are absolutely necessary to develop a strong paper. These claims will provide something for me to argue against and prove incorrect in my argument. Without addressing opposing opinions, the argument and paper would be weak. This article clearly utilizes an analysis of the high end or elite designers to support the claim for increased fashion design protection. However, it avoids looking at the effect of copyright laws on the rest of the fashion industry. However, it is still a useful source as it provides the perspective of a high end designer, the biggest victim of piracy or imitation.
tagged cc copyright design fashion guild immitation legislation piracy by neetid ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Seeking summary judgment on the issue of the copyright claim, Perez Hilton, in X17 Inc. vs. Mario Lavadereia, filed a memorandum of points and authorities in support of motion for summary judgment, or in the alternative, partial summary judgment. According to the document, “X17’s copyright infringement claim fails because [the court] lacks subject matter jurisdiction.” Hilton stressed that the Copyright Act provides that "no action for infringement of the copyright in any work shall be instituted until registration of the copyright claim has been made,” and therefore, “an invalid registration nullifies the federal court’s subject matter jurisdiction.” In it’s applications filed with the U.S. Copyright Office, X17 identifies itself as the author and that the photographs were a “work made for hire,” but does no state the actual photographer or reference any agreement between the photographer and the agency. As a latch ditch effort, X17 created assignment agreements as a “litigation strategy.” In the document, Hilton declares that none of the photographers were X17 employees and that he and X17 were not competitors, both claims substantiated with testimony of the photographers and principals of the photography agency. Hilton asserts, “Summary judgment should be granted on X17’s copyright claim because the undisputed facts demonstrate that’s its purported copyright registrations are invalid.” When X17 represented itself as the owner of the photographs on the basis that they were “works for hire,” it must prove that the “work was prepared by an employee within the scope of his or her employment” or a “certain work 'specially ordered of commissioned.’” Hilton declares that the photographers were not employees of X17 and that there was no agreement between the agency and the photographer in writing that the photographs were “works for hire.” Additionally, the document purports that the three-month grace period to register some of the photographs after first publication had passed, and therefore, X17 could not meet the requirement for statutory damages and fees.
Hilton’s claim that material misrepresentations in X17’s copyright applications invalidate the registrations serves as an alternative defense to his fair use claim. For my research paper, this document allows me to investigate whether or not X17’s copyrights are valid and to dissect the relationship between the paparazzi agency and the photographers. This is the first document that introduces the term “work for hire,” as X17 maintains that they were assigned the rights to the photographs and commissioned the works. However, if Hilton was able to successfully prove that X17 does not hold valid copyrights to the photographs, his use of the photographs, newsworthy or not newsworthy, with doodles or without doodles, would not constitute infringement, as the photographs may belong in the public domain. Therefore, photography agencies such as X17 should ensure the proper protection of their photographs, and perhaps change their business model from “independent contractors” to employees to properly classify the photographs as “works for hire.”
tagged american_copyright copyright copyright_infringement fair_use perez_hilton x17_photo_agency x17_photos by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Subcommittee on Courts, the Internet, and Intellectual Property, Committe on the Judiciary, U.S. House of Representatives. Design Law: Are Special Provisions Needed to Protect Unique Industries-Testimony of Fashion Designer Narciso Rodriguez. 14 February 2008.
This source is a testimony by Narciso Rodriguez, a fashion designer and board member of the Council of Fashion Designers of America. This testimony is in favor of HR 2033, the Design Piracy Prohibition Act. He first presents some astounding figures such as the annual loss of at least $12 billion in the fashion industry due to piracy. He then takes the audience or reader through an almost emotional trip by explaining all the training, hard work, and money that goes into becoming a designer. With all the time and money invested within the fashion industry, pirates are just making a risky business riskier. He then constructs an argument for fashion copyright using a sad, personal anecdote. In other words, he plays on emotions and moral rights to make his point. He basically recounts a story about an original design he made that was copied and sold by pirates millions of times. Without protection for fashion design, US companies arise with piracy as their business model. These companies can afford to make large quantities at low prices, causing more sales for the pirating companies than for the original designer. Rodriguez then suggests the positive results of enacting copyright. Pirate companies would be forced to hire real designers, increasing the job market for designers and creating a great choice of original designs for consumers. He admits that in the past clothing was a functional object and therefore did not require protection. However, he believes that fashion has now become an art that is no longer just utilitarian. He then addresses the other side's concerns by claiming that only truly unique designs will be copyrighted, not all designs. He also states that the three year protection period will simply allow designers to reach the market before the pirates. After these three years and with a large public domain still in existence, previous designs can still be used for inspiration. He also addresses the concern that this will increase apparel prices by claiming that accessibly priced clothing will still exist, but the creation of these derivative lines will be through the original designer. Through explanation like these, Rodriguez attempts to passify the concerns on the scope of the legislation of copyright opponents.
This testimony by Narciso Rodriguez is very beneficial since it is a primary source coming from an elite fashion designer. It provides the viewpoint of someone within the fashion industry. Rodriguez begins his argument with a very emotional approach regarding his personal experiences and losses due to piracy. After getting the audience's sympathy, he provides some positive benefits of enacting copyright. He concludes his argument by addressing the concerns of the skeptics of fashion copyright. Rodriguez is a biased source since he obviously can benefit if the copyright laws are enacted. However, his testimony provides some real insight into the minds of fashion designers and the actual issues they face due to piracy. Therefore, this article provides a better sense of the real problems plauging the industry and if these laws can actually address these issues. So, although this testimony may not support my thesis, it provides better issues to address and counterargue than secondary sources would.
tagged cc cfda copyright counterfeit design fashion narciso_rodriguez piracy protection testimony by neetid ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
On November 22, 1963, Lee Harvey Oswald assassinated President Kennedy in Dallas, Texas. At the exact time of the murder, Abraham Zapruder, who happened to be filming a home video, documented photographic evidence of the assassination on his camera. A few days after, “Life” magazine, a publication of Time Incorporated, purchased the rights to the film, and parts of the film were then published in several issues of the magazine. In his book “Six Seconds in Dallas,” Josiah Thompson utilized “sketches” of the Zapruder film, which were later declared as clear copies, to enhance his study of Kennedy’s assassination. In response to the book’s publication, Time Incorporated filed a complaint against Thompson and his publisher, alleging the film was “stolen surreptitiously” and the defendants use of “copies of the frames” was “an infringement of statutory copyrights, an unfair trade practice, and unfair competition.”
In response to a motion by Time Incorporated for summary judgment, the district judge evaluated whether or not Thompson’s use of the film shots constituted a fair use. The judge notes that Life properly registered the film with the copyright office and stated that Thompson’s book “relie[d] heavily on the Zapruder pictures.” At a first question to be answered, the judge considered whether or not there was a valid copyright in the Zapruder pictures. The judge evaluated the plaintiff’s assertion that the pictures were simply records of what took place and that “news could not be copyrighted.” Evaluating past precedents, the judge stated “any photograph may claim the necessary originality to support a copyright claim merely by virtue of the photographers’ personal choice of subject matter, angle of photograph… and the…time it was taken.” Next, the judge evaluated whether or not the use of the pictures constituted a “fair use.” The judge declared that there was “a public interest in having the fullest information available on the murder of President Kennedy. Thompson did serious work on the subject and has a theory entitled to public consideration.” Further, the judge proclaimed that the book “was not bought because it contained the Zapruder pictures” but because of the “theory of Thompson and its explanation is supported by the pictures” and that there was no injury to Time Incorporated because there was “no competition.” For these reasons, the judge granted summary judgment for the defendants as the use was deemed a fair use.
This decision is vital for my research paper, as it discusses the fact that all pictures can qualify for the originality needed for copyright and that “serious work” and a “theory” in association with a copyrighted photo can constitute fair use. For one, Hilton cannot claim that a paparazzo’s photograph lacks originality, and therefore cannot be copyrighted, because the photographer, among other things, personally chose “the subject matter.” Furthermore, it exposes the fact Hilton cannot claim fair use in cases where he publishes newsworthy photographs because he simply states what is in the photograph, rather than imparting a theory or adding anything transformative. Individuals go to Hilton’s website to see the photographs, not to see Hilton’s obvious explanation of them. As opposed to this case, where Time Incorporated and Thompson operated in different markets, Hilton and the copyright holder are in direct competition, as Hilton greatly reduces the value of copyrighted work because the pictures are exhibited in whole on his website.
tagged bernard_geis_associates copyright copyright_infringement fair_use kennedy_assassination life life_magazine random_house random_house_publishing time time_inc zapruder zapruder_film by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
In this post from “The Blog Herald,” Jonathan Bailey proclaims that the X17, Inc. vs. Perez Hilton case has the “potential to drastically impact bloggers and small webmasters." Bailey cites the copyright cases against Hilton, including the Universal Studios suit involving a topless photograph of Jennifer Aniston. In discussing the X17 case, he purports that the blogger and the photograph agency were at a stalemate, as Hilton’s motion to dismiss the suit was denied, but he was allowed to “keep his site online while the lawsuit was pending.” However, Hilton’s site temporarily went down when Crucial Paradigm, his Australian web host, blocked Hilton’s access “due to the volume of copyright complaints,” and subsequently, he moved his site to the Voxel Dot Net server. The blog post discusses a separate lawsuit filed by Hilton against the photograph agency, an obvious vindictive move, “citing what [Hilton] called unfair competition.” Hilton argues that X17 “does not pay its photographers properly” and “hires illegal immigrants” to maintain low costs. In discussing “what was at stake,” Bailey asserts that the decision could establish guidelines for using others photographs on the Internet, especially in regard to published versus unpublished works. He believes that if the ruling is broad enough, the decision could “impact the Youtube crowd, many of whom take copyrighted works and make humorous modifications to the video, and it could impact link blogging services that republish articles, such as Google Reader’s “Share” feature.”
For the purposes of my paper, this blog post introduces information not contained in the legal documents filed in court. The fact that Hilton’s server terminated his service is representative of the highly contentious nature of the X17 lawsuit. Although the case only involves one individual, Hilton seems to be at the forefront of the blog world; therefore, the outcome of this case may have broad implications for the whole cyber world. The decision of the lawsuit may elucidate what constitutes a parody in regard to photographs. Small alterations to the photographs, in the form of doodles, may be deemed a satire, rather than a parody, by a court of law, thereby making it harder for Hilton to claim fair use. Additionally, the “unfair competition” lawsuit referenced in the blog post may reveal Hilton’s desire to retaliate against X17. He obviously lacks standing in a lawsuit filed that alleges that X17 exploits its photographers, some with “criminal backgrounds and gang affiliations.” The lawsuit is clearly a public attack aimed at damaging X17’s reputation. Finally, this blog is the first source to reference Hilton’s procedure for a takedown request. The existence of this procedure on his website seems backwards, as Hilton is attempting to secure DMCA protection for himself. However, Section 512 of American copyright law grants protection from monetary damages if “the transmission of the material was initiated by or at the direction of a person other than the service provider.” In this case, however, Hilton himself is posting the copyrighted pictures on his website, not an third-party user, so he affords himself no DMCA protection.
tagged copyright copyright_infringement dmca fair_use perez_hilton unfair_competition x17 x17_photo_agency x17_photos by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Time Inc. "Dress War." Time Magazine, 23 March 1936.
This newspaper article from the 1930s presents a more in depth view of the Fashion Originators' Guild of America. This article was written when retailers began noticing the guild was abusing its powers. This article gives examples of the guilds' abuse of power. The guild basically believed it had the power to decide which pieces of apparel were copies and which were not. If a retailer did not agree to remove whatever the guild instructed them to, the store would be "red-carded." In other words, the guild would inform all designers and manufacturers to boycott this retailer. So, Filene's Department store uses this abuse of power to accuse the guild of attempting to monopolize the fashion industry by blacklisting disobedient retailers and creating heavy penalities for anyone who broke the guild's rules. This particular battle between Filene's and the guild is the core of this newspaper article. However, the author takes the reader through the history of the guild and why it began in 1933. The guild began as a way to pick up the fashion industry during its low point in the Great Depression. The members of the guild agreed not to purchase anything known to be a copy of original designs by guild members. The members agreed to these terms for apparel in the higher priced range. This protection did indeed decrease business mortality and increase original design creation in the high end market. However, once the guild's power began to increase, they starting imposing these protection rules on lower priced apparel as well. The retailers were not happy with this power abuse since they could not compete with chains who were selling these lower priced pieces with no restrictions. In addition, customers buying clothing in this range do not care if their purchases are imitations. So, the guild was basically just abusing their power rather than creating rules to benefit the industry.
Although this article does not necessarily provide direct support for either side of the fashion copyright debate, it is an extremely important resource since it provides the history of a previous attempt at fashion design protection. Therefore, this article will provide a way for me to demonstrate why copyright laws should not be enacted in the present. Although current proposed laws will likely learn from the mistakes of the guilds, this article shows that even in the 1930s, only high end designers wanted protection. For the rest of the industry, copyright laws would cause more harm than good. This article is structured to show the many different and conflicting desires of the various players in the fashion industry. This makes any effective and lasting protection very difficult in this industry. Therefore, this article provides a historical example as support to why effective copyright laws for fashion are not only nearly impossible, but also somewhat harmful.
On www.perezhilton.com, Mario Armando Lavandeira Jr., better known as Perez Hilton, posts gossip and news stories about celebrities. The self-declared “Queen of All Media” posts up to twenty-five stories a day, and his website receives between two and four millions unique visitors per day. On his website, Hilton’s posts mostly consist of three parts: a title for the post, a photograph of a celebrity, and a news story or commentary. Additionally, on most of his posts, Hilton uses a computer program that allows him to doodle on the photographs with virtual white paint. His doodles are often sexually explicit, as he draws phallic symbols on celebrities’ faces and bodies. In some occasions, Hilton substitutes doodles with virtual white handwriting over the photographs, often consisting of sexual or exclamatory statements. To acquire the photographs, Hilton navigates entertainment websites, mostly those of photograph agencies, and copies the image for his own use. Along the right side of his website, Hilton displays advertisements serviced by Blogads; it has been reported that Hilton earns up to $110,000 per month in advertising revenue. On the left side of his website, Hilton offers his “Perez by phone” service, in which monthly subscribers receive pre-recorded messages from Hilton regarding breaking news stories, as well as a link to his clothes fashion line. In another section of his website, Hilton includes a copyright statement on, in which he declares, “All images on perezhilton.com are readily available in various places on the Internet and believed to be in public domain. Images posted are believed to be posted within our rights according to the U.S. Copyright Fair Use Act.”
Perez Hilton’s website is the cornerstone for my research project, as my paper investigates whether or not his use of copyrighted photographs constitute a fair use. The doodling, the photographs, as well as the news commentary, will offer the substance needed to evaluate his fair use claim. An analysis of his website reveals that there are, in general, five different types of posts that constitute a mix of newsworthy and not newsworthy photographs, photographs that contain and do not contain doodling, and news commentary that does or does not relate to the photograph used. These distinct blog posts complicate my research, as it is important to determine if any or all of the uses constitute a fair use. The existence of his telephone service, his clothing line, and the multitude of advertisements confirm that Hilton makes a substantial profit from his website. The website’s profitability will be a factor in determining the appropriate damages awarded to the photographs’ copyright holders if Hilton’s use of the material is determined to be infringement. Finally, Hilton’s “Copyright Statement” on his website appears to reveal a flaw in his affirmations. For one, the notion that all the images he uses are “readily available on the Internet” and are believed to be in the “public domain” is nonsensical. The next part of his statement, that images posted fall within his rights under the fair use act, completely contradicts his first statement. If Hilton believes the images he used were in the public domain, there would be no need to establish a fair use, as he would have every right to use the photographs. This flagrant inconsistency, in my opinion, immediately weakens his claims of fair use, as he obviously does not completely understand the principles behind it.
tagged copyright copyright_infringement fair_use perez_hilton by brianta ...on 25-NOV-08
Sprigman, Christopher. "Fashion Copyright, 'Corruption,' and the Unheard Consumer." Public Knowledge Blog. http://www.publicknowledge.org/node/1404. February 20, 2008.
This blog provides some very useful insight into how the fashion industry works and the corruption plauging the industry. The fashion industry's success can be attributed to the cyclical nature of consumption. Basically, copying helps to set trends, trends lead to consumption, more copying destroys that same trend due to overexposure, and the industry moves on to new trends. Therefore, copying does not harm the process; it is the process that creates profits in fashion. Why then would anyone want to destroy the process that generates money? Sprigman answers this question by accusing the Council for Fashion Designers of America of corruption and selfishness. The CFDA is the group that is promoting copyright laws for fashion design. However, the CFDA only represents a small fraction of the industry, the elite designers. The needs of the thousands of non-elite designers, manufacturers, retailers, distributors, and consumers are completely overlooked by the CFDA. These elite designers, who sell clothes for ridiculous prices, are the only ones who can afford to compete and prosper in a revised industry where every design is subject to infrigement suits. This is because these elite groups are the only ones who can afford lawyers. Just to increase profit a little for the small group of elite designers, the CFDA is going to raise prices and reduce consumer choices in an industry that has been incredibly successful for a very long time. These laws hurt consumers. However, consumer needs are ignored because of corrupt politics. These elite corporations can afford to pay Congressmen to sponsor the passing of bills they support. Therefore, intellectual property laws are badly warped due to elite desires and political corruption.
Although blogs are not necessarily the most reliable sources, the author of this blog is Chris Sprigman, the author of the Piracy Paradox. This blog is so interesting because it provides a completely different take on the fashion copyright war: a political angle. Rather than having an equal amount of people of either side of the debate, Sprigman argues that only a very few elite designers actually support these laws. The other supporters, such as those in Congress, are just a result of corruption. The argument here is the decision made regarding this issue should benefit the majority or the "public good." Since the CFDA is a small fraction of the fashion industry, passing these laws would harm the majority simply because this elite group is able to buy support. Therefore, this article is structured around attacking the CFDA and Congress and their reasons for supporting design protection. This will be very beneficial to my paper and argument since I can use these claims to counterargue declarations that fashion copyright will benefit the industry, consumers, and the fashion cycle.
tagged cc cfda consumer copyright corruption cycle designers elite fashion politics by neetid ...and 1 other person ...on 25-NOV-08
Deloitte's Media Predictions: TMT Trends 2008 lays out what their analysts have found to be some of the most important trends and implications for media, specifically with regards to technology, for the year 2008 and beyond. The report contains three sections that are important to the realm of the future of new media.
First, the report tackles the potentially slowing growth of online advertising. It makes two important claims. People tend to find online advertising more intrusive and pay less attention to it than print or television ads. This could be because internet use is typically more active, and advertising can hinder this active process. The second problem is the trend for privacy and against personal tracking. The use of tracking and targeted ads is the single biggest advantage for online advertising. If enough major companies and consumer groups come out against the practice, this could create a major dent in the online advertising industry.
The second area the report explores is the impact of internet television on traditional television. The report makes the claim that internet television will be supplemental to traditional television, however this may be untrue. Although the report states that the major usage of internet video is for short form clips such as YouTube videos, network rebroadcasts have been growing so fast that the advertising revenue from Hulu.com, a studio joint venture to rebroadcast full television shows, will outpace the advertising revenue from YouTube. This shows the trend of people to begin to accept watching television online as a viable alternative to traditional television. The report does make one interesting suggestion that producers could take advantage of differing levels of quality to create a price discrimination scheme that could help add additional revenue.
The last area naturally follows the previous two. It addresses the difficulties in monetizing new media ventures. The traditional form of television media followed the crass simplification of "Butts in Seats." That is the main goal was to have as many viewers as possible to watch the advertising, and pay rates were based on this number of viewers. Now, many forms of new media are attracting the viewers, but the viewers are not contributing to revenue. These viewers are costly to maintain and it creates a poor business model. The traditional methods will need to be changed to fit the new media world.
tagged copyright digital distribution new_media by briannt ...on 25-NOV-08
In "Who's Afraid of Digital Downloads," an early article about residuals for new media, attorney Brooke A. Wharton argues from the talent perspective about the problems that arise over redefining residual agreements based on new technology. Shee bases his case on the history of the current home video residual agreement. Namely that when the first deal was struck between Magnetic Video, a Betamax producer, and 20th Century Fox the agreement was that Magnetic Video would pay a 20% royalty fee for the licensing of their library. This deal was followed by many of the studios. In negotiating the talent contracts, 80% of the gross revenue was set aside and the 20% was split up among the studios and guilds. Wharton argues that this was fair when the manufacturing costs of one video were as high as $40. However, now that costs have come down to around $3, it is inappropriate for the studios to set aside such a large margin of the sales figures.
It is to this argument that Wharton adds the arguments for new media. She states that the production and distribution costs for new media delivery is close to zero and that the higher rates of television should apply rather than home video. She then backs off to say that this is going to be a major debate and refrains from emphatically defending the talent's position. She ends by saying that this fight is not just a fight for digital download residuals, but for the compensation and pay of talent in the new digital age. This question is of utmost importance and could set the landscape for digital media and distribution for years to come.
tagged amptp copyright digital distribution new_media wga writers_strike by briannt ...on 25-NOV-08
Call#: Van Pelt Library PN1992.6 .K55 2006
Call#: Van Pelt Library PN1992.6 .K55 2006
Call#: Annenberg Library Reserve Ann Res PN1992.6 .K55 2006
Call#: Annenberg Library Reserve Ann Res PN1992.6 .K55 2006
Chapter 5 of Barabar Klinger's Beyond the Multiplex: Cinema, New Technologies, and the Home is titled "To Infinity and Beyond." In this chapter she explores the internet and its future for video content. She decides to focus her attention on made-for online shorts, both originals and parodies. Her argument is that the internet has created both a platform and a renewed market for short form content. She cites the popularity of early 2000's website AtomFilms.com and many popular short parodies such as "George Lucas in Love." Her attention is focused mainly on the artistic and cultural implications, rather than the economic implications. She seems excited about the future and the ability for filmmaking to be available to almost everyone in our society. Very inexpensive tools can be used to create successful short form entertainment, and the internet allows for full and unabated distribution.
One topic that she mentions briefly, but glosses over is of extreme value. The potential market for short form branded entertainment otherwise called advertainment. This powerful tool is simply entertainment content that is developed specifically to showcase or introduce a brand sponsored product. In one sense this goes back to the origins of television with sponsored shows. There have been a few very successful advertising campaigns that have used this new medium. BMW produced a series of films entitled The Hire in which they got famous directors and actors to produce shorts that included driving scenes. The films were pure entertainment, they did not tell anyone where and when to buy a BMW nor was there a distinct product they were selling. They were, however, showcasing the car and entitled BMW films presents. In this vein other shorts such as Dove's Evolution was a powerful two minute short showcasing the illusion of "model" beauty. This film was more educational but still with the purpose that people would choose to watch the short. These successful examples showcase a powerful new market that has yet to be adequately tapped. These shorts can be provided to mobile phones, sites such as YouTube, and any other short form marketplace. This should be the new trend in advertising and can have a large impact on the future of new media.
tagged copyright digital distribution new_media shorts by briannt ...on 25-NOV-08
The Summary of the Tentative 2008 WGA Theatrical and Television Basic Agreement is the end result of major negotiations between the American Motion Pictures and Television Producers (AMPTP) and the Writers Guild of America (WGA) following a WGA. As is evidenced by the focus of the document, the major negotiations occurred surrounding points of new media. There are many other details changed within the Memorandum of Agreement, however, focusing on the official summary it is clear that new media was the most important. The rules for new media fall into two categories: original product developed for new media and the redistribution of media through new media platforms.
The first part of this agreement deals with original products developed for new media. First, the agreement establishes the guild's jurisdiction over this sphere if the project is developed by an established writer, the project is a derivative of an existing covered film or show, or if the budget is large enough. In this sense the guild has won the jurisdiction argument and has established itself as creating the minimum contract necessary for these projects. The agreement also explains the compensation schedules and exhibition windows before residuals begin.
The second part of the agreement deals with the reuse of existing media in new media platforms such as the internet or mobile phones. This part of the agreement sets up some interesting implications. First, it differentiates between, electronic rental, sell through, and streaming. This is an important distinction that will largely effect how the future of internet distribution will work. It defines rental as viewer pay for limited access, sell through as viewer pay for unlimited access, and lastly ad-supported streaming in which the viewer does not pay for access to the television show or film. Important terms under the new agreement make rental and download rates higher than the physical media equivalents of home video, but the ad supported streaming, although higher then home video is less than ad supported television.
The other major implication within the agreement is that it allows for promotional "clips" to be shown without residuals of up to 5 minutes. This is currently being used for programs such as Saturday Night Live where the clip is all that is necessary and may mean that short subject shows will get a lot of attention and reuse online.
tagged amptp copyright digital distribution new_media wga writers_strike by briannt ...on 25-NOV-08
In their paper, Does Peer-to-Peer Harm Copyright Owners: Protecting and Distributing Digital Products, Anne Duchene and Patrick Waelbroeck create an economic model of peer-to-peer content sharing versus traditional distribution with specific respect to online music sharing. Although the paper was written about music in 2003, it can be thought about with respect to film and television today.
The model makes a few major assumptions to reach its conclusions. First, the original work provides more utility than the copy. This can easily be supported in today's terms that the original versions are of higher quality and can provide additional features such as DVD extras. The second assumption is that content producers will spend a large amount of money marketing and distributing under the traditional methods, but these costs will be 0 for peer-to-peer distribution. This assumption decidedly focuses on small independent produced content and ignores studio produced content. Along with this assumption is that there is a cost to downloading copies both in the opportunity cost of finding the copy and second in the copyright protection both technically and legally. This assumption does seem to hold true to real world issues.
The findings of their model is that as copyright protection is increased, not only is consumer surplus decreased through decreased utility for copiers but also for buyers in terms of higher prices passed on to implement the higher protection standards, but also that higher copyright protection favors the large studio productions that have the ability to overcome the capital thresholds for marketing and distributing through traditional media. This could easily apply to film and television new media as well. As the studios block access to files through DRM, they are increasing production costs and favoring themselves over low capital producers who cannot afford to implement these strategies.
This has interesting implications over the future of new media in terms of concentration versus fragmentation of the media industry. It appears that if left unfettered, the online channel allows for a fragmentation of content producers. This is evidenced by YouTube, Funny or Die, and other small yet popular independent online content producers. However, if the studios are able to enforce higher levels of copyright protection, for example winning the Viacom v YouTube case, this could further concentrate power in the studios. In this example, the higher costs of copyright protection would lower YouTube or other smaller sites abilities to operate profitably. If these sites that support user generated content are hampered, it will allow sites such as Hulu.com to dominate and favor studio produced content over user produced content.
tagged copyright digital distribution new_media peer-to-peer by briannt ...on 25-NOV-08
Andrew Bridges is the Google counsel on the board for this video and he brings up a couple very good points in favor of Google. He points out one of Perfect 10's arguments, for the fourth factor of Fair Use, that Google's Image Search could severely hurt the market for a cell phone in the UK. He pointed how ridiculous it would be if this large, very useful image search, could fail because of a single cell phone deal. Clearly this shows that such an argument, from Perfect 10, should not be seriously considered. He goes on to point out the Perfect 10 starts to combine trademark law with copyright law when they argue about framing. He makes a very good case that the framing is very similar to hyperlinking, which is clearly not anywhere near copyright infringement.
Russ Frackman is the Perfect 10 counsel and brings up a potentially harmful argument against Google. He argues that Google's linking is direct infringement because it links to copyrighted materials. He cites a very good example of a South Park website that claims that it is not infringing because it is not hosting the video. The video is imbedded on the page, but they do not actually host the video. While this at first seems like a very strong argument, he fails to acknowledge the clear differences between Google and the South Park website. Google Image Search is not directly linking to the website; rather a computer program is creating the thumbnails and the links. The South Park website is purposefully linking to an infringing video. He also points out that Google gains a lot by having their name on the screen in framing and the Image Search in general. They are not merely providing a service. While this is obviously true, it does not really hit the important issues. Obviously the Image Search is important and beneficial to Google; if it was not, they would not have it. It does not, in any way, contribute to the creation or even the linking to the infringing images. For that reason alone, that aspect should not hold much importance.
tagged copyright fora google infringement napster perfect_10 santa_clara search thumbnails tv video by seanga ...on 24-NOV-08
Why We Fight is a video produced by members of the Writers Guild of America during the Writer's Guild Strike of 2007-2008 to state and explain their position on what they were asking for in the negotiations. The video is both an editorial on the disagreement, but also represents a primary source of information that helped move the events of the negotiations. The video was distributed via YouTube, which is fitting with its content about the fight over digitally distributed media.
The video lays out the background of the writer's demands. Namely that after television proved an important revenue stream for the repeated play of theatrical films and the syndication of television shows, the writers had rightfully convinced the studios to pay them a 2.5% residual for any replaying of a written work after the initial play period. The video states this as a given fair standard. It goes on to say that when the home video market came about, they agreed to reduce their residual by 80% for home video revenue in order to allow the studios to experiment with the new technology. This is due to the calculation formula that sets aside 80% of wholesale receipts before applying profit participation on the remaining 20%. The video continues by making the argument that not only should the current home video residual be raised to .6% as compensation to "give back what we've given up," but also that media that is delivered through downloaded content or streaming should be using the 2.5% residual for free television.
The video does make one important relevant claim. It suggests that in the future, all television may be delivered digitally through technologies similar to IPTV or other forms of internet television. It claims that the studios will use this change to support paying the lower internet residual instead of the higher television residual. This claim is supported by evidence that studios that resisted new forms of technology in the past, using the threat to gain concessions from the guilds, have later embraced the technologies and earned more revenue as a result. While internet delivery of television and movies is not yet profitable, it may become the most profitable channel in the future.
tagged amptp copyright new_media wga writers_strike youtube by briannt ...on 24-NOV-08
In their 2007 article, "Hollywood Labor Unrest Looms on the Digital Horizon," Hessinger and Liebenberg argue that not only are the question of residuals for new media going to result in a possible work stoppage (as they did,) but that fundamentally there is a flaw in the residual system. They liken the system to that of a contractor building a house. It is ludicrous to think that anyone would pay the contractor a small fee every year that the house stands for continued enjoyment of the house, but it is exactly this model that the talent guilds operate off of. They argue, however, that because this model is so engrained in the Hollywood system, that reform is preferable to abolishment.
The article makes an important distinction between copyright law and contract law. In the terms of the talent guilds, especially the WGA, the talent has already signed over the copyright to the producers. In return for signing over the copyright, the producers agree to both a one time payment for services and residual payments based on the reuse of the material. Because this is not a question of copyright infringement, the negotiations occur not in the courts, but in arbitration and negotiation rooms.
The proposed fix that the article suggests is that instead of taking the residual payments out of the gross revenue numbers, the residuals should be taken out of the profit numbers. They suggest that this would allow studios to recoup a profit before paying out residuals on projects that lose money. It does not seem appropriate that a film that lost a lot of money for a studio should be paying out residuals while the studio is still retaining a loss. However, this solution would not work in practice. It is very easy for studios to change their accounting methods to show no profits from many of their films. This would effectively erase residuals even on seemingly profitable films. These accounting methods may be questionable but are not illegal. Because of this, the new WGA agreement for new media bases the residuals of gross advertising figures instead of net profit figures.
Recent issues in home improvement commonly deal with architectural imitation, although not all of these issues are taken to court as formal copyright infringement cases. Betsey Schiffman provides some live examples of architectural imitation in her article in the home improvement section of Forbes magazine. The first example she discusses is about a $1 million home in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, built by a citizen named Truett Miley. Miley designed most of the home himself and was convinced that it would be unique, but following his own creation, a house very similar to his arose in his neighbors' plot. Miley owns his own contracting company, and he filed a copyright infringement lawsuit against his neighbors Graham and Sharon Stone, who had built the similar house. One of Miley's major concerns was that the imitation house could affect the value of his own home if he decided to sell it, since it was so similar, and right next door. Although his neighbors' imitation could be interpreted as a form of flattery, Miley pointed out that it would have been much more flattering if the house was in another city or state, since this would be less likely to impact the value of his own home. Miley's attorney, Marc Whitfield, pointed out that it is very difficult to place monetary value on architectural originality. Because most homes have common features such as columns and shutters, it is difficult to prove that a home is "substantially similar" to another one. In a court case, a plaintiff must provide evidence that the features of a building are original and have not been used before, and this is very rare. Schiffman brings up the example of Cinderella's Castle in Disney World, which is said to be inspired by the German castle Neuschwanstein, which was built nearly 100 years before Disney World opened. In this case, it is nearly impossible to tell whether this is an issue of copyright infringement. Schiffman mentions other copyright infringement cases involving architecture, such as a case where Hablinski + Manion Architecture in Los Angeles found a home in Beverly Hills that looked remarkably similar to one they had designed. The firm discovered that the "copycat" house's creator, Mehran Shahverdi, had been an employee with them before, and had taken ideas from their firm and from another that he had been employed with previously. This case has actually not gone to trial yet, but is interesting and relevant because it provides a very current example of architectural copyright and its monetary implications. Schiffman's commentary in this article proves useful for my overall paper because it brings up the issue of monetary consequences following imitation in architecture, rather than just discussing the philosophical reasons for the AWCPA or other copyright infringement issues.
tagged architecture copyright forbes by sheelaa ...on 24-NOV-08
Deadlinehollywooddaily.com in spite of its long name is the source for all breaking news and great commentary for the WGA strike and AMPTP and SAG talks. Nikki Finke has created a blog that not only has been providing news and updates about the situations, but she has personally broken many of the stories, especially during the writers' strike. Her posts are decidedly pro-union and very against not only the studios, but the industry trade papers for reporting in slanted ways for the studios.
Her position on all the union contract negotiations has generally been one of David versus Goliath. She has taken the position that the talent guilds deserve higher residuals, because they are the little guys who are being strong armed by the studios. Although her claims are not readily based on sound economic analysis, she does have a very keen understanding of the actual players in the discussions. She reports how the studio heads deliberately aim to horde profits while keeping the talent as under paid as possible. One of her best posts was supported by a video that juxtaposed the studio heads saying to investors how profitable online distribution was going to be with the statements to the WGA that there was no money in online distribution and that they would not agree to any residuals before they could "experiment" with the medium.
Nikki Finke's position has nevertheless been backed up mainly by her ability to quote the hypocrisy of the studios. It seems that it has been her intention to keep the studios in line when it comes to presenting an accurate description of the effects of the new media contracts. Currently her posts are centered around both the SAG talks, and the WGA's complaint that the AMPTP is not paying the residuals agreed upon in the Minimum Basic Agreement that was signed to end the writers' strike. Her blog is evidence that new media is such unknown uncharted territory, that often personal emotions tend to outweigh any rational thought. It seems very possible that the future of digital media may be decided in irrational, territorial infighting rather than sound economic business plans.
tagged amptp copyright new_media sag wga writers_strike by briannt ...on 24-NOV-08
In his article, "Watch Now: Netflix, Streaming Movies and Networked Film Publics," Chuck Tryon uses Netflix's new "Watch Now" feature to represent the new methods of Hollywood film delivery to the viewer. "Networked film publics" is the most interesting idea of the article and is presented in the title, but it is only briefly touched upon. The idea that it stimulates, however, is of an online community dedicated to the communal watching and discussing of film and television. Instead of a group of friends gathering in a theatre or a home to watch films and discuss them, the internet would connect random people from anywhere in the world based on like interests and watching these films could be a collective experience.
Tryon mentions that for the time being the main way of watching these streaming films and shows is on the computer, and that this individual method of consuming content will change the type of content consumed. However, this claim only takes into account the intermediate stages of the new forms of digital delivery. Already Netflix has partnered with Microsoft's Xbox to deliver films on demand to televisions.
Overall the claim that new methods of watching and interacting with content because of its distribution form is very interesting to the topic at hand. The power of groups to spread and distribute content may give power to the independent producers and new media producers while taking away from the gatekeeping abilities the studios have enjoyed. It is understandable in this context why the studios are concerned about new media distribution as an "experimental" technology that needs to be protected from exorbitant residual payments. However, the studios need to look at this as a new opportunity. They can have the ability to create fan groups and internet showings of films. They can price discriminate by charging different prices for the movie if it has extra features packaged with it. They can run discussion boards in which they can have very targeted advertising. There are many new opportunities to look for in this new delivery method.
tagged copyright digital distribution netflix new_media by briannt ...on 24-NOV-08
The complaint filed in the case Viacom et al v. YouTube et al, shows the potential harms from digital distribution of content. In the complaint, Viacom contends that not only does YouTube provide a service in which it is possible for users to post copyrighted material, they encourage it and have infringed copyrights for the purpose of promoting and growing the website. The complaint decides to sidestep the DMCA and make a charge based on previous copyright law. They argue that YouTube is not providing the necessary resources to copyright owners to stop infringing material, and that they are purposefully failing to stop the uploading of copyrighted material. This charge contains two important pieces of information for the topic of new media distribution. One, that there is a market being monetized of copyrighted material, and two, that there is rampant piracy and costs with preventing this piracy.
The complaint makes a strong yet unsubstantiated claim that the majority of web traffic to YouTube is driven by copyrighted material. Anecdotally and unscientifically this does not seem to be an accurate description. Looking at the "Most Viewed" clips on YouTube, the lists are dominated by user generated content. Most of the viral clips that have become representative of Web 2.0 were user generated. The few notable exceptions being Saturday Night Live's Digital Shorts which were promptly taken down by YouTube before being uploaded to NBC.com and Hulu.com by NBC. In this view that is as scientific as the complaint is, it does not seem to hold true that it is copyrighted material that is driving web hits. In addition, YouTube had in place a 10 minute limit to any video clip (albeit for mainly storage limitation reasons) that would have precluded any longform entertainment to be posted.
This debate brings up the discussion of now three types of new media content. Copyrighted material created for traditional media that is reused in new media, new media created and produced for digital distribution by professional producers, and user generated content. In this case it seems that YouTube is dedicated to being the market leader in user generated content, while allowing other sites such as Hulu.com to be the standard for redistribution of traditional media.
Rangnath, Rashmi. "Design Protection for Fashion Design and Autoparts: A Bad Idea Times Two." Public Knowledge Blog. http://www.publicknowledge.org/node/1399. February 16, 2008.
This blog considers the design protection for fashion designs and autoparts in terms of markets and niches. In terms of fashion design, the author argues that knockoffs do not damage the market for original designs much at all. Obviously there is some effect on the original designer, but the author argues that this effect is negligible due to the different markets that original designs and knockoffs compete within. Customers who can afford to buy runway designs are going to buy these original designs regardless of how many imitation versions are circulating. This is because the people who are willing to pay so much for clothing want to be able to tell others they are wearing an original. For them, only the original can give them the status they desire. On the other hand, people who cannot afford these original designs do not care if their clothing gives them status. In actuality, these customers still would not purchase the original design if the knockoffs were not present in the industry. These consumers are fine with the lower quality imitation once the trend trickles down. For this reason, elite and original fashion designers have no need to lower their prices to compete with knockoffs and imitations. This is because these two versions are marketing and selling to two different groups of people. They are operating within two different markets. Finally, the blog ends with an attack on elite designers who claim pirates end up selling more imitation versions than the designers can even imagine to sell of their original. The author argues here that in the elite market, the designer can sell very few items at a incredibly high price while pirates may sell thousands of products, but at virtually nothing compared to the original's price. Therefore, the elite designers probably come out ahead in terms of profit. The author makes a correlating argument against autopart design protection, which does not apply to the topic of interest.
This blog was chosen as a source for my paper because it has a very unique approach in looking at fashion designs and their imitations. Rather than looking at the logistics of the fashion industry or as someone from within the fashion industry, this blog arrives at this issue from the viewpoint of a consumer. In other words, the blog looks at the various classes of consumers and their different markets in order to suggest that imitation is not really harming anyone to an extent where copyright laws need to be enacted. By looking at the fashion copyright debate from a consumer and market viewpoint, this blog provides incredible support for my thesis by showing that a lack of copyright laws in fashion actually helps the industry thrive in all consumer markets. With design protection, the market for low end customers may very well be knocked out since a majority of consumers do not shop around in both low and high end markets.
In this New York Times article, Fred Bernstein comments on previous cases involving architecture and copyright, most notably the Shine v. Childs case dealing with the Olympic Tower and the Freedom Tower, and their implications for the present. He brings up an example of early copying in architecture by referring to Thomas Jefferson's University of Virginia, and how it mimics a Neo-Roman style in America. The first United States copyright act was passed in 1790, and copyright legislation in the United States did not involve architecture until 200 years later in 1990. Just as in other areas such as publication and music composition, it is sometimes extremely difficult to discern what parts of a creative work are similar to other works because of deliberate copying or mere coincidence. Although there are numerous obstacles in situations involving imitation in architecture, some architects see imitation or resemblance to their own work as forms of flattery. Architect Daniel Libeskind has presented two points of view on imitation. He doesn't mind that Donald Bates, creater of Federation Square (a large, commercial development in Melbourne, Australia), used acute angles similar to those used in his own work. However, Libeskind has objected to Peter Eisenman's design for the Holocaust Memorial in Berlin, because it looked too similar to a memorial garden he had designed for the Jewish Museum in Berlin. However, the previous two examples deal more with intellectual debate than with copyright law. Copyright is only able to cover "tangible expression", not ideas, which is a clash that is often encountered with copyright issues in architecture. One of the major points of this article is that issues involving plagiarism in architecture rarely make it to court, because architecture is a largely collaborative effort. There is too much activity, combined from project architects, students, project designers, and consultants, for specific copyright cases to be honed out. Bernstein mentions three current cases involving architectural similarities, including one dealing witha partition in a first-class lounge in Kennedy Airport. Mr. Sharples, a partner at the firm SHoP/Sharples Holden Pasquarelli accused architect Zaha Hadid of copying the screen in the airport lounge from one of his firm's designs. This is an example of how copyright cases can sometimes bring out absurdity in issues, especcially in architectural issues in which it is extremely difficult to discern between outright imitation and coincidental similarity.
tagged architecture childs copyright shine by sheelaa ...on 24-NOV-08
This source is a blog which highlights several opinions on the decision. Some agree with my thesis while others disagree. I will use the supporters as examples to prove my thesis and will rebut the opinions of the dissenters. William Patry offers the opinions in the first two blog entries on the page. Both are highly critical of the Court's decision in favor of Google. First he points out that if you tally up the factors, Google received none and Perfect 10 received three, according to him. This argument is highly flawed because it was actually 2-1 in favor of Google according to the case. The second argument stated that the Court erred in its assessment of Google as "consumptive." The case has a good explanation for why this is their opinion and it seems valid.
John Ottaviani argues that using Copyright Law from the 1970s is not very relevant for this type of technologically-based case. He fails to realize that it is the concept of what is copyright that has carried over for that long of a time. Copyright law would have changed had it not been working. They also used contemporary examples in the decision. C.E. Petit argued against the first and fourth factors of Fair Use. She argues that they are very similar and will almost always favor the same side. According to her, the judge used the same facts for each factor and that they are likely being double counted. She is probably right that these factors overlap and more than they should. They should, however count for more because of how important they are to Fair Use. The similarity was likely on purpose.
Martin Schwimmer wrote, "The thought occurs as I read this section that Google makes this go away by cropping a corner off the thumbnail (or perhaps reproduces thumbs using sepia tone)." This is amusing, but at the same time, it makes a very good point. Much of the argument centers on whether or not the thumbnails are the same as the image. Removing a corner would actually resolve this argument. It would not change the function of the thumbnails. This shows me that the argument is being over thought and that thumbnails shouldn't be considered the same. If such a small alteration can change an opinion that greatly, then it should not even need to be done.
tagged blog case copyright google infringement perfect_10 search thumbnails by seanga ...on 24-NOV-08
This is a case where IO Group, the maker of adult entertainment videos, sued Veoh, a YouTube-like online video site, for hosting IO’s content (uploaded by Veoh's users) without the company’s consent. But instead of sending Veoh a takedown notice, IO directly sued Veoh in the US District Court. Veoh claimed it was protected by the safe harbor provisions of the DMCA, and asked for the case to be dismissed. The judge denied IO’s request for summary judgment, determining that Veoh qualified for the protection of safe harbor. The case is interesting because it deals with what happens when a copyright holder is so unsatisfied with the amount of work that a service provider does to prevent infringement that is skips the notice and takedown procedure all together. IO believed that Veoh’s policies were inadequate and needed to be more proactive in preventing repeat offenders from creating multiple accounts and continuing to upload infringing content. The Judge disagreed with this notion, and ruled that a “policy is unreasonable only if the service provider failed to respond when it had knowledge of the infringement.”
IO’s claim in this case will be an example of an extreme view in the notice and takedown debate. While I will likely be arguing for a reform of the procedure outlined in Section 512 because it is too easily abused, IO thought the process was so insufficient as to not even use it, and instead sought immediate relief in court. The judge’s affirmation that Veoh had properly followed the law and that it did not need to take additional preventative measures to stop the infringement represents a blow to copyright holders who think the notice and takedown provision of the DMCA does not go far enough. While many think that notice and takedown system fails because it is too heavy handed, IO believes the opposite. Even though they lost, it is still worthwhile to discuss their alternative opinion, which will provide a sense of balance to the paper.
tagged copyright dmca notice_and_takedown safe_harbor veoh by gr ...and 1 other person ...on 24-NOV-08
This source linked is only McCain - Palin’s initial correspondence to YouTube. YouTube’s response can be viewed here:
This letter by the McCain campaign expresses former presidential candidate’s displeasure with YouTube over questionable infringement claims made by the national news media. After the campaign created advertisements using well known video clips from national media sources and uploaded them to YouTube, news organizations like CBS sent YouTube DMCA takedown notices for hosting videos that they believed infringed on their copyright. Central to their claim was the fact that they did not want their videos and personalities to be seen as endorsing one candidate or another. YouTube promptly removed the videos, which drew the ire of the McCain campaign. Even though YouTube was properly following DMCA protocol, McCain lamented that the process would take too long to be resolved (between 10 and 14 days), and asserted that YouTube should make a fair use judgment itself before removing the video. McCain asked for special treatment, allowing for videos uploading by the official candidates’ campaigns to be looked at differently when receiving takedown notices. In YouTube’s response, the video host declined these requests claiming that it was simply following the procedure laid out in the DMCA to protect its safe harbor status, and that they could not discriminate between uploaders. A McCain representative asserted that the DMCA does not necessarily define with what specific speed a host must comply with a takedown notice, and responding automatically is not mandated.
This situation provides one of the central examples I will use in my paper. McCain’s difficulties with the intricacies of the DMCA provide a high profile example of how certain provisions can be abused. It is particularly valuable because even though the correspondence is between the McCain campaign and YouTube, both organizations are effectively complaining about the takedown and notice process, albeit to different degrees. Even as YouTube says it is simply following protocol, it criticizes those who abuse the takedown process. Meanwhile, the McCain campaign reiterates the problems many see in the lack of timely recourse alleged infringers have in the process.
tagged abuse copyright dmca fair_use free_speech mccain obama special_treatment youtube by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
This article from the California Law Review attempts to highlight the legal difference between notice and knowledge regarding cases of infringement. When Section 512 of the DMCA was written, Congress intentionally did not make service providers directly liability for infringing material, anticipating that this would burden providers and slow growth of the internet. In creating the notice and takedown procedure, Congress wanted to create a system where notices would be sent to inform of “potential liability” in order to spark an investigation by the service provider – not simply demanding the removal of the material. The author says that because service providers have conflated the actual notice of potentially infringing material with the knowledge that the material is infringing, they have become prone to removing the material immediately, fearing that they will be sued for contributory copyright infringement. The author does not believe that the receipt of a notice is equivalent to outright knowledge of infringement, and is not sufficient to put the service provider at risk. The author also remarks that because the service provider is ultimately concern with its legal risk, this practice “poses serious First Amendment issues.”
The confusion surrounding when a service provider becomes liable itself will be an important factor in my paper. In trying to prove that the DMCA’s notice and takedown provision has been manipulated and abused, this article pointing out the origins of the problem will be essential. On a fundamental level, the misinterpretation of what a takedown notice actually means and its conflation with actual knowledge of infringement represents a systematic problem, one that while not anticipated has developed over time. Using this insight into what the initial Congressional intentions were and how those desires were not necessarily manifested in the law that was passed is a very important way to support my thesis.
tagged 512 copyright direct_liability dmca notice_and_takedown by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
This paper was written by researchers at the University of Washington, and explores the difficulties associated with monitoring P2P file sharing networks for copyright infringement, and how the notice and takedown procedure is affected. Two experiments were conducted, one in August 2007 and a second in May 2008, where researches intentionally implicated their own University controlled IP addresses in BitTorrent activity, but without any uploading or downloading of copyright infringing material. As a result, the researchers received a variety of takedown notices from the music and movie industries – over 400 false positives between the two experiments. Additionally, they were able to maliciously implicate other IP addresses in their experimentation, heavily suggesting that independent third parties without any connection to possible copyright infringing activity could receive takedown notices. To demonstrate the ridiculousness of this, the researchers were able to get multiple takedown notices sent to the IP address of a networked printer, incapable of copyright infringement via BitTorrent. They found that indirect monitoring of BitTorrent and other P2P networks, while less costly and resource intensive, is much less accurate than direct monitoring and results in the numerous amount of false claims. The current methods used to monitor these networks are highly inconclusive of whether actual infringement is taking place.
This paper is a great resource in that it takes no sides in the forthcoming “arms race” between infringers and monitors, but rather surveys the current landscape and makes determinations about the effectiveness of the strategies. While not offering an opinion on the fair use or protected speech implications, it illustrates how takedown notices are issued without extensive care. To receive a notice when no uploading or downloading of an infringing file has occurred, or even worse, when a person is arbitrarily and incorrectly framed for being involved in using BitTorrent, exemplifies the failures of the current system. Anecdotally speaking, the example of the printer receiving a takedown notice for downloading an illegal file is specifically poignant.
tagged bittorrent copyright dmca notice_and_takedown torrent by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
This column by Quinn Norton offers a criticism of people and organizations that improperly use the notice and takedown system not to primarily protect their intellectual property, but rather to stifle free speech and bad publicity. Her contention is that using intellectual property law as a public relations vehicle in inherently inappropriate and not a proper use of the DMCA. The first example cited is the case of Diebold, the infamous maker of electronic voting machines, where internal memorandums acknowledging machine malfunction were leaked onto the internet, contradicting the public statements by the company. Instead of coming clean about the failures and admitting that it had originally mislead, the company tried to eradicate the documents from the web, attempting to cover up the evidence instead of confronting it. Using Section 512 of the DMCA, Diebold sent notice and takedown letters to all sources it could find that were hosting the documents. Similar anecdotes about Scientology, Jehovah’s Witnesses, and radio host Michael Savage all evidence the practice of using the DMCA to silence critics.
Norton’s column is important to my paper because of her simple and succinct conclusion that the takedown process is “a weak way to shut people up.” Her examples provide relatable, real-world examples about how free speech can be put down via notice and takedown, but what I take away from the article is her overriding message that a perversion of copyright is not an acceptable way to achieve an end. Her personal experience and perspective help me create a diversity of sources, and balances out some of the more numerically based evidence.
tagged copyright diebold free_speech notice_and_takedown scientology by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
This study was conducted in 2006 by Jennifer M. Urban and Lauren Quilter, surveying the effects of Section 512 of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act on the Internet. The two used an empirical approach to look at the notice and takedown landscape, and collected data about the number and type of notices that were sent in recent years. Google provided all the notices the company had received between 2002 and 2005 (constituting the majority of the data), with non-trivial supplements coming from the Chilling Effects Clearinghouse. The researchers were careful to point out a variety of issues with the data set, including a potential bias in the Chilling Effect notices, since these were self-reported cases. The Google information also is flawed to a degree, since notices sent to a search engine like Google are not necessarily emblematic of the entire notice and takedown climate. This is displayed by a discrepancy between the data and common perception, with music and movie companies accounting for few of the takedown notices, since they find it more useful sending takedown notices to non-search engines. Acknowledging the need for additional data and further research, the study concluded that there a large number of claims had serious substantive questions. While anticipating some notices to be unjustifiable, the high number of problematic notices that were found was “particularly troubling.” Since the researchers used a high threshold of what would be considered questionable (choosing to use cases where fair use only could likely be used as a proper defense) the results are even more severe than first appear. Even so, enough claims were made without sufficient justification or sometimes without any at all (claims regarding material which are not subject to copyright) for the study to conclude that the “implications for expression on the Internet of this extrajudicial process appear, from our limited data, significant.”
This is going to be very helpful in my paper, since it will be one of the few but important statistical analyses I use. Many of the other works are theoretical expositions by professors and academics, citing specific cases and expanding out the reasoning to apply to more generic cases. However, this study uses nearly 1,000 data points to arrive at its significant conclusions that will aid me in my argument. Most importantly, I will reference the high rate of improper claims, representing the low barrier to entry to submit even a fraudulent claim, and its negative impact on free speech on the internet.
tagged chilling_effects copyright dmca google notice_and_takedown by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
This article provides an interesting take on issues dealing with copyright and architecture before the AWCPA was passed in 1990. The author, Arthur S. Katz, discusses his definition of the term "copyright" itself, and how it should apply to architecture, even though no specific legislation had been passed on the subject during the time this article was written (Spring of 1954). Katz first explains how protection granted under copyright principles is a "pecuniary matter", meaning that if there is an indiscriminate use of an author's work, he is not protected under copyright law. Katz then discusses how an architect can be compared to a composer of music, more so than an author, because he uses signs, symbols, and graphic representations, rather than just words. Because this article was written before the AWCPA, Katz states that it should be assumed that an architect's unpublished work, such as his designs and plans, are protected under common copyright principles against any misuse. Katz also then brings up his opinion that the concept of "novelty", or originality, in architecture should refer to creations that are not new to a creater himself, even though they might exist already. This article is intriguging because with the AWCPA not yet in existence, the author compares copyright in architecture to copyright in writing and publication. He refers to the fact that it is difficult to distinguish one publication from another in many cases, and this is directly analogous to copyright in architecture. Katz's arguments and points that he brings up are useful tools in the analysis and discussion of my thesis, because they provide a perspective from the past, and can be applied to a discussion about present issues such as substantial similarity, and the "concept and feel" test in architecture.
tagged architecture copyright copyright_before_awcpa by sheelaa ...on 24-NOV-08
In December of 1990, the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act (AWCPA) was signed into law, extending protection to a very general class of architectural designs. This article, by Raphael Winick, as a whole is useful because it provides a review of all of the provisions of the AWCPA, and how they were determined. One of the important points that the author brings up is that the AWCPA is well suited to ensure that social interest in architectural creativity is protected, and that limiting copyright protection to architectural design and works maintains creativity and progress in the field of architecture as a whole. Much of this article discusses issues inherent to the field of architecture, and their implications for copyright law. One of these issues is the imporrtance of architecture as an art form. Winick states that "architecture and society have a profoundly interdependent relationship", and that it plays more than just an aesthetic role in society. Before 1990, Congress was reluctant to extend copyright law to architecture, because they thought that such protection would prevent creativity in the field. Architecture can be considered a utilitarian work, and American intellectuals assumed that when useful objects were unavailable for others to modify or use, progress and creativity would be stunted. After instituting the AWCPA, legislators decided that further extending it would in fact lessen progress in architecture. Winick brings up the important point that architects rarely create completely original designs, and borrowing from existing sources is often times required. Borrowed elements include common designs, whether functional or aesthetic, such as arches, windows, or domes. Winick points out that originality and creativity can emerge when a new design is placed in a new context. This article is useful for an argument following my thesis, because it provides essential background information on the philosophies of the architectural field, which provide support for discussion of the AWCPA and substantial similarity.
tagged architecture awcpa copyright by sheelaa ...on 24-NOV-08
In this article, Paul Alan Levy echoes the calls by some to combat abuse of the DMCA notice and takedown system by shaming those who make illegitimate claims and the others who needlessly comply, as well as take possible legal action against them. Levy also argues that the better approach would be to reform the DMCA itself, especially since both the McCain and Obama had problems with the system, and both would be a position to change the law regardless of the election outcome. He proposes 5 specific changes in the DMCA. The first would be to allow ISPs and service providers to not effectively be required to immediately takedown allegedly infringing material, while still maintaining safe harbor status. Secondly, he proposes making it easier for people who receive bogus takedown claims to receive compensation via statutory damages, presumably deterring copyright holders from filing false claims. He also suggests notification by the service provider to the possible infringer before the content is removed, as well as requiring takedown notices to be submitted to a public database for viewing. Finally, Levy argues for all intellectual property types to be protected, not just copyright. His agenda is put forth at a time when both potential presidents, having felt the negative effects of the DMCA, may be more motivated to remedy it.
This article is extremely beneficial in that it outlines a significant number of ways to amend the DMCA and resolve the current notice and takedown problem. His position is not explicitly based in anger, aggravation, or retribution, and offers a clear list of ways to fix a broken system. I will primarily use this article to offer constructive remedies to the problem I plan to expose. Particularly, his suggestion to allow the service provider to notify the alleged infringer prior to the content being removed, while simultaneously not surrendering its safe harbor status, is a proposal not without flaws, but could possibly be an important part of the recommendations I make to fix the system.
tagged copyright dmca fair_use free_speech mccain notice_and_takedown obama youtube by gr ...on 24-NOV-08
The temporary restraining order (TRO) application filed by DVD-CCA and motion picture studios against Real Networks seeks to halt the sale or distribution of the RealDVD software. It argues that the software circumvents the Content Scramble System (CSS) that is used on DVDs to protect the copyrighted content, and is therefore illegal. It also states that the software infringes on current and future markets for digital distribution for the studios.
This document is important, as it is really the reason for my paper topic. It outlines the basic argument of the MPAA against RealDVD, thereby providing an outline for what I need to cover in my own analysis of the issue.
This legal analysis by Fred Von Lohmann of the Electronic Frontier Foundation is empathetic of the McCain campaign’s fair use/YouTube problem, as the EFF has been championing internet freedom and fair use principles for many years. However, he is highly critical of McCain proposed solution, which would put the burden on YouTube to conduct legal reviews of videos posted by political candidates that receive takedown notices. He thinks this notion is backwards, since in terms of political speech, amateur commentators are the ones that need special protection from phony takedowns. Despite the failings of the McCain proposal, he goes on to identify the true problem in these situations: the news media organizations. He believes it is their responsibility to refrain from sending bogus takedown notices for legitimate fair uses. As for a recommended response by the public when they don’t, he encourages public shaming of the companies, as well as potential lawsuits for submitting a takedown they knew was illegitimate. He also supports the claim made by the McCain campaign that it is not incumbent upon YouTube to follow this strict procedure in the case of fair use, which YouTube itself could reasonably determine with human intervention.
Lohman’s analysis will be useful in that it finds fault with all parties involved in the process: the alleged infringers, the copyright holders, and the host. He also puts forth a compelling reason why McCain’s solution would not be ideal from a societal point of view. The actual reason McCain’s proposal was rejected was because YouTube said that their hands were tied in the process; Lohman says that even if YouTube could treat politician's videos differently, they still shouldn’t. The author is transparent in placing most of the blame on the news organizations themselves. Other articles refrain from making the obvious claim that if it weren’t for the media foolishly asserting a broad claim to copyright, this wouldn’t be a problem. Finally, he corroborates the assertion made by the McCain campaign that YouTube does not necessarily need to act with as much immediate speed as it says it does.
This policy paper from the Brennan Center for Justice sought to determine how strong the fair use doctrine remains in the digital age. For the section analyzing the role notice and takedown plays, the catalog of 2004 letters received by Chilling Effects Clearinghouse was used as the data set. To determine issues concerning fair use and the First Amendment, a subset of 153 letters was used. The authors mentioned that it is more likely than not that this data sample under represented possible speech-suppressing efforts because only those people knowledgeable enough to submit their letters to Chilling Effects were included. With this in mind, the complaints were split into strong, reasonable, possible, and weak fair use claims. The results were described as “troubling,” with the combination of the accusers who had only a weak claim to copyright and the alleged infringers who had a strong claim to fair use amounting to 20% of all claims. Another 27% of claims fit into the category where there were possible fair use defenses. In total, the author puts forth that almost one in two takedown notices had the potential of improperly hindering free expression. The study is important because it concludes that censorship power is put “in the hand of the IP owners.”
Although a likely assumption, this study demonstrates the correlation between strength of the fair use defense and removal of allegedly infringing material. Naturally, the more substantive the fair use/First Amendment claim, the more likely the alleged infringing content would remain online. I will possibly use this in support of the idea that the notice and takedown system is not as reckless and arbitrary as some would claim. However, I will also be sure to point out that even in cases of strong fair use, there was a significant occurrence of free-speech suppression, with over 40% of material either partially or entirely removed.
tagged copyright dmca fair_use notice_and_takedown by gr ...and 1 other person ...on 24-NOV-08
This article considers the implications of the Supreme Court's Grokster II ruling, which considered four internet file sharing technologies that were previously found by district courts to have been liable for copyright infringement. The technologies considered are Napster, Grokster, Morpheus and Aimster. The article outlines a Grokster II test used to identify infringing file sharing programs. The test relies heavily on whether the producer of the technology advertised intent to distribute copyrighted material. The four factors used to determine liability outlined by the author are whether: (1) defendants made express statements of intent to induce copyright infringement, (2) defendants advertised that they intended to replace a known source of infringement, (3) defendant attempted to filter or reduce infringing use and (4) defendants' business models used as evidence bolstering defendants unlawful intent. The author points to the fact that these factors, while universal in their use in determining the liability in the four aforementioned technologies, were used to produce inconsistent judgments regarding contributory infringement by the producers of the respective technologies. The concept of unpredictability in digital media copyright law stems from these inconsistencies in Grokster II.
The piece of this article that will be most useful for my paper is the section that follows where the author tests the four factors from Grokster II on three new technologies. The technologies discussed here include TiVo ToGo, MyTunes Redux and Limewire. Each technology produces ambiguous judgments using this four factor test since TiVo ToGo can not be assumed to have an underlying infringing use, and MyTunes Redux and Limewire do not operate for profit and it is also ambiguous whether any of these products advertisements can be shown to induce users to infringe copyright. This will serve as evidence in my paper that the current system by which courts evaluate potential copyright infringers is not effective for many technologies currently available that bear striking similarities upon which action has been taken. I suspect that in the future many new technologies will arise whose purpose is, in fact, to replace those that have been shut down by the recording industry-precisely one of the reasons Grokster, itself was found guilty. These developments suggest, as does evidence in my other sources, that the recording industry and the courts will have to work more closely with users of peer to peer file sharing networks and internet service providers to either devise new methods of preventing illegal file sharing or establish a new system by which digital music is made available.
tagged copyright digital in law unpredictability by mperelis ...on 24-NOV-08
In this article the author argues that the current system of digital media artist compensation by means of copyright protection is in the process of a "creative destruction" instigated by the internet and its users. "Creative destruction" is described as the process by which economic structures evolve via the destruction of old systems and the simultaneous rise of new ones. He points to the current "digital dilemma," the availability of mass copying and distribution of



